diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Column_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Column_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2309b64bab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Column_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Desktop_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Desktop_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7092d09276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Desktop_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+前台前台桌面
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Element_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Element_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c317ee78bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Element_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18831 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 附件
+ 附件
+ 本文件附件
+ Attachment can be of any document file type and can be attached to any record in the system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 客户
+ 客户
+ 安装此软件的客户
+ 客户是一个公司或者合法的实体。你不能在客户之间共享数据。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列
+ 列
+ 在表中的列
+ 链接到数据库表中的列。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示列
+ 显示列
+ 将会显示的列
+ The Display Column indicates the column that will display. 显示列指明了将显示的列。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 系统元素
+ 元素
+ 系统元素使得我们能够对列的描述和帮助进行集中维护。
+ 系统元素使得我们能够对数据库字段的描述、帮助和词汇进行集中维护。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段
+ 字段
+ 一张数据库表上的字段
+ 字段标识了数据库表的字段。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主键列
+ 主键列
+ 记录的唯一标识符
+ 主键列标明了它是这个表的一条记录的唯一标示符。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 语言
+ 语言
+ 本客户使用的语言
+ The Language identifies the language to use for display
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 菜单
+ 菜单
+ 标识菜单
+ The Menu identifies a unique Menu. Menus are used to control the display of those screens a user has access to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 交易机构
+ 交易机构
+ Performing or initiating organization
+ The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 机构
+ 机构
+ 客户内的机构实体。
+ An organization is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 进程实例
+ 进程实例
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 选项
+ 选项
+ 个人选项
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 进程
+ 进程
+ 程序或报表
+ The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 参数处理
+ 参数处理
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 引用列表
+ 引用列表
+ 基于表的引用列表
+ The Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 引用
+ 引用
+ 系统引用
+ The Reference indicates the type of reference field
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 引用关键字
+ 引用关键字
+ Required to specify, if data type is Table or List
+ The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 角色
+ 角色
+ 职责角色
+ The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 序列
+ 序列
+ 文档序列
+ The Sequence defines the numbering sequence to be used for documents.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 页签
+ 页签
+ 窗口内的页签
+ The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 表
+ 表
+ 字段所在表
+ The Table indicates the table in which a field or fields reside.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 任务实例
+ 任务实例
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 任务
+ 任务
+ 操作系统任务
+ The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主树-业务伙伴
+ 主树-业务伙伴
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 树
+ 树
+ 标识树
+ The Tree field identifies a unique Tree in the system. Trees define roll ups or summary levels of information. They are used in reports for defining report points and summarization levels.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主树-菜单
+ 主树-菜单
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主树-机构
+ 主树-机构
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主树-产品
+ 主树-产品
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主树-项目
+ 主树-项目
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主树-销售区域
+ 主树-销售区域
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 客户或联系人
+ 用户
+ User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact
+ The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 动态验证
+ 验证
+ 验证规则
+ The Validation Rule indicates a unique validation rule. These rules define how an entry is determined to valid or invalid.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下一结点
+ 下一结点
+ 在工作流中的下一个结点
+ The Next Node indicates the next step or task in this Workflow.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 结点
+ 结点
+ Workflow Node, step or process
+ The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 窗口
+ 窗口
+ 数据输入或显示视窗
+ The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作流
+ 工作流
+ Workflow or combination of tasks
+ The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据访问级别
+ 数据访问级别
+ 所要求的访问级别
+ Indicates the access level required for this record or process.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 财务符号
+ 符号
+ Indicates the Natural Sign of the Account as a Debit or Credit
+ Indicates if the expected balance for this account should be a Debit or a Credit.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户类型
+ 帐户类型
+ 指示帐户的类型
+ Valid account types are A - Asset, E - Expense, L - Liability, O- Owner's Equity, R -Revenue and M- Memo. The account type is used to determine what taxes, if any are applicable, validating payables and receivables for business partners. Note: Memo account amounts are ignored when checking for balancing
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户
+ 帐户
+ 已使用帐户
+ 帐户用
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 第二会计模式
+ 第二会计模式
+ For parallel reporting using different accounting currency or field selection
+ The Second Accounting Schema indicates an alternate set of rules to use for generating reports.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 第三会计模式
+ 第三会计模式
+ For parallel reporting using different accounting currency or field selection
+ The Third Accounting Schema indicates an alternate set of rules to use for generating reports.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 获得成本
+ 获得成本
+ 使潜在客户成为客户的成本
+ The Acquisition Cost identifies the cost associated with making this prospect a customer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 动作
+ 动作
+ 将被执行的动作
+ The Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Menu Item.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实际价值
+ 实际价值
+ 实际收入
+ The Actual Life Time Value is the recorded revenue to be generated by this Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 附加树(1)
+ 附加树(1)
+ 平行报表附加的树
+ The Additional Tree is used to define alternate roll ups which can be used in reporting. For example, you may have a Business Partner Tree which rolls up based on geographic location and an additional tree which rolls up based on industry.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 附加树(2)
+ 附加树(2)
+ 平行报表附加的树
+ The Additional Tree is used to define alternate roll ups which can be used in reporting. For example, you may have a Business Partner Tree which rolls up based on geographic location and an additional tree which rolls up based on industry.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 地址 1
+ 地址 1
+ 该位置的地址的第一行
+ The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 地址 2
+ 地址 2
+ 该位置的地址的第二行
+ The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 在配送之后
+ 在配送之后
+ Due after delivery rather than after invoicing
+ The After Delivery checkbox indicates that payment is due after delivery as opposed to after invoicing.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 别名
+ 别名
+ Defines an alternate method of indicating an account combination.
+ The Alias field allows you to define a alternate method for referring to a full account combination. For example, the Account Receivable Account for Garden World may be aliased as GW_AR.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 金额
+ 金额
+ 金额
+ 金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户贷方
+ 帐户贷方
+ 帐户贷方金额
+ The Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户借方
+ 帐户借方
+ 帐户借方金额
+ The Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批准金额
+ 批准金额
+ The approval amount limit for this role
+ The Approval Amount field indicates the amount limit this Role has for approval of documents.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 贷方来源
+ 贷方来源
+ 贷方来源金额
+ The Source Credit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 借方来源
+ 借方来源
+ 借方来源金额
+ The Source Debit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 属性
+ 属性
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 自动分期控制
+ 自动分期控制
+ If selected, the periods are automatically opened and closed
+ In the Automatic Period Control, periods are opened and closed based on the current date. If the Manual alternative is activated, you have to open and close periods explicitly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票接收地址
+ 发票接收地址
+ 帐单接收地址
+ The Bill Invoice To indicates the address to use when remitting bills
+ 开帐单地址
+ The Bill Invoice From indicated the address where the invoice is created by the vendor
+ 开票地址
+ 开票地址
+
+
+ 二进制数据
+ 二进制
+ 二进制数据
+ The Binary field stores binary data.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 预算状态
+ 预算状态
+ 指示该预算的状态
+ The Budget Status indicates the current status of this budget (i.e Draft, Approved)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主会计模式
+ 主会计模式
+ 主帐户规则
+ An Accounting Schema defines the rules used accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 第二会计模式
+ 第二会计模式
+ Secondary rules for accounting
+ An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 第三会计模式
+ 第三会计模式
+ 帐户的 Terceary 规则
+ An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Acct.Schema Element
+ Acct.Schema Element
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计模式
+ 会计模式
+ 帐户的规则
+ An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+ 业务伙伴
+ 标识业务伙伴
+ A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴地址
+ 业务伙伴地址
+ Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner
+ The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner
+ Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner
+ The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner
+ 业务伙伴地址
+ 业务伙伴地址
+
+
+ 日历
+ 日历
+ 会计日历名字
+ The Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 汇率
+ 汇率
+ Rate used for converting currencies
+ The Conversion Rate defines the rate (multiply or divide) to use when converting a source currency to an accounting currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 国家
+ 国家
+ 国家
+ The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 货币
+ 货币
+ 币种为该笔记录
+ Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 目标币种
+ 目标币种
+ 目标币种
+ The Currency To defines the target currency for this conversion rate.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件类型
+ 文件类型
+ 文件类型或规则
+ The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 目标文件类型
+ 目标文件类型
+ Target document type for conversing documents
+ You can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计科目
+ 会计科目
+ 会计科目
+ Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计科目
+ 会计科目
+ 会计科目
+ The Account Element uniquely identifies an Account Type. These are commonly known as a Chart of Accounts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 来源位置
+ 来源位置
+ Location that inventory was moved from
+ The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 目标位置
+ 目标位置
+ Location that inventory was moved to
+ The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 地址
+ 地址
+ 位置或地址
+ The Location Address field defines the location of an entity.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 非业务日
+ 非业务日
+ Day on which business is not transacted
+ The Non Business Day identifies a day that should not be considered a day when business is transacted
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款条款
+ 付款条款
+ The terms for Payment of this transaction
+ Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment for this transaction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分期控制
+ 分期控制
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分期
+ 分期
+ 日历的分期
+ The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目
+ 项目
+ 财务项目
+ Project ID is a user defined identifier for a Project
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 区域
+ 区域
+ Identifies a geographical Region
+ The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售区域
+ 销售区域
+ 销售报导区域
+ The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税分类
+ 税分类
+ 税分类
+ The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税
+ 税
+ 税标识符
+ The Tax indicates the type of tax for this document line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 度量单位转换
+ 度量单位转换
+ 度量单位转变
+ The UOM Conversion identifies a unique to and from Unit of Measure, conversion rate and conversion date range.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 度量单位
+ 度量单位
+ 度量单位
+ The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ UoM 到
+ UoM 到
+ Target or destination Unit of Measure
+ The UOM To indicates the destination UOM for a UOM Conversion pair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 长度单位
+ 长度单位
+ Standard Unit of Measure for Length
+ The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 时间单位
+ 时间单位
+ Standard Unit of Measure for Time
+ The Standard UOM for Time indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by time in a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 体积单位
+ 体积单位
+ Standard Unit of Measure for Volume
+ The Standard UOM for Volume indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by volume in a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 重量单位
+ 重量单位
+ Standard Unit of Measure for Weight
+ The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 组合
+ 组合
+ 有效的帐户组合
+ The Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 年
+ 年
+ 日历年
+ The Year uniquely identifies an accounting year for a calendar.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Callout
+ Callout
+ Function Calls separated by semicolons; SE_ SL_ UE_ UL_ - 1st: System User; 2nd: Enter Leave; 3rd: _ Underscore, - then Function Name
+ A Callout allow you to create Java extensions to perform certain tasks always after a value changed. Callouts should not be used for validation but consquences of a user selecting a certain value.
+The callout is a Java class implementing org.compiere.model.Callout and a method name to call. Example: "org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText" instanciates the class "CalloutRequest" and calls the method "copyText". You can have multiple callouts by separating them via a semicolon
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 城市
+ 城市
+ 标识城市
+ The City identifies a unique City for this Country or Region.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 错误信息
+ 错误信息
+ Validation Code 错误信息
+ The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据库列名
+ 数据库列名
+ Name of the column in the database
+ The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 组合
+ 组合
+ Unique combination of account elements
+ The Combination field defines the unique combination of element values which comprise this account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 注释
+ 注释
+ Comments or additional information
+ The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 提交警告
+ 提交警告
+ 保存时显示警告
+ Warning or information displayed when committing the record
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 控制金额
+ 控制金额
+ If not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amount
+ If the control amount is zero, no check is performed.
+Otherwise the total Debit amount must be equal to the control amount, before the document is processed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 平均成本
+ 平均成本
+ 已加权平均的成本
+ Weighted average (actual) costs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准成本
+ 标准成本
+ 标准成本
+ Standard (plan) costs.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 成本计算方法
+ 成本计算方法
+ Indicates how Costs will be calculated
+ The Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 成本计算精度
+ 成本计算精度
+ Rounding used costing calculations
+ The Costing Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to when performing costing calculations.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 成本
+ 成本
+ 成本在帐户币种方面
+ The Costs indicates the cost of a campaign in an Organizations accounting currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ISO国家代码
+ ISO 国家
+ Upper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 - http: www.chemie.fu-berlin.de diverse doc ISO_3166.html
+ For details - http: www.din.de gremien nas nabd iso3166ma codlstp1.html or - http: www.unece.org trade rec rec03en.htm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 创建日期
+ 创建日期
+ 本记录产生日期
+ The Created field indicates the date that this record was created.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 创建人
+ 创建人
+ 产生该记录用户
+ The Created By field indicates the user who created this record.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 卡号
+ 卡号
+ 信用卡号
+ The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 符号
+ 币种
+ Symbol of the currency (opt used for printing only)
+ The Currency Symbol defines the symbol that will print when this currency is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Currency Balancing Acct
+ Currency Balancing Acct
+ Account used when a currency is out of balance
+ The Currency Balancing Account indicates the account to used when a currency is out of balance (generally due to rounding)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 汇率
+ 汇率
+ 币种汇率
+ The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现在的下一个
+ 现在的下一个
+ 下一个用到的数字
+ The Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨
+ 催讨
+ 催促者 &Bradstreet 数字
+ Used for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com dunsno list.htm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日期
+ 日期
+ Date when business is not conducted
+ The Date field identifies a calendar date on which business will not be conducted.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 记账日期
+ 记账日期
+ 记账日期
+ The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 配送日期
+ 配送日期
+ Date when the product was delivered
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件日期
+ 文件日期
+ 文件的日期
+ The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票日期
+ 发票日期
+ 发票打印日期
+ The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单日期
+ 定单日期
+ 定单日期
+ Indicates the Date an item was ordered.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 允诺日期
+ 允诺日期
+ 定单允诺日期
+ The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 缺省逻辑
+ 缺省逻辑
+ Default value hierarchy, separated by ;
+ The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Client_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Client as well as Buttons.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 配送方法
+ 配送方法
+ 定单配送方法
+ The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 描述
+ 描述
+ 该记录的可选描述
+ 描述最多为 255 个字符。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 中止
+ 中止
+ 该产品不再可用
+ The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 中止人
+ 中止人
+ 中止人
+ The Discontinued By indicates the individual who discontinued this product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 折扣 %
+ 折扣 %
+ 百分比折扣
+ The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 折扣天数
+ 折扣天数
+ Number of days from invoice date to be eligible for discount
+ The Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示长度
+ 显示长度
+ Length of the display in characters
+ The display length is mainly for String fields. The length has no impact, if the data type of the field is - Integer, Number, Amount (length determined by the system) - YesNo (Checkbox) - List, Table, TableDir (length of combo boxes are determined by their content at runtime)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示逻辑
+ 显示逻辑
+ If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed
+ format := <表达> [<逻辑> <表达>] expression := @<上下文>@=<价值>或 @<上下文>@!<价值> logic := <|>|<&> context := any global or window context value := strings logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right Example '@AD_Table_ID@=14 | @Language@!'GERGER' As it is always a string comparison, the string delimiters are optional, but suggested for future compatibility
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示值
+ 显示值
+ Displays Value column with the Display column
+ The Display Value checkbox indicates if the value column will display with the display column.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 地址打印格式
+ 地址打印格式
+ Format for printing this Address
+ The Address Print format defines the format to be used when this address prints. The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分开比率
+ 分开比率
+ To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided
+ To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档动作
+ 文件动作
+ The targeted status of the document
+ You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档序列
+ 文件序列
+ Document sequence determines the numbering of documents
+ The Document Sequence indicates the sequencing rule to use for this document type.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档状态
+ 文件状态
+ The current status of the document
+ The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档号
+ 文档号
+ Document sequence number of the document
+ The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".
+
+If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 欧元条目日期
+ 欧元条目日期
+ Date when the currency joined will join the EMU
+ The EMU Entry Date defines the date that this currency entered, or will enter the Economic Monetary Union.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 欧元汇率
+ 欧元汇率
+ 对欧元的官方比率
+ The EMU Rate defines the official rate to be used when converting from this currency to the Euro.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 类型
+ 类型
+ Element Type (account or user defined)
+ 元素类型标明此元素是财务元素还是自定义元素。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 结束日期
+ 结束日期
+ Last effective date (inclusive)
+ The End Date indicates the last date in this range.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 电话号码格式
+ 电话号码格式
+ Format of the phone; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09"
+ <B>验证元素:<B>(空格)任意字符
+_ Space (fixed character)
+l any Letter a..Z NO space
+L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
+o any Letter a..Z or space
+O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
+a any Letters &数字无空格
+A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
+c any Letters &数字或空间
+C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
+0 Digits 0..9 NO space
+9 Digits 0..9 or space
+
+Example of format "(000)_000-0000"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮编格式
+ 邮编格式
+ Format of the postal code; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09"
+ <B>验证元素:<B>(空格)任何的个性
+_ Space (fixed character)
+l any Letter a..Z NO space
+L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
+o any Letter a..Z or space
+O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
+a any Letters &数字无空格
+A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
+c any Letters &数字或空间
+C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
+0 Digits 0..9 NO space
+9 Digits 0..9 or space
+
+Example of format "(000)_000-0000"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 附加邮编格式
+ 附加邮编格式
+ Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09"
+ <B>验证元素:<B>(空格)任何的个性
+_ Space (fixed character)
+l any Letter a..Z NO space
+L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
+o any Letter a..Z or space
+O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
+a any Letters &数字无空格
+A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
+c any Letters &数字或空间
+C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
+0 Digits 0..9 NO space
+9 Digits 0..9 or space
+
+Example of format "(000)_000-0000"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 传真
+ 传真
+ 传真号
+ The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 长度
+ 长度
+ Length of the column in the database
+ The Length indicates the length of a column as defined in the database.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 首次销售
+ 首次销售
+ 首次销售日期
+ The First Sale Date identifies the date of the first sale to this Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运费金额
+ 运费金额
+ 运费金额
+ The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 公认会计准则
+ 公认会计准则
+ 公认会计准则
+ The GAAP identifies the account principles that this accounting schema will adhere to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 预算
+ 预算
+ 通用分类帐预算
+ The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总帐分类
+ 总帐分类
+ 总帐分类
+ The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分类帐批次
+ 分类帐批次
+ 通用分类帐分类帐批次
+ The General Ledger Journal Batch identifies a group of journals to be processed as a group.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分类帐明细
+ 分类帐明细
+ 通用分类帐分类帐明细
+ The General Ledger Journal Line identifies a single transaction in a journal.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分类帐
+ 分类帐
+ 通用分类帐分类帐
+ The General Ledger Journal identifies a group of journal lines which represent a logical business transaction
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总计
+ 总计
+ 文件的总金额
+ The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 使用帐户别名
+ 别名
+ Ability to select (partial) account combinations by an Alias
+ The Alias checkbox indicates that account combination can be selected using a user defined alias or short key.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 使用组合控制
+ 组合控制
+ Combination of account elements are checked
+ The Combination Control checkbox indicates if the combination of account elements will be verified against the defined acceptable combination.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 附加的邮政编码
+ 附加的邮政编码
+ 有附加的邮政编码
+ The Additional Postal Code checkbox indicates if this address uses an additional Postal Code. If it is selected an additional field displays for entry of the additional Postal Code.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 该国有(省级)区划
+ 该国有(省级)区划
+ 该国有(省级)区划
+ The Country has Region checkbox is selected if the Country being defined is divided into regions. If this checkbox is selected, the Region Tab is accessible.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 有树
+ 有树
+ 窗口有树
+ The Has Tree checkbox indicates if this window displays a tree metaphor.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 注释/帮助
+ 注释
+ 注释或提示
+ The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ISDN
+ ISDN
+ ISDN或拨号
+ The ISDN identifies a ISDN or Modem line number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ISO货币编码
+ ISO货币编码
+ 币种的 ISO 4217 编码
+ For details - http: www.unece.org trade rec rec09en.htm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收入汇总帐户
+ 收入汇总帐户
+ 收入汇总帐户
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 增量
+ 增量
+ The number to increment the last document number by
+ The Increment indicates the number to increment the last document number by to arrive at the next sequence number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 公司间应收帐户
+ 公司间应收帐户
+ Intercompany Due From Receivables Account
+ The Intercompany Due From account indicates the account that represents money owed to this organization from other organizations.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 公司间应付帐户
+ 公司间应付帐户
+ Intercompany Due To Payable Account
+ The Intercompany Due To Account indicates the account that represents money owed to other organizations.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开票日
+ 开票日
+ 发票产生日
+ The Invoice Day indicates the day of invoice generation. If twice monthly, the second time is 15 days after this day.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开发票频率
+ 开发票频率
+ How often invoices will be generated
+ The Invoice Frequency indicates the frequency of invoice generation for a Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开发票星期日
+ 开发票星期日
+ 发票产生日
+ The Invoice Week Day indicates the day of the week to generate invoices.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 责权发生制
+ 责权发生制
+ Indicates if Accrual or Cash Based accounting will be used
+ The Accrual checkbox indicates if this accounting schema will use accrual based account or cash based accounting. The Accrual method recognizes revenue when the product or service is delivered. Cash based method recognizes income when then payment is received.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 有效
+ 有效
+ 本记录有效
+ There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
+There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
+(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
+(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 金额限制
+ 金额限制
+ 只在金额超过允许值时发出发票
+ The Amount Limit checkbox indicates if invoices will be sent out if they are below the entered limit.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已批准
+ 已批准
+ 指示该文档是否需要批准
+ The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 激活稽核
+ 激活稽核
+ 激活稽核跟踪已产生什么数子
+ The Activate Audit checkbox indicates if an audit trail of numbers generated will be kept.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 自增长数
+ 自增长数
+ Automatically assign the next number
+ The Auto Numbering checkbox indicates if the system will assign the next number automatically.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已平衡
+ 已平衡
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 待平衡
+ 待平衡
+ All transactions within an element value must balance (e.g. cost centers)
+ The Balancing checkbox indicates the this element must balance in each journal transaction. For example, if cost centers have been defined as an element which is balance then the debits and credits for each unique cost center must net to 0.00. This is commonly used to define parts of an organization which report as their own entity. Balancing is not an option for the Account element.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 基本语言
+ 基本语言
+ The system information is maintained in this language
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 集中维护
+ 集中维护
+ Information maintained in System Element table
+ The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信用核准
+ 信用核准
+ 信用被核准
+ Credit Approved indicates if the credit approval was successful for Orders
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 客户
+ 客户
+ Indicates if this Business Partner is a Customer
+ The Customer checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields will display which further define this customer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 可删除的记录
+ 可删除的记录
+ Indicates if records can be deleted from the database
+ The Records Deleteable checkbox indicates if a record can be deleted from the database. If records cannot be deleted, you can only deselect the Active flag
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已配送
+ 已配送
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示
+ 显示
+ Determines, if this field is displayed
+ If the field is displayed, the field Display Logic will determine at runtime, if it is actually displayed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档受控
+ 文档受控
+ Control account - If an account is controlled by a document, you cannot post manually to it
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件号受控
+ 文件号受控
+ The document has a document sequence
+ The Document Number Controlled checkbox indicates if this document type will have a sequence number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 欧元区成员
+ 欧元区成员
+ 此货币为欧洲货币联盟的成员
+ The Emu Member checkbox is used to indicate if this currency is a member of the European Economic Union.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 雇员
+ 雇员
+ 表明此业务伙伴为一个雇员
+ The Employee checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is an Employee. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this employee.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 加密的
+ 加密的
+ Display is encrypted by '*' - Independent from data storage encryption
+ Display encryption - all characters are displayed as '*'. Data storage encryption (i.e. you will not be able to report the data via report tools) is set in the Column definition.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 欧元币种
+ 欧元币种
+ 币种是欧元
+ The Euro Currency checkbox is used to indicate if this currency is the Euro Currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仅显示字段
+ 仅显示字段
+ 不显示标签
+ The Field Only checkbox indicates that the column will display without a label.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 完全合格
+ 完全合格
+ This account is fully qualified
+ The Fully Qualified check box indicates that all required elements for an account combination are present.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 生成的
+ 生成的
+ 这行被生成的
+ The Generated checkbox identifies a journal line that was generated from a source document. Lines could also be entered manually or imported.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仅显示标题
+ 仅显示标题
+ Field without Column - Only label is displayed
+ The Heading Only checkbox indicates if just the label will display on the screen
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标识符
+ 标识符
+ 本列是记录标识符的一部分
+ The Identifier checkbox indicates that this column is part of the identifier or key for this table.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计页签
+ 会计页签
+ This tab contain accounting information
+ The Accounting Tab checkbox indicates if this window contains accounting information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已开票
+ 已开票
+ 已开票
+ 标示是否已开发票
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 关键列
+ 关键列
+ This column is the key in this table
+ The key column must also be display sequence 0 in the field definition and may be hidden.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 强制性的
+ 强制性的
+ Data entry is required in this column
+ The Mandatory checkbox indicates if the field is required for a record to be save to the database.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 普通帐户
+ 普通帐户
+ 主要的普通帐户
+ The natural account is often based on (industry specific) chart of accounts
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 父表连接列
+ 父表连接列
+ This column is a link to the parent table (e.g. header from lines) - incl. Association key columns
+ The Parent checkbox indicates if this column is a link to the parent table.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主
+ 主
+ 主预算
+ The Primary checkbox indicates if this budget is the primary budget.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已打印
+ 已打印
+ Indicates if this document is printed
+ The Printed checkbox indicates if this document will be printed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 正在处理
+ 正在处理
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 有效视图 Active Prospect/Customer
+ 有效视图 Active Prospect/Customer
+ Indicates a Prospect as opposed to an active Customer
+ The Prospect checkbox indicates an entity that is an active prospect but is not yet a customer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购
+ 采购
+ Organization purchases this product
+ The Purchased check box indicates if this product is purchased by this organization.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 范围
+ 范围
+ The parameter is a range of values
+ The Range checkbox indicates that this parameter is a range of values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 只读
+ 只读
+ 字段被只有读
+ The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 读写
+ 读写
+ Field is read write
+ The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售价目表
+ 销售价目表
+ 这是销售价目表
+ The Sales Price List check box indicates if this price list is used for sales transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售代表
+ 销售代表
+ Indicates if the employee is a sales representative or company agent
+ The Sales Rep checkbox indicates if this employee is also a sales representative.
+ Person responsible for documents
+
+ 公司代理人
+ 公司代理人
+
+
+ 相同的行
+ 相同的行
+ Displayed on same line as previous field
+ The Same Line checkbox indicates that the field will display on the same line as the previous field.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 启动安全性
+ 启动安全性
+ If security is enabled, user access to data can be restricted via Roles
+ The Security Enabled checkbox indicates that user access to the data in this table can be restricted using Roles.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 单记录排列
+ 单记录排列
+ Default for toggle between Single- and Multi-Row (Grid) Layout
+ The Single Row Layout checkbox indicates if the default display type for this window is a single row as opposed to multi row.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售
+ 销售
+ Organization sells this product
+ The Sold check box indicates if this product is sold by this organization.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 存储
+ 存储
+ Organization stocks this product
+ The Stocked check box indicates if this product is stocked by this Organization.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 汇总级别
+ 汇总级别
+ 这是父类实体
+ A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 系统语言
+ 系统语言
+ The screens, etc. are maintained in this Language
+ Select, if you want to have translated screens available in this language. Please notify your system administrator to run the language maintenance scripts to enable the use of this language. If the language is not supplied, you can translate the terms yourself.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 用作记录的ID标识
+ 用作记录的ID标识
+ The document number will be used as the record key
+ The Used for Record ID checkbox indicates if the document id will be used as the key to the record
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已转移
+ 已转移
+ Transferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)
+ The transferred checkbox indicates if the transactions associated with this document should be transferred to the General Ledger.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已翻译
+ 已翻译
+ 列被翻译
+ The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 翻译页签
+ 翻译页签
+ This tab contains translation information
+ The Translation Tab checkbox indicate if a tab contains translation information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 可更新的
+ 可更新的
+ Determines, if the field can be updated
+ The Updateable checkbox indicates if a field can be updated by the user.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 用户可更新的
+ 用户可更新的
+ The field can be updated by the user
+ The User Updateable checkbox indicate if the user can update this field.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商
+ 供应商
+ Indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor
+ The Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this vendor.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最近联系人
+ 最近联系人
+ Date this individual was last contacted
+ The Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最近结果
+ 最近结果
+ 最后的联系人结果
+ The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 库存上限
+ 库存上限
+ Maximum Inventory level for this product
+ Indicates the maximum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 库存下限
+ 库存下限
+ Minimum Inventory level for this product
+ Indicates the minimum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 明细号
+ 明细号
+ Unique line for this document
+ Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 行净值
+ 行净值
+ Line Net Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges
+ Indicates the line net amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 序列
+ 序列
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批
+ 批
+ 批号
+ The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 货位
+ 货位
+ 仓库货位
+ The Locator ID indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 价目表
+ 价目表
+ Unique identifier of a Price List
+ Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 价目表版本
+ 价目表版本
+ Identifies a unique instance of a Price List
+ Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品分类
+ 产品分类
+ Category this product is part of
+ Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品
+ 产品
+ Product, Service, Item
+ Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运输商
+ 运输商
+ Method or manner of product delivery
+ The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仓库或服务位置
+ 仓库
+ Storage Warehouse and Service Point
+ The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 消息文本
+ 消息文本
+ Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message
+ The Message Text indicates the message that will display
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 消息提示
+ 消息提示
+ Additional tip or help for this message
+ The Message Tip defines additional help or information about this message.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 消息类型
+ 消息类型
+ Type of message (Informational, Menu or Error)
+ The Message Type indicates the type of message being defined. Valid message types are Informational, Menu and Error.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 乘积比率
+ 乘积比率
+ Rate to multiple the source by to calculate the target.
+ To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ NAICS SIC
+ NAICS SIC
+ Standard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http: www.osha.gov oshstats sicser.html
+ The NAICS SIC identifies either of these codes that may be applicable to this Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 名称
+ 名称
+ Alphanumeric identifier of the entity
+ The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 净天数
+ 净天数
+ Net Days in which payment is due
+ Indicates the number of days after invoice date that payment is due.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Node_ID
+ Node_ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 职员数
+ 职员数
+ 职员的人数
+ Indicates the number of employees for this Business Partner. This field displays only for Prospects.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 操作系统命令
+ 操作系统命令
+ 操作系统命令
+ The OS Command is for optionally defining a command to that will be part of this task. For example it can be used to starting a back up process or performing a file transfer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SQL的Order By子句
+ SQL的Order By子句
+ Fully qualified ORDER BY clause
+ The ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 机构
+ 机构
+ Organizational entity within client
+ An organization is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购价目表
+ 采购价目表
+ Price List used by this Business Partner
+ Identifies the price list used by a Vendor for products purchased by this organization.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 处理日期
+ 处理日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 处理日期到
+ P 约会到
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Process String
+ P String
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Process String To
+ P_String_To
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 父类
+ 父类
+ 实体的父类
+ The Parent indicates the value used to represent a summary level or report to level for a record
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 父类税
+ 父类税
+ Parent Tax indicates a tax that is made up of multiple taxes
+ The Parent Tax indicates a tax that is a reference for multiple taxes. This allows you to charge multiple taxes on a document by entering the Parent Tax
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 口令
+ 口令
+ 任意长度的口令(区分大小写)
+ The Password indicates the Password for this User Id. Passwords are required to identify authorized users.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计期动作
+ 会计期动作
+ 该分期被采取的动作
+ The Period Action indicates the action to be taken for this period. For example 'Close Period' or 'Open Period'.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计期号
+ 会计期号
+ 唯一的分期数字
+ The Period No identifies a specific period for this year. Each period is defined by a start and end date. Date ranges for a calendar and year cannot overlap.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计期状态
+ 会计期状态
+ 该分期当前状态
+ The Period Status indicates the current status for this period. For example 'Closed', 'Open', 'Never Opened'.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计期类型
+ 会计期类型
+ 会计期类型
+ The Period Type indicates the type (Standard or Adjustment) of period.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未来天数
+ 未来天数
+ Number of days to be able to post to a future date (based on system date)
+ If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. Future Days enable to post to future periods. E.g. today is Apr 15th and Future Days is set to 30, you can post up to May 15th
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 历史天数
+ 历史天数
+ Number of days to be able to post in the past (based on system date)
+ If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. History Days enable to post to previous periods. E.g. today is May 15th and History Days is set to 30, you can post back to April 15th
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 电话
+ 电话
+ 电话号码
+ The Phone field identifies a telephone number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 可选电话
+ 可选电话
+ Identifies an alternate telephone number.
+ The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 过帐实际值
+ 过帐实际值
+ 可过帐实际值
+ The Post Actual indicates if actual values can be posted to this element value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 过帐预算
+ 过帐预算
+ 预算值可被过帐
+ The Post Budget indicates if budget values can be posted to this element value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 过帐债权
+ 过帐债权
+ Post commitments to this account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 过帐统计数量
+ 过帐统计数量
+ Post statistical quantities to this account?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮编
+ 邮编
+ 邮政编码
+ The Postal Code field identifies the postal code for this entity's address.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ -
+ -
+ 附加的邮政编码
+ The Additional ZIP or Postal Code identifies, if appropriate, any additional Postal Code information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 过帐类型
+ 过帐类型
+ The type of amount that this journal updated
+ The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Encumbrance, Budget) this journal updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 潜在价值
+ 潜在价值
+ 总收入预期
+ The Potential Life Time Value is the anticipated revenue to be generated by this Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 前缀
+ 前缀
+ Prefix before the sequence number
+ The Prefix indicates the characters to print in front of the document number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 单位价格
+ 单价
+ 实际价格
+ The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 公开报价
+ 公开报价
+ 公开报价
+ The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 优先级
+ 优先级
+ 文件的优先级
+ The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现在处理
+ 现在处理
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数量
+ 数量
+ 数量
+ The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已配送数量
+ 已配送数量
+ 已配送数量
+ The Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已开票量
+ 已开票
+ 已开票量
+ The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 在库库存
+ 库存数量
+ 在库库存
+ The On Hand Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is on hand in a warehouse.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已定单量
+ 已定单量
+ 已定单量
+ The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 保留库存
+ 保留库存
+ 保留库存
+ The Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved for other orders.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 比率
+ 比率
+ 比率or Tax or Exchange
+ The Rate indicates the percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已实现收益帐户
+ 已实现收益帐户
+ 已实现收益帐户
+ The Realized Gain Account indicates the account to be used when recording gains achieved from currency revaluation that have been realized.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已实现损失帐户
+ 已实现损失帐户
+ 已实现损失帐户
+ The Realized Loss Account indicates the account to be used when recording losses incurred from currency revaluation that have yet to be realized.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 记录ID
+ 记录ID
+ 记录的内部ID
+ The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 引用
+ 引用
+ 本记录引用
+ The Reference displays the source document number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 引用号
+ 引用号
+ Your customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's site 你在业务伙伴那里的客户号或供应商号。
+ The reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 区域名字
+ 区域名字
+ 该区域的名字
+ The Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 补货类型
+ 补货类型
+ Method for re-ordering a product
+ The Replenish Type indicates if this product will be manually re-ordered, ordered when the quantity is below the minimum quantity or ordered when it is below the maximum quantity.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 结果
+ 结果
+ 采取的动作结果
+ The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未分配利润帐户
+ 未分配利润帐户
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SKU
+ SKU
+ 存货保管单位
+ The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 战役
+ 战役
+ 营销活动
+ The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 渠道
+ 渠道
+ 销售频道
+ The Sales Channel identifies a channel (or method) of sales generation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信用额度
+ 信用额度
+ Total outstanding invoice amounts allowed
+ The Credit Limit indicates the total amount allowed 'on account'. If this is exceeded a warning message will be generated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已用信用
+ 已用信用
+ 当前未结余款
+ The Credit Used indicates the total amount of open or unpaid invoices for this Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 配送规则
+ 配送规则
+ Defines the timing of Delivery
+ The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售定单
+ 销售定单
+ 销售定单
+ The Sales Order ID is a unique identifier of a Sales Order. This is controlled by the document sequence for this document type.
+ 采购定单
+ The Purchase Order ID is a unique identifier of a Purchase Order. This is controlled by the document sequence for this document type.
+ 采购定单
+ 采购定单
+
+
+ 发票规则
+ 发票规则
+ Frequency and method of invoicing
+ The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票排程
+ 发票排程
+ Schedule for generating Invoices
+ The Invoice Schedule identifies the frequency used when generating invoices.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售定单明细
+ 定单明细
+ 销售定单明细
+ The Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order.
+ 采购定单明细
+ The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order.
+ 采购定单明细
+ 定单明细
+
+
+ 销售体积
+ 销售体积
+ 总体积的销售
+ The Sales Volume indicates the total volume of sales for a Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 元素分隔符
+ 元素分隔符
+ 元素分隔符
+ The Element Separator defines the delimiter printed between elements of the structure
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 序列
+ 序列
+ Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first
+ The Sequence indicates the order of records
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 序列号
+ 序列号
+ 产品序号
+ The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 提成比例
+ 提成比例
+ Share of Customer's business as a percentage
+ The Share indicates the percentage of this Business Partner's volume of the products supplied.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 架深度
+ 架深度
+ 要求的架深度
+ The Shelf Depth indicates the depth dimension required on a shelf for a product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 架高度
+ 架高度
+ 要求的架高度
+ The Shelf Height indicates the height dimension required on a shelf for a product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 架宽度
+ 架宽度
+ 要求的架宽度
+ The Shelf Width indicates the width dimension required on a shelf for a product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 记录排序号
+ 记录排序号
+ 决定记录按怎样的顺序显示。
+ The Record Sort No indicates the ascending sort sequence of the records
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开始日期
+ 开始日期
+ First effective day (inclusive)
+ The Start Date indicates the first or starting date of a range.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 序列每年重新开始
+ 序列每年重新开始
+ Restart the sequence with Start on every 1 1
+ The Restart Sequence Every Year checkbox indicates that the documents sequencing should return to the starting number on the first day of the year.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开始号
+ 开始号
+ Starting number position
+ The Start Number indicates the starting number of the document or position
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准精度
+ 标准精度
+ Rule for rounding calculated amounts
+ The Standard Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to for accounting transactions and documents.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 替代
+ 替代
+ Product which can be used in place of another product
+ The Substitute identifies the product to be used as a substitute for this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 后缀
+ 后缀
+ 在数字後面的后缀
+ The Suffix indicates the characters to append to the document number.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 暂记平衡帐户
+ 暂记平衡帐户
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 暂记错误帐户
+ 暂记错误帐户
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 金额
+ 金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日期
+ 日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日期时间
+ 日期时间
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 整数
+ 整数
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数字
+ 数字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据库表名字
+ 数据库表名字
+ Name of the table in the database
+ The DB Table Name indicates the name of the table in database.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税号
+ 税号
+ 税务号
+ The Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 测试ID
+ 测试ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 到
+ 到
+ 接收国家
+ The To Country indicates the receiving country on a document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 到
+ 到
+ 接收区域
+ The To Region indicates the receiving region on a document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总贷方
+ 总贷方
+ Total Credit in document currency
+ The Total Credit indicates the total credit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总借方
+ 总借方
+ Total debit in document currency
+ The Total Debit indicates the total debit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 明细总数
+ 明细总数
+ 所有文件总数
+ The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 类型|区域
+ 类型|区域
+ Element this tree is built on (i.e Product, Business Partner)
+ The Tree Type Area field determines the type of tree this is. For example, you may define one tree for your Products and another tree for your Business Partners.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 类型
+ 类型
+ Type of Validation (SQL, Java Script, Java Language)
+ The Type indicates the type of validation that will occur. This can be SQL, Java Script or Java Language.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 符号
+ UoM
+ 度量单位的符号
+ The Symbol identifies the Symbol to be displayed and printed for a Unit of Measure
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ UPC/EAN条码
+ UPC/EAN条码
+ 条形码
+ Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI Plessey, and Pharmacode)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 每货盘单位
+ 每货盘单位
+ 每货盘单位
+ The Units per Pallet indicates the number of units of this product which fit on a pallet.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未实现增益帐户
+ 未实现增益帐户
+ Unrealized Gain Account for currency revaluation
+ The Unrealized Gain Account indicates the account to be used when recording gains achieved from currency revaluation that have yet to be realized.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ U未实现损失帐户
+ U未实现损失帐户
+ Unrealized Loss Account for currency revaluation
+ The Unrealized Loss Account indicates the account to be used when recording losses incurred from currency revaluation that have yet to be realized.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已更新
+ 已更新
+ 本记录更新日期
+ The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 更新人
+ 更新人
+ 更新该记录用户
+ The Updated By field indicates the user who updated this record.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 使用币种平衡
+ 使用币种平衡
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 使用暂记平衡
+ 使用暂记平衡
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 使用暂记错误
+ 使用暂记错误
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ User1
+ User1
+ 用户定义元素 #1
+ The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ User2
+ User2
+ 用户定义元素 #2
+ The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 用户级别
+ 用户级别
+ 系统 客户 机构
+ The User Level field determines if users of this Role will have access to System level data, Organization level data, Client level data or Client and Organization level data.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 值格式
+ 值格式
+ Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09"
+ <B>验证元素:<B>(空格)任何的个性
+_ Space (fixed character)
+l any Letter a..Z NO space
+L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
+o any Letter a..Z or space
+O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
+a any Letters &数字无空格
+A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
+c any Letters &数字或空间
+C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
+0 Digits 0..9 NO space
+9 Digits 0..9 or space
+
+Example of format "(000)_000-0000"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开始有效
+ 开始有效
+ Valid from including this date (first day)
+ The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 结束有效
+ 结束有效
+ Valid to including this date (last day)
+ The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 验证类型
+ 验证类型
+ Different method of validating data
+ The Validation Type indicates the validation method to use. These include list, table or data type validation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 检索关键字
+ 检索关键字
+ 记录的检索关键字在格式上是必须的 -并且必须唯一
+ A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
+If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商分类
+ 供应商分类
+ 供应商的产品种类
+ The Vendor Category identifies the category used by the vendor for this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 伙伴产品号
+ BP产品号
+ 供应商的产品未
+ The Vendor Product Number identifies the number used by the vendor for this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 版本
+ 版本
+ Version of the table definition
+ The Version indicates the version of this table definition.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 体积
+ 体积
+ 产品的体积
+ The Volume indicates the volume of the product in the Volume UOM of the Client
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 重量
+ 重量
+ 一产品的重量
+ The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Client
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SQL的Where子句
+ SQL的Where子句
+ Fully qualified WHERE clause
+ The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname".
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 窗口类型
+ 窗口类型
+ Type or classification of a Window
+ The Window Type indicates the type of window being defined (Maintain, Transaction or Query)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作流
+ 工作流
+ 工作流或任务
+ The Workflow field identifies a unique workflow. A workflow is a grouping of related tasks, in a specified sequence and optionally including approvals
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 走廊(X)
+ X
+ X dimension, e.g., Aisle
+ The X dimension indicates the Aisle a product is located in.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EDI 编码
+ EDI 编码
+ UOM EDI Code
+ The Unit of Measure Code indicates the EDI X12 Code Data Element 355 (Unit or Basis for Measurement)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 货柜(Y)
+ Y
+ Y dimension, e.g., Bin
+ The Y dimension indicates the Bin a product is located in
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 年
+ 年
+ 日历年
+ The Year identifies the accounting year for a calendar.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 货层(Z)
+ Z
+ Z dimension, e.g., Level
+ The Z dimension indicates the Level a product is located in.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行
+ 银行
+ 银行
+ The Bank is a unique identifier of a Bank for this Organization or for a Business Partner with whom this Organization transacts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行帐户
+ 银行帐户
+ 在银行的帐户
+ The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴银行帐户
+ 业务伙伴银行帐户
+ Bank Account of the Business Partner
+ The Partner Bank Account identifies the bank account to be used for this Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨
+ 催讨
+ Dunning Rules for overdue invoices
+ The Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 扣留
+ 扣留
+ 扣留类型定义
+ The Withholding indicates the type of withholding to be calculated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户号
+ 帐户号
+ 帐户数字
+ The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 受益人
+ 受益人
+ Business Partner to whom payment is made
+ The Beneficiary indicates the Business Partner to whom payment will be made. This field is only displayed if the Paid to Third Party checkbox is selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用金额
+ 费用金额
+ 费用金额
+ The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收费费用
+ 收费费用
+ Indicates if fees will be charged for overdue invoices
+ The Charge Fee checkbox indicates if the dunning letter will include fees for overdue invoices
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用利润
+ 费用利润
+ Indicates if interest will be charged on overdue invoices
+ The Charge Interest checkbox indicates if interest will be charged on overdue invoice amounts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分类
+ 分类
+ 分类为配列
+ The Classification can be used to optionally group products.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信用额度
+ 信用额度
+ 信用的金额允许
+ The Credit Limit field indicates the credit limit for this account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 当前余款
+ 当前余款
+ 当前余款
+ The Current Balance field indicates the current balance in this account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨间隔
+ 催讨间隔
+ Days between sending dunning notices
+ The Days Between Dunning indicates the number of days between sending dunning notices.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打折 2%
+ 打折 2%
+ 百分比折扣
+ The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 折扣天数 2
+ 折扣天数 2
+ Number of days from invoice date to be eligible for discount
+ The Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档基本类型
+ 文件基本类型
+ 文件的逻辑类型
+ The Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件份数
+ 份数
+ Number of copies to be printed
+ The Document Copies indicates the number of copies of each document that will be generated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件注释
+ 文件注释
+ Additional information for a Document
+ The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 电邮
+ 电邮
+ 电子邮件地址
+ The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 强制价格限制
+ 强制价格限制
+ Do not allow prices below the limit price
+ The Enforce Price Limit check box indicates that prices cannot be below the limit price in Orders. Invoices are not checked.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 免税者理由
+ 免税者理由
+ 理由为未扣留
+ The Exempt Reason indicates the reason that monies are not withheld from this employee.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计分录
+ 会计分录
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用金额
+ 费用
+ Fee amount in invoice currency
+ The Fee Amount indicates the charge amount on a dunning letter for overdue invoices. This field will only display if the charge fee checkbox has been selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定金额
+ 固定金额
+ Fix amounted amount to be levied or paid
+ The Fixed Amount indicates a fixed amount to be levied or paid.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定月中止
+ 固定月中止
+ Last day to include for next due date
+ The Fix Month Cutoff indicates the last day invoices can have to be included in the current due date. This field only displays when the fixed due date checkbox has been selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定月日
+ 固定月日
+ Day of the month of the due date
+ The Fix Month Day indicates the day of the month that invoices are due. This field only displays if the fixed due date checkbox is selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定月抵销
+ 固定月抵销
+ Number of months (0=same, 1=following)
+ The Fixed Month Offset indicates the number of months from the current month to indicate an invoice is due. A 0 indicates the same month, a 1 the following month. This field will only display if the fixed due date checkbox is selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 宽限天数
+ 宽限天数
+ Days after due date to send first dunning letter
+ The Grace Days indicates the number of days after the due date to send the first dunning letter. This field displays only if the send dunning letters checkbox has been selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入错误信息
+ 导入错误信息
+ Messages generated from import process
+ The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已导入
+ 已导入
+ Has this import been processed
+ The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 关心点占百分比
+ 关心点占百分比
+ Percentage interest to charge on overdue invoices
+ The Interest amount in percent indicates the interest to be charged on overdue invoices. This field displays only if the charge interest checkbox has been selected.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐单接收地址
+ 帐单接收地址
+ Indicates that this address is the Bill to Address
+ The Bill to Address checkbox indicates if this location is the Bill to Address for this Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档计算
+ 文件水平
+ 根据文档计算税,而不是根据明细计算
+ If the tax is calculated on document level, all lines with that tax rate are added before calculating the total tax for the document.
+Otherwise the tax is calculated per line and then added.
+Due to rounding, the tax amount can differ.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定的应得东西日期
+ 固定的应得东西日期
+ Payment is due on a fixed date
+ The Fixed Due Date checkbox indicates if invoices using this payment tern will be due on a fixed day of the month.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Foreign Currency Account
+ 外国的币种
+ Balances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currency
+ Balances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currency and translated to functional currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 强制性的扣留
+ 强制性的扣留
+ 钱一定是扣留
+ The Mandatory Withholding checkbox indicates that monies must be withheld from this employee.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 一次性交易
+ 一次性交易
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 所有者的银行
+ 所有者的银行
+ Bank for this Organization
+ The Own Bank field indicates if this bank is for this Organization as opposed to a Bank for a Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 向第三方支付
+ 向第三方支付
+ Amount paid to someone other than the Business Partner
+ The Paid to Third Party checkbox indicates that the amounts are paid to someone other than the Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 支付来自地址
+ 支付来自地址
+ Business Partner pays from that address and we'll send dunning letters there
+ The Pay From Address checkbox indicates if this location is the address the Business Partner pays from and where dunning letters will be sent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 百分比扣留
+ 百分比扣留
+ Withholding amount is a percentage of the invoice amount
+ The Percent Withholding checkbox indicates if the withholding amount is a percentage of the invoice amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 免除-到地址
+ 免除-到地址
+ 付款地址
+ The Remit to Address checkbox indicates if this location is the address to which we should send payments to this Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 相同的税
+ 相同的税
+ Use the same tax as the main transaction
+ The Same Tax checkbox indicates that this charge should use the same tax as the main transaction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发运地址
+ 发运地址
+ Business Partner address to ship goods to
+ The Ship to Address checkbox indicates if this location is the address to use when shipping orders to this Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 免税业务伙伴
+ 免税业务伙伴
+ 业务伙伴免税
+ If a business partner is exempt from tax, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 比例分配税
+ 比例分配税
+ 税被比例分配
+ The Prorate Tax checkbox indicates if this tax is prorated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税扣留
+ 税扣留
+ This is a tax related withholding
+ The Tax Withholding checkbox indicates if this withholding is tax related.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 暂时的免税者
+ 暂时的免税者
+ Temporarily do not withhold taxes
+ The Temporary Exempt checkbox indicates that for a limited time, taxes will not be withheld for this employee.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最大金额
+ 最大金额
+ Maximum Amount in invoice currency
+ The Maximum Amount indicates the maximum amount in invoice currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最小金额
+ 最小 Amt
+ Minimum Amount in invoice currency
+ The Minimum amount indicates the minimum amount as stated in the currency of the invoice.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最小量定单数量
+ 最小量定单数量
+ 在 UOM 中的最小量定单量
+ The Minimum Order Quantity indicates the smallest quantity of this product which can be ordered.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单包装数量
+ 定单包装数量
+ Package order size in UOM (e.g. order set of 5 units)
+ The Order Pack Quantity indicates the number of units in each pack of this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款规则
+ 付款规则
+ 采购付款选项
+ The Payment Rule indicates the method of purchase payment.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 百分比
+ 百分比
+ 扣留百分比
+ The Percent indicates the percentage used for withholding.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单引用
+ 定单引用
+ Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner
+ The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最近采购定单价格
+ 最近采购定单价格
+ Price of the last purchase order for the product
+ The Last PO Price indicates the last price paid (per the purchase order) for this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格
+ 限制价格
+ 产品的最低价格
+ The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准价格
+ 标准价格
+ 标准价格
+ The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印文本
+ 文本
+ The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence.
+ The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 等级
+ 等级
+ 分类或重要
+ The Rating is used to differentiate the importance
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 路由号
+ 路由号
+ 银行工作路明细排定数字
+ The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 寄催讨信
+ 寄催讨信
+ Indicates if dunning letters will be sent
+ The Send Dunning Letters checkbox indicates if dunning letters will be sent to Business Partners who use this dunning rule.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用
+ 费用
+ 附加的文件收费
+ The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 金融电信学会编码
+ 金融电信学会编码
+ Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications)
+ The SWIFT code is an identifier of a Bank
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 门槛最大
+ 门槛最大
+ Maximum gross amount for withholding calculation (0=no limit)
+ The Threshold maximum indicates the maximum gross amount to be used in the withholding calculation . A value of 0 indicates there is no limit.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最小阈值
+ 最小阈值
+ Minimum gross amount for withholding calculation
+ The Threshold Minimum indicates the minimum gross amount to be used in the withholding calculation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 名称
+ 名称
+ Name this entity is referred to as
+ The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 网址
+ 网址
+ 网址
+ The URL defines an online address for this Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 过程
+ 过程
+ Name of the Database Procedure
+ The Procedure indicates the name of the database procedure called by this report or process.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 活动
+ 活动
+ 业务活动
+ Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运费成本规则
+ 运费成本规则
+ 运费收费方法
+ The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票
+ 发票
+ 开发票标识符
+ The Invoice ID uniquely identifies an Invoice Document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 客户预付款
+ 客户预付款
+ Account for customer prepayments
+ The Customer Prepayment account indicates the account to be used for recording prepayments from a customer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 客户应收帐款
+ 客户应收帐款
+ Account for Customer Receivables
+ The Customer Receivables Accounts indicates the account to be used for recording transaction for customers receivables.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日用品编码
+ 日用品编码
+ Commodity code used for tax calculation
+ The Commodity Code indicates a code that is used in tax calculations
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信用卡
+ 信用卡
+ Credit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx)
+ The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售定单子类型
+ 销售定单子类型
+ 销售定单替代人员类型
+ The SO Sub Type indicates the type of sales order this document refers to. This field only appears when the Document Base Type is Sales Order. The selection made here will determine which documents will be generated when an order is processed and which documents must be generated manually or in batches. <br>
+The following outlines this process.<br>销售定单子类型 <b>标准定单<b>意志仅仅产生那 <b>定单<b> document when the order is processed. <br>那 <b>配送注解<b>, <b>发票<b>而且 <b>收货<b> must be generated via other processes. <br>销售定单子类型 <b>仓库定单<b>意志产生那 <b>定单<b>而且 <b>配送注解<b>. <br>那 <b>发票<b>而且 <b>收货<b> must be generated via other processes.<br>销售定单子类型 <b>信用定单<b>意志产生那 <b>定单<b>, <b>配送注解<b>而且 <b>发票<b>. <br>那 <b>Reciept<b> must be generated via other processes.<br>销售定单子类型 <b>POS<b> (Point of Sale) will generate all document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 职员费用
+ 职员费用
+ 职员费用帐户
+ The Employee Expense Account identifies the account to use for recording expenses for this employee.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 职员预付款
+ 职员预付款
+ Account for Employee Expense Prepayments
+ The Employee Prepayment Account identifies the account to use for recording expense advances made to this employee.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 错误 Msg
+ 错误 Msg
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表
+ 报表
+ 指示一笔报表记录
+ The Report checkbox indicates that this record is a report as opposed to a process
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发运|收货
+ 发运|收货
+ 物料出货或收货文件
+ The Shipment Receipt ID indicates the unique document for this shipment or receipt.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收货明细
+ 收货明细
+ 接收货明细
+ The Shipment Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment Receipt document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Phys.Inventory
+ Phys.Inventory
+ 盘点参数
+ The Physical Inventory indicates a unique parameters for a physical inventory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Phys.Inventory Line
+ Phys.Inventory Line
+ 盘点明细
+ The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 目标货位
+ 目标货位
+ 目标货位
+ The Locator To indicates the location where the inventory is being moved to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 库存移动
+ 调拨
+ 调拨
+ The Inventory Movement uniquely identifies a group of movement lines.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 调拨明细
+ 调拨明细
+ 调拨明细
+ The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 制造
+ 制造
+ 产生一种产品的计划
+ The Production uniquely identifies a Production Plan
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 制造明细
+ 制造明细
+ 制造明细
+ The Production Line indicates the production document line (if applicable) for this transaction
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 库存交易
+ Inventory Transaction
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 调拨日期
+ 调拨日期
+ Date a product was moved in or out of inventory
+ The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 调拨数量
+ 数量
+ Quantity of a product moved.
+ The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 调拨类型
+ 调拨类型
+ Method of moving the inventory
+ The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品资产
+ 产品资产
+ Account for Product Asset (Inventory)
+ The Product Asset Account indicates the account used for valuing this a product in inventory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品销售成本
+ 产品销售成本
+ Account for Cost of Goods Sold
+ The Product COGS Account indicates the account used when recording costs associated with this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品费用
+ 产品费用
+ 产品费用帐户
+ The Product Expense Account indicates the account used to record expenses associated with this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品收入
+ 产品收入
+ Account for Product Revenue (Sales Account)
+ The Product Revenue Account indicates the account used for recording sales revenue for this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目资产
+ 项目资产
+ 项目资产帐户
+ The Project Asset account is the account used as the final asset account in capital projects
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已处理
+ 已处理
+ The document has been processed
+ The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐册数量
+ 已记帐数量
+ 订购量
+ The Quantity Book indicates the line count stored in the system for a product in inventory
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计数数量
+ 计数
+ 计算了量
+ The Quantity Count indicates the actual inventory count taken for a product in inventory
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商负债
+ 供应商负债
+ 供应商负债帐户
+ The Vendor Liability account indicates the account used for recording transactions for vendor liabilities
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商服务负债
+ 供应商服务负债
+ Account for Vender Service Liability
+ The Vendor Service Liability account indicates the account to use for recording service liabilities. It is used if you need to distinguish between Liability for products and services
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商预付款
+ 供应商预付款
+ Account for Vendor Prepayments
+ The Vendor Prepayment Account indicates the account used to record prepayments from a vendor.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最大值
+ 最大值
+ 字段的最大值
+ The Maximum Value indicates the highest allowable value for a field
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最小值
+ 最小值
+ 字段最小量值
+ The Minimum Value indicates the lowest allowable value for a field.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 储入仓库差额
+ 储入仓库差额
+ 储入仓库差额帐户
+ The Warehouse Differences Account indicates the account used recording differences identified during inventory counts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仓库库存
+ 仓库库存
+ Warehouse Inventory Asset Account
+ The Warehouse Inventory Asset Account identifies the account used for recording the value of your inventory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售代表
+ 销售代表
+ Sales Representative or Company Agent
+ The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user.
+ 采购或公司代理人
+ Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user.
+ 公司代理人
+ 代理人
+
+
+ 价格包括税
+ 价格包括税
+ 价格已包含税
+ The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 需要免税证书
+ 需要免税证书
+ 本税率需要免税证书
+ The Requires Tax Certificate indicates that a tax certificate is required for a Business Partner to be tax exempt.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用
+ 费用
+ Charges can be added to the document
+ The Charges checkbox indicates that charges can be added to this document. Charges can include items like shipping, handling or bank charges.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Account_Acct
+ Account_Acct
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴模板
+ 业务伙伴模板
+ Business Partner used for creating new Business Partners on the fly
+ When creating a new Business Partner from the Business Partner Search Field (right-click: Create), the selected business partner is used as a template, e.g. to define price list, payment terms, etc.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件类型为发票
+ 文件类型发票
+ Document type used for invoices generated from this sales document
+ The Document Type for Invoice indicates the document type that will be used when an invoice is generated from this sales document. This field will display only when the base document type is Sales Order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件类型为 ProForma
+ 文件类型 ProForma
+ Document type used for pro forma invoices generated from this sales document
+ he Document Type for Invoice indicates the document type that will be used when an invoice is generated from this sales document. This field will display only when the base document type is Sales Order and the Pro Forma Invoice checkbox is selected
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料出货文件类型
+ 物料出货文件类型
+ Document type used for shipments generated from this sales document
+ he Document Type for Shipments indicates the document type that will be used when a shipment is generated from this sales document. This field will display only when the base document type is Sales Order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨水平
+ 催讨水平
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票明细
+ 发票明细
+ 发票明细明细
+ The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收入确认
+ 收入确认
+ 记录的收入方法
+ The Revenue Recognition indicates how revenue will be recognized for this product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 服务水平
+ 服务水平
+ Product Revenue Recognition Service Level
+ The Service Level defines a unique Service Level.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 服务水平明细
+ 服务水平明细
+ Product Revenue Recognition Service Level Line
+ The Service Level Line indicates a unique instance in a Service Level
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已委托金额
+ 已委托金额
+ The (legal) commitment amount
+ The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计算高成交量项目
+ 计算高成交量项目
+ 计算高运动产品
+ The Count High Movement checkbox indicates if the those items with a high turnover will be counted
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Exp. Month
+ Exp. Month
+ 期满月
+ The Expiry Month indicates the expiry month for this credit card.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Exp. Year
+ Exp. Year
+ 期满年
+ The Expiry Year indicates the expiry year for this credit card.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现在的下一个
+ 现在的下一个
+ 下一个序列为系统使用
+ This field is for system use only and should not be modified.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最近盘点日期
+ 最近盘点日期
+ 最近盘点日期
+ The Date Last Inventory Count indicates the last time an Inventory count was done.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最近运行日期
+ 最近运行日期
+ Date the process was last run.
+ The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下次运行日期
+ 下次运行日期
+ Date the process will run next
+ The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印日期
+ 打印日期
+ Date the document was printed.
+ Indicates the Date that a document was printed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 到期天后天数
+ 到期天后天数
+ 到期天后开始催讨天数
+ The Days After Due Date indicates the number of days after the payment due date to initiate dunning.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票在甚至星期
+ 发票在甚至星期
+ 在甚至星期送发票
+ The Invoice on Even Weeks checkbox indicates if biweekly invoices should be sent on even week numbers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产生目录
+ 产生目录
+ 产生目录
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 预格式发票
+ 预格式发票
+ Indicates if Pro Forma Invoices can be generated from this document
+ The Pro Forma Invoice checkbox indicates if pro forma invoices can be generated from this sales document. A pro forma invoice indicates the amount that will be due should an order be shipped.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 含交货发票日
+ 含交货发票日
+ 包括交货的最后日期
+ The Invoice Day Cut Off indicates the last day for shipments to be included in the current invoice schedule. For example, if the invoice schedule is defined for the first day of the month, the cut off day may be the 25th of the month. An shipment on the 24th of May would be included in the invoices sent on June 1st but a shipment on the 26th would be included in the invoices sent on July 1st.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 含交货发票星期几
+ 周日近路
+ 包括交货的最后星期几
+ The Invoice Week Day Cutoff indicates the last day of the week a shipment must be made to be included in the invoice schedule.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行帐户
+ 银行帐户
+ Indicates if this is the Bank Account
+ The Bank Account checkbox indicates if this is account is the bank account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 债务
+ 债务
+ Is this document a (legal) commitment?
+ Commitment indicates if the document is legally binding.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 缺省值
+ 缺省值
+ 缺省值
+ The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下一个业务日
+ 下一个业务日
+ Payment due on the next business day
+ The Next Business Day checkbox indicates that payment is due on the next business day after invoice or delivery.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已对帐
+ 已对帐
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售交易
+ 销售交易
+ 这是销售交易
+ The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 基于时间
+ 基于时间
+ Time based Revenue Recognition rather than Service Level based
+ Revenue Recognition can be time or service level based.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ISO 语言编码
+ ISO 语言编码
+ Lower-case two-letter ISO-3166 code - http: www.ics.uci.edu pub ietf http related iso639.txt
+ The ISO Language Code indicates the standard ISO code for a language in lower case. Information can be found at http: www.ics.uci.edu pub ietf http related iso639.txt
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 永续盘点
+ 永续盘点
+ Rules for generating physical inventory
+ The Perpetual Inventory identifies the Perpetual Inventory rule which generated this Physical Inventory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品为运费
+ 产品为运费
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 命名 2
+ 命名 2
+ 附加的名字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 盘点的数字
+ 盘点的数字
+ Frequency of inventory counts per year
+ The Number of Inventory Counts indicates the number of times per year that inventory counts will be preformed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 月的数字
+ 月的数字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品计数的数字
+ 产品计数的数字
+ Frequency of product counts per year
+ The Number of Product Count indicates the number of times per year that a product should be counted.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 注解
+ 注解
+ Optional additional user defined information
+ The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未开票收货
+ 未开票收货
+ 未开票收货
+ The Not Invoiced Receipts account indicates the account used for recording receipts for materials that have not yet been invoiced.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未开票应收帐款
+ 未开票应收帐款
+ 未开票应收帐款帐户
+ The Not Invoiced Receivables account indicates the account used for recording receivables that have not yet been invoiced.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未开票收入
+ 未开票收入
+ 未开票收入帐户
+ The Not Invoiced Revenue account indicates the account used for recording revenue that has not yet been invoiced.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运行的数目
+ 运行的数目
+ 永续盘存运行频率
+ The Number of Runs indicates the number of times that the Perpetual Inventory has be processed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 程序号
+ 程序号
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 程序数字到
+ 目标程序号
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 有效的日期价格
+ 有效的
+ 有效的日期价格
+ The Price Effective indicates the date this price is for. This allows you to enter future prices for products which will become effective when appropriate.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单价格
+ 采购定单价格
+ 基于采购定单的价格
+ The PO Price indicates the price for a product per the purchase order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产生
+ 产生
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 确认频率
+ 确认频率
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 服务日期
+ 服务日期
+ 服务提供日期
+ The Service Date indicates the date that the service was provided.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已开票数量
+ 已开票数量
+ Quantity of product or service invoiced
+ The Quantity Invoiced indicates the total quantity of a product or service that has been invoiced.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已提供数量
+ 已供货数量
+ Quantity of service or product provided
+ The Quantity Provided indicates the total quantity of a product or service that has been received by the customer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数量
+ 数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税金额
+ 税
+ 文档税金额
+ The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税基金额
+ 税基金额
+ Base for calculating the tax amount
+ The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税标记
+ 税标记
+ Short form for Tax to be printed on documents
+ The Tax Indicator identifies the short name that will print on documents referencing this tax.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 交易金额
+ 交易 Amt
+ 一交易的金额
+ The Transaction Amount indicates the amount for a single transaction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未实现的收入
+ 未实现的收入
+ 未实现收入帐户
+ The Unearned Revenue indicates the account used for recording invoices sent for products or services not yet delivered. It is used in revenue recognition
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 更新数量
+ 更新数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款规则
+ 付款规则
+ 你如何支付发票
+ The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 相对优先权
+ 相对优先权
+ Where inventory should be picked from first
+ The Relative Priority indicates the location to pick from first if an product is stored in more than one location. (0 = highest priority)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 称谓
+ 称谓
+ Greeting to print on correspondence
+ The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 称谓
+ 称谓
+ For letters, e.g. "Dear {0}" or "Dear Mr. {0}" - At runtime, "{0}" is replaced by the name
+ The Greeting indicates what will print on letters sent to a Business Partner.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 直接打印
+ 直接打印
+ 没有对话框的打印
+ The Direct Print checkbox indicates that this report will print without a print dialog box being displayed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仅用名字
+ 仅用名字
+ Print only the first name in greetings
+ The First Name Only checkbox indicates that only the first name of this contact should print in greetings.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 大量数据
+ 大量数据
+ Use Search instead of Pick list
+ 那 High Volume Checkbox indicates if a search screen will display as opposed to a pick list for selecting records from this table.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票打印发票明细
+ 打印发票明细
+ Print detail BOM elements on the invoice
+ The Print Details on Invoice indicates that the BOM element products will print on the Invoice as opposed to this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 提货列表打印明细
+ 提货列表打印明细
+ Print detail BOM elements on the pick list
+ The Print Details on Pick List indicates that the BOM element products will print on the Pick List as opposed to this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 验证
+ 验证
+ The BOM configuration has been verified
+ The Verified check box indicates if the configuration of this product has been verified. This is used for products that consist of a bill of materials
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料清单明细
+ 物料清单明细
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 参数名字
+ 参数名字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 转变日期
+ 转变日期
+ Date for selecting conversion rate
+ The Conversion Date identifies the date used for currency conversion. The conversion rate chosen must include this date in it's date range
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格额外费
+ 限制价格额外费
+ Amount added to the converted copied price before multiplying
+ Indicates the amount to be added to the Limit price prior to multiplication.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格基础
+ 限制价格基础
+ Base price for calculation of the new price
+ Identifies the price to be used as the base for calculating a new price list.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格最大差额
+ 限制价格最大差额
+ Maximum difference to original limit price; ignored if zero
+ Indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original limit price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格最小差额
+ 限制价格最小差额
+ Minimum difference to original limit price; ignored if zero
+ Indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original limit price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格圆整
+ 限制价格圆整
+ 最后的结果圆整
+ A drop down list box which indicates the rounding (if any) will apply to the final prices in this price list.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表价格额外费
+ 列表价格额外费
+ 列表价格额外费
+ The List Price Surcharge Amount indicates the amount to be added to the price prior to multiplication.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表价格基础
+ 列表价格基础
+ Price used as the basis for price list calculations
+ The List Price Base indicates the price to use as the basis for the calculation of a new price list.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表价格最大差额
+ 列表价格最大差额
+ 产品的最大的差额
+ The List Price Max Margin indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original list price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表价格最小差额
+ 列表价格最小差额
+ 产品最小量差额
+ The List Price Min Margin indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original list price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表价格圆整
+ 列表价格圆整
+ Rounding rule for final list price
+ The List Price Rounding indicates how the final list price will be rounded.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 基本价格列表
+ 基本价格列表
+ Source for Price list calculations
+ The Base Price List identifies the Base Pricelist used for calculating prices (the source)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准价格额外费
+ 标准价格额外费
+ 加到价格中作为额外费的金额
+ The Standard Price Surcharge Amount indicates the amount to be added to the price prior to multiplication.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准价格基础
+ 标准价格基础
+ Base price for calculating new standard price
+ The Standard Price Base indicates the price to use as the basis for the calculation of a new price standard.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准最大差额
+ 标准最大差额
+ Maximum margin allowed for a product
+ The Standard Price Max Margin indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准价格最小差额
+ 标准价格最小差额
+ Minimum margin allowed for a product
+ The Standard Price Min Margin indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准价格圆整
+ 标准价格圆整
+ Rounding rule for calculated price
+ The Standard Price Rounding indicates how the final Standard price will be rounded.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 当前供应商
+ 当前供应商
+ Use this Vendor for pricing and stock replenishment
+ The Current Vendor indicates if prices are used and Product is reordered from this vendor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格折扣 %
+ 限制价格折扣 %
+ Discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base price
+ Indicates the discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表价格折扣 %
+ 列表价格折扣 %
+ Discount from list price as a percentage
+ The List Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准价格折扣 %
+ 标准价格折扣 %
+ Discount percentage to subtract from base price
+ The Standard Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印折扣
+ 打印折扣
+ Print Discount on Invoice and Order
+ The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计算总数
+ 总数
+ Calculate the total sum of numeric content or length
+ Calculate the total sum of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise total sum length of the field.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单描述
+ 定单描述
+ Description to be used on orders
+ The Order Description identifies the standard description to use on orders for this Customer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票净金额
+ 发票净金额
+ 该发票的网络金额
+ Indicates the net amount for this invoice. It does not include shipping or any additional charges.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 配送数量
+ 配送数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票数量
+ 发票数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表视图
+ 报表视图
+ View used to generate this report
+ The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮件主机
+ 邮件主机
+ Hostname of Mail Server for SMTP and IMAP
+ The host name of the Mail Server for this client with SMTP services to send mail, and IMAP to process incoming mail.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 每定单成本
+ 每定单成本
+ 每定单固定的成本
+ The Cost Per Order indicates the fixed charge levied when an order for this product is placed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实际配送时间
+ 实际配送时间
+ Actual days between order and delivery
+ The Actual Delivery Time indicates the number of days elapsed between placing an order and the delivery of the order
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 允诺配送时间
+ 允诺配送时间
+ Promised days between order and delivery
+ The Promised Delivery Time indicates the number of days between the order date and the date that delivery was promised.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单数量
+ 定单数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 质量等级
+ 质量等级
+ 评估供应商等级方法
+ The Quality Rating indicates how a vendor is rated (higher number = higher quality)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 基本的价格目录
+ 基础
+ Pricelist to be used, if product not found on this pricelist
+ The Base Price List identifies the default price list to be used if a product is not found on the selected price list
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EDI 定义
+ EDI 定义
+ 电子的数据交换
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 客户号
+ 客户号
+ EDI 确认数字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EDI 状态
+ EDI 状态
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EDI 类型
+ EDI 类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 错误电子邮件
+ 错误电子邮件
+ Email address to send error messages to
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 从电子邮件
+ 从电子邮件
+ Full Email address used to send requests - e.g. edi@organization.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 从电子邮件
+ 从电子邮件密码
+ Password of the sending Email address
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 从电子邮件用户
+ 从电子邮件用户
+ User ID of the sending Email address (on default SMTP Host) - e.g. edi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息电子邮件
+ 信息电子邮件
+ Email address to send informational messages and copies
+ The Info Email address indicates the address to use when sending informational messages or copies of other messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发电子邮件给
+ 发电子邮件给
+ Email address to send requests to - e.g. edi@manufacturer.com
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息
+ 信息
+ 数据
+ The Information displays data from the source document line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发送信息
+ 发送信息
+ Send informational messages and copies
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 明细折扣 %
+ 折扣 %
+ 明细折扣如一百分比
+ The Line Discount Percent indicates the discount for this line as a percentage.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 明细折扣
+ 折扣
+ 明细折扣金额
+ Indicates the discount for this line as an amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 明细限制金额
+ 限制金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 明细目录金额
+ 列出金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总共的差额 %
+ 差额 %
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总共的差额
+ 差额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EDI 交易
+ EDI 交易
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EDI 日志
+ EDI 日志
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已接收查询答复
+ 查询答复
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接收定单答复
+ 定单答复
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 答复价格
+ 答复价格
+ Confirmed Price from EDI Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 答复可用数量
+ 可用库存
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 答复被证实的数量
+ 已确认数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 答复收到
+ 答复
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 答复评论
+ 评论
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 答复交货日期
+ 发运日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求价格
+ 请求价格
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求数量
+ 请求数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求交货日期
+ 请求交货日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发送查询
+ 发送查询
+ 可用数量查询
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发送定单
+ 发送定单
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已接受交易
+ 已接收交易
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已发送交易
+ 已发送交易
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 交易类型
+ 交易类型
+ Type of credit card transaction
+ The Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 交易日期
+ 交易日期
+ 交易日期
+ The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 特别的窗体
+ 特别的窗体
+ 特别的窗体
+ The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 类名
+ 类名
+ Java 类名
+ The Classname identifies the Java classname used by this report or process.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 新的页
+ 新的页
+ 有新的页开始
+ Before printing this item, create a new page
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已过帐
+ 已过帐
+ 过帐状态
+ The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 种类类型
+ 种类类型
+ Source of the Journal with this category
+ The Category Type indicates the source of the journal for this category. Journals can be generated from a document, entered manually or imported.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 错误
+ 错误
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入格式
+ 导入格式
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 格式字段
+ 格式字段
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据格式
+ 数据格式
+ Format String in Java Notation, e.g. ddMMyy
+ The Date Format indicates how dates are defined on the record to be imported. It must be in Java Notation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据类型
+ 数据类型
+ 数据的类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 小数点
+ 小数点
+ Decimal Point in the data file - if any
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 除以100
+ 除以100
+ Divide number by 100 to get correct amount
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 结束号
+ 结束号
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 格式
+ 格式
+ 数据的格式
+ The Format is a drop down list box for selecting the format type (text, tab delimited, XML, etc) of the file to be imported
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 选择
+ 选择
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 常数值
+ 常数
+ Constant value
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料清单数量
+ 数量
+ 物料清单数量
+ The BOM Quantity indicates the quantity of the product in its Unit of Measure (multiplication)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收到日期
+ 收到日期
+ 产品收到日
+ The Date Received indicates the date that product was received.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 退回日期
+ 退回日期
+ 产品退回日
+ The Date Returned indicates the date the product was returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料清单
+ BOM
+ 物料清单
+ The Bill of Materials check box indicates if this product consists of a bill of materials.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 回
+ 回
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 移到存储
+ 移到存储
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料清单产品
+ 物料清单产品
+ 产品物料清单
+ The BOM Product identifies an element that is part of this Bill of Materials.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 登记
+ 登记
+ 交通工具登记
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 边rim
+ 边rim
+ 库存了边
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 轮胎存储
+ 轮胎存储
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 轮胎质量
+ 轮胎质量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 轮胎尺寸(L/R)
+ 轮胎尺寸
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 轮胎类型
+ 轮胎类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 交通工具
+ 交通工具
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 边背面
+ 边 B
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 轮胎质量背面
+ 轮胎质量背面
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 轮胎大小背面
+ 轮胎大小 B
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 轮胎类型背面
+ 轮胎类型 B
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 记录产生
+ 记录产生
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 制造计划
+ 制造计划
+ Plan for how a product is produced
+ The Production Plan identifies the items and steps in generating a product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 制造数量
+ 制造数量
+ Quantity of products to produce
+ The Production Quantity identifies the number of products to produce
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 网络目录
+ 网络目录
+ 网络接口
+ The Web Directory defines the look and feel for the Web interface.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商
+ 供应商
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 通知
+ 通知
+ 系统通知
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 组织间
+ 组织间
+ Organization valid for intercompany documents
+ The Inter Organization field identifies an Organization which can be used by this Organization for intercompany documents.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户城市
+ 城市
+ City or the Credit Card or Account Holder
+ The Account City indicates the City of the Credit Card or Account holder
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户电子邮件
+ 电子邮件
+ 电子邮件地址
+ The EMail Address indicates the EMail address off the Credit Card or Account holder.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 驾驶者执照
+ 驾驶者执照
+ Payment Identification - Driver License
+ The Driver's License being used as identification.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 社会保险号
+ 社会保险号
+ Payment Identification - Social Security No
+ The Social Security number being used as identification.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户名字
+ 帐户名字
+ Name on Credit Card or Account holder
+ The Name of the Credit Card or Account holder.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户州
+ 州
+ State of the Credit Card or Account holder
+ The State of the Credit Card or Account holder
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户街道
+ 街道
+ Street address of the Credit Card or Account holder
+ The Street Address of the Credit Card or Account holder.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Account Zip Postal
+ 邮递区号
+ Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder
+ The Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受 ACH
+ 接受 ACH
+ Accept Automatic Clearing House
+ Indicates if ACH Payments are accepted as payment to this Bank Account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受AMEX
+ 接受AMEX
+ 接受美国人快递卡片
+ Indicates if American Express Cards are accepted as payment to this Bank Account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受自动柜员机
+ 接受自动柜员机
+ 接受银行金融卡
+ Indicates if Bank ATM Cards are accepted for as payment to this Bank Account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受电子的检查
+ 接受 ECheck
+ Accept ECheck (Electronic Checks)
+ Indicates if EChecks are accepted as payment to this Bank Account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受公司
+ 接受公司
+ Accept Corporate Payment Cards
+ Indicates if Corporate Payment Cards are accepted as payment to this Bank Account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受用餐者
+ 接受用餐者
+ 接受用餐者的俱乐部
+ Indicates if Diner's Club Cards are accepted as payment to this Bank Account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受MasterCard
+ 接受 MC
+ 接受Master卡
+ Indicates if Master Cards are accepted as payment to this Bank Account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受Visa卡
+ 接受Visa卡
+ 接受签证卡片
+ Indicates if Visa Cards are accepted as payment to this Bank Account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 金额
+ 金额
+ 被定义的币种金额
+ The Amount indicates the amount for this document line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行资产
+ 银行资产
+ 银行资产帐户
+ The Bank Asset Account identifies the account to be used for booking changes to the balance in this bank account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行费用
+ 银行费用
+ 银行费用帐户
+ The Bank Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording charges or fees incurred from this Bank.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行利息费用
+ 银行利息费用
+ 银行利息费用帐户
+ The Bank Interest Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest expenses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行利息收入
+ 银行利息收入
+ 银行利息收入帐户
+ The Bank Interest Revenue Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest revenue from this Bank.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 转帐中银行
+ 转帐中银行
+ 转帐中银行帐户
+ The Bank in Transit Account identifies the account to be used for funds which are in transit.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行估价增益
+ 银行估价增益
+ 银行估价增益帐户
+ The Bank Revaluation Gain Account identifies the account to be used for recording gains that are recognized when converting currencies.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行估价损失
+ 银行估价损失
+ 银行估价损失帐户
+ The Bank Revaluation Loss Account identifies the account to be used for recording losses that are recognized when converting currencies.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行结算增益
+ 银行结算增益
+ 银行结算增益帐户
+ The Bank Settlement Gain account identifies the account to be used when recording a currency gain when the settlement and receipt currency are not the same.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行结算损失
+ 银行结算损失
+ 银行结算损失帐户
+ The Bank Settlement loss account identifies the account to be used when recording a currency loss when the settlement and receipt currency are not the same.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行未经确认的收据
+ 未经确认的银行
+ Bank Unidentified Receipts Account
+ The Bank Unidentified Receipts Account identifies the account to be used when recording receipts that can not be reconciled at the present time.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 期初余款
+ 期初余款
+ Balance prior to any transactions
+ The Beginning Balance is the balance prior to making any adjustments for payments or disbursements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 配置
+ 配置
+ 付款配置
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行对帐单
+ 银行对帐单
+ 银行对帐单
+ The Bank Statement identifies a unique Bank Statement for a defined time period. The statement defines all transactions that occurred
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行对帐单明细
+ 银行对帐单明细
+ Line on a statement from this Bank
+ The Bank Statement Line identifies a unique transaction (Payment, Withdrawal, Charge) for the defined time period at this Bank.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴组
+ 业务伙伴组
+ 业务伙伴组ID
+ The Business Partner Group ID provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款
+ 付款
+ 付款标识符
+ The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款处理器
+ 付款处理器
+ Payment processor for electronic payments
+ The Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收费费用
+ 收费费用
+ 收费费用帐户
+ The Charge Expense Account identifies the account to use when recording charges paid to vendors.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收费收入
+ 收费收入
+ 收费收入帐户
+ The Charge Revenue Account identifies the account to use when recording charges paid by customers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 支票未
+ 检查号
+ 检查号
+ The Check Number indicates the number on the check.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 联系人
+ 联系人
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信用卡确认
+ 信用卡确认
+ Verification code on credit card
+ The Credit Card Verification indicates the verification code on the credit card (AMEX 4 digits on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 当前成本价格
+ 当前成本价格
+ 那现在使用过的成本价格
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 折扣金额
+ 折扣
+ 有项目量的折扣
+ The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 终止余款
+ 终止余款
+ 终止或结束余款
+ The Ending Balance is the result of adjusting the Beginning Balance by any payments or disbursements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未来成本价格
+ 未来成本价格
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主机地址
+ 主机地址
+ 主人地址网址或 DNS
+ The Host Address identifies the URL or DNS of the target host
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 主机端口
+ 主机端口
+ 主办沟通港口
+ The Host Port identifies the port to communicate with the host.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 在线访问
+ 在线访问
+ 在线能被存取
+ The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 支付
+ 支付
+ 文件被支付
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 相同的币种
+ 相同的币种
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 微寸
+ 微寸
+ Combination of routing no, account and check no
+ The Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 原交易ID
+ 原Trx ID
+ 原交易ID
+ The Original Transaction ID is used for reversing transactions and indicates the transaction that has been reversed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购价格差额
+ 采购价格差额
+ Difference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV)
+ The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标明网址的页数
+ 标明网址的页数
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款折扣费用
+ 支付折扣费用
+ Payment Discount Expense Account
+ Indicates the account to be charged for payment discount expenses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款折扣收入
+ 支付折扣收入
+ Payment Discount Revenue Account
+ Indicates the account to be charged for payment discount revenues.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 进步的任务
+ WIP 帐户
+ 在建工程帐户
+ The Work in Process account is the account used in capital projects until the project is completed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单数字
+ 采购定单数字
+ 采购定单数字
+ The PO Number indicates the number assigned to a purchase order
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 价格
+ 价格
+ 价格
+ The Price indicates the Price for a product or service.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品
+ 产品
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 代理地址
+ 代理地址
+ 代理服务器的地址
+ The Proxy Address must be defined if you must pass through a firewall to access your payment processor.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 代理注册
+ 代理注册
+ 你的代理服务器注册
+ The Proxy Logon identifies the Logon ID for your proxy server.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 代理密码
+ 代理密码
+ 你的代理服务器的密码
+ The Proxy Password identifies the password for your proxy server.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 代理端口
+ 代理端口
+ 你的代理服务器的港口
+ The Proxy Port identifies the port of your proxy server.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 授权码
+ 授权码
+ 被送回的授权码
+ The Authorization Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 地址已验证
+ 地址已验证
+ This address has been verified
+ The Address Verified indicates if the address has been verified by the Credit Card Company.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮编已验证
+ 邮编已验证
+ The Zip Code has been verified
+ The Zip Verified indicates if the zip code has been verified by the Credit Card Company.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息
+ 信息
+ 回应信息
+ The Info indicates any response information returned from the Credit Card Company.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款参考
+ 参考
+ 付款参考
+ The Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息
+ 信息
+ 回应信息
+ The Response Message indicates the message returned from the Credit Card Company as the result of a transmission
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 结果
+ 结果
+ 传输的结果
+ The Response Result indicates the result of the transmission to the Credit Card Company.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Referrer
+ Referrer
+ 谈及网地址
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 远程地址
+ 远程地址
+ 远程地址
+ The Remote Address indicates an alternative or external address.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 远程主机
+ 远程主机
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 期间ID
+ 期间ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 对帐单日期
+ 对帐单日期
+ Date of processing a statement
+ The Statement Date field defines the date of the statement being processed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 对帐单差额
+ 对帐单差额
+ Difference between statement ending balance and actual ending balance
+ The Statement Difference reflects the difference between the Statement Ending Balance and the Actual Ending Balance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税信用
+ 税信用
+ Account for Tax you can reclaim
+ The Tax Credit Account indicates the account used to record taxes that can be reclaimed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 应付税
+ 应付税
+ Account for Tax you have to pay
+ The Tax Due Account indicates the account used to record taxes that you are liable to pay.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税费用
+ 税费用
+ Account for paid tax you cannot reclaim
+ The Tax Expense Account indicates the account used to record the taxes that have been paid that cannot be reclaimed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 应负债
+ 应负债
+ Account for Tax declaration liability
+ The Tax Liability Account indicates the account used to record your tax liability declaration.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 税应收帐款
+ 税应收帐款
+ Account for Tax credit after tax declaration
+ The Tax Receivables Account indicates the account used to record the tax credit amount after your tax declaration.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 投标类型
+ 投标类型
+ 付款方法
+ The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH, Credit Card, Check)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 用户ID
+ 用户ID
+ 用户ID
+ The User ID identifies a user and allows access to records or processes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 宣述授权码
+ 宣述授权码
+ Voice Authorization Code from credit card company
+ The Voice Authorization Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ W_Basket_ID
+ W_Basket_ID
+ 购物篮
+ 暂时的购物篮
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 库存估价
+ 库存估价
+ Account for Inventory Revaluation
+ The Inventory Revaluation Account identifies the account used to records changes in inventory value due to currency revaluation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 扣留
+ 扣留
+ 扣交帐户
+ The Withholding Account indicates the account used to record withholdings.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销帐
+ 销帐
+ Account for Receivables write-off
+ The Write Off Account identifies the account to book write off transactions to.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销帐金额
+ 销帐
+ 销帐金额
+ The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 查找
+ 查找
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ And/Or
+ And/Or
+ Logical operation: AND or OR
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Find_ID
+ Find_ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 操作
+ 操作
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 值到
+ 值到
+ 值到
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 关心点金额
+ 关心点
+ 关心点金额
+ The Interest Amount indicates any interest charged or received on a Bank Statement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 属性
+ 属性
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行帐户类型
+ 帐户类型
+ 银行帐户类型
+ The Bank Account Type field indicates the type of account (savings, checking etc) this account is defined as.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金簿
+ 现金簿
+ 现金簿
+ The Cash Journal uniquely identifies a Cash Journal. The Cash Journal will record transactions for the cash bank account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金帐簿
+ 现金帐簿
+ Cash Book for recording petty cash transactions
+ The Cash Book identifies a unique cash book. The cash book is used to record cash transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金簿明细
+ 现金明细
+ 现金簿明细
+ The Cash Journal Line indicates a unique line in a cash journal.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款批次
+ 付款批次
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金类型
+ 现金类型
+ 现金来源
+ The Cash Type indicates the source for this Cash Journal Line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金帐簿资产
+ 现金帐簿资产
+ 现金帐簿资产帐户
+ The Cash Book Asset Account identifies the account to be used for recording payments into and disbursements from this cash book.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金帐簿差额
+ 现金帐簿差额
+ 现金帐簿差额帐户
+ The Cash Book Differences Account identifies the account to be used for recording any differences that affect this cash book
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金帐簿费用
+ 现金帐簿费用
+ 现金帐簿费用帐户
+ The Cash Book Expense Account identifies the account to be used for general, non itemized expenses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金帐簿收据
+ 现金帐簿收据
+ 现金帐簿收据帐户
+ The Cash Book Receipt Account identifies the account to be used for general, non itemized cash book receipts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ACH
+ ACH
+ 自动票据交换所
+ The ACH checkbox indicates if this Bank Account accepts ACH transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 手工
+ 手工
+ 这是手工的程序
+ The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 撤销(红冲)
+ 撤销(红冲)
+ 撤销(红冲)交易
+ The Reversal check box indicates if this is a reversal of a prior transaction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款金额
+ 付款金额
+ 正被支付的金额
+ Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款处理器类
+ 付款处理器类
+ 付款处理器java类
+ Payment Processor class identifies the Java class used to process payments
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 处理日期
+ 处理日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 对帐单金额
+ 对帐单金额
+ 对帐单金额
+ The Statement Amount indicates the amount of a single statement line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ V_Date
+ V_Date
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ V_Number
+ V_Number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ V_String
+ V_String
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 有效的日期
+ 有效的日期
+ 付款已到期日
+ The Effective Date indicates the date that money is available from the bank.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产生明细
+ 产生明细
+ Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document
+ The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产生到
+ 产生到
+ 产生到
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受发现
+ 接受发现
+ 接受发现卡片
+ Indicates if Discover Cards are accepted as payment to this Bank Account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 佣金
+ 佣金
+ Commission stated as a percentage
+ The Commission indicates (as a percentage) the commission to be paid.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 每交易成本
+ 每交易成本
+ 每交易固定的成本
+ The Cost per Transaction indicates the fixed cost per to be charged per transaction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 到期天数
+ 到期天数
+ Number of days due (negative: due in number of days)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 在线处理
+ 在线处理
+ This payment can be processed online
+ The Online Processing indicates if the payment can be processed online.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已支付金额
+ 支付
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Require CreditCard Verification Code
+ 需要确认密码
+ Require 3 4 digit Credit Verification Code
+ The Require CC Verification checkbox indicates if this bank accounts requires a verification number for credit card transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段组
+ 字段组
+ 字段的合乎逻辑的配列
+ The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 动作类型
+ 动作类型
+ Method of action taken on this request
+ The Action Type indicates the method of action taken (Email, Call, Close)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最近动作日期
+ 最近动作日期
+ Date this request was last acted on
+ The Date Last Action indicates that last time that the request was acted on.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下次运行日期
+ 下次运行日期
+ Date that this request should be acted on
+ The Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 应付款类型
+ 应付款类型
+ Status of the next action for this Request
+ The Due Type indicates if this request is Due, Overdue or Scheduled.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 频率
+ 频率
+ 事件的频率
+ The frequency is used in conjunction with the frequency type in determining an event. Example: If the Frequency Type is Week and the Frequency is 2 - it is every two weeks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 频率类型
+ 频率类型
+ 事件的频率
+ The frequency type is used for calculating the date of the next event.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已分派
+ 已分派
+ Indicates if the payment has been allocated
+ The Allocated checkbox indicates if a payment has been allocated or associated with an invoice or invoices.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 扩大
+ 扩大
+ This request has been escalated
+ The Escalated checkbox indicates that this request has been escalated or raised in importance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ HTML
+ HTML
+ 本文有 HTML 标签
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮寄抬头
+ 邮寄抬头
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮寄本文
+ 邮寄本文
+ 邮件信息用的本文
+ The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下一个动作
+ 下一个动作
+ 下一个动作被采取
+ The Next Action indicates the next action to be taken on this request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 优先权
+ 优先权
+ Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority.
+ The Priority indicates the importance of this request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮寄模板
+ 邮寄模板
+ 本文模板为邮寄
+ The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求
+ 请求
+ Request from a Business Partner or Prospect
+ The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求动作
+ 请求动作
+ 动作有被请求
+ The Request Action indicates if the Credit Card Company has requested further action be taken.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求处理器
+ 请求处理器
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求金额
+ 请求 Amt
+ Amount associated with this request
+ The Request Amount indicates any amount that is associated with this request. For example, a warranty amount or refund amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 汇总
+ 汇总
+ Textual summary of this request
+ The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 管理者
+ 管理者
+ Supervisor for this user - used for escalation
+ The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 配置号
+ 配置号
+ 配置数字
+ The Allocation number indicates which invoices were allocated on one batch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 乘数
+ 乘数
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未结金额
+ 打开
+ 未结项目金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 评论
+ 评论
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 差额 %
+ 差额 %
+ Margin for a product as a percentage
+ The Margin indicates the margin for this product as a percentage of the limit price and selling price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 缺省逻辑 2
+ 缺省逻辑 2
+ Default value hierarchy, separated by ;
+ The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Client_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Client as well as Buttons.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SQL组函数
+ SQL组函数
+ 此函数将产生一个Group By子句
+ The SQL Group Function checkbox indicates that this function will generate a Group by Clause in the resulting SQL.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款选择
+ 付款选择
+ 付款选择
+ The Payment Selection identifies a unique Payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款选择明细
+ 付款选择明细
+ 付款选择明细
+ The Payment Selection Line identifies a unique line in a payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款日期
+ 付款日期
+ 付款日期
+ The Payment Date indicates the date the payment was made.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总金额
+ 总金额
+ 总金额
+ The Total Amount indicates the total document amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表视图列
+ 报表视图列
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 函数列
+ 函数列
+ Overwrite Column with Function
+ The Function Column indicates that the column will be overridden with a function
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实际金额
+ 实际金额
+ 实际金额
+ Actual amount indicates the agreed upon amount for a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实际数量
+ 实际数量
+ 实际量
+ The Actual Quantity indicates the quantity as referenced on a document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 乘数金额
+ 乘数金额
+ Multiplier Amount for generating commissions
+ The Multiplier Amount indicates the amount to multiply the total amount generated by this commission run by.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 减去金额
+ 减去金额
+ Subtract Amount for generating commissions
+ The Subtract Amount indicates the amount to subtract from the total amount prior to multiplication.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 佣金
+ 佣金
+ 佣金
+ The Commission ID is a unique identifier of a set of commission rules.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 佣金金额
+ 委任 Amt
+ 已产生佣金金额
+ The Commission Amount indicates the resulting amount from a Commission Run.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 佣金明细
+ 佣金明细
+ 佣金明细
+ The Commission Line is a unique instance of a Commission Run. If the commission run was done in summary mode then there will be a single line representing the selected documents totals. If the commission run was done in detail mode then each document that was included in the run will have its own commission line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目周期
+ 项目周期
+ Identifier for this Project Cycle
+ Identifies a Project Cycle which can be made up of one or more steps or statuses
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 周期步骤
+ 周期步骤
+ 步骤为该周期
+ Identifies one or more steps within a Project Cycle. A cycle Step has multiple Phases
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目明细
+ 项目明细
+ 在一个项目中的任务或步骤
+ The Project Line indicates a unique project line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 佣金金额
+ 委任 Amt
+ 佣金金额
+ The Commission Amount is the total calculated commission. It is based on the parameters as defined for this Commission Run.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已转换金额
+ 转换
+ 已转换金额
+ The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 契约日期
+ 契约日期
+ The (planned) effective date of this document.
+ The contract date is used to determine when the document becomes effective. This is usually the contract date. The contract date is used in reports and report parameters.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 完成日期
+ 完成日期
+ Finish or (planned) completion date
+ The finish date is used to indicate when the project is expected to be completed or has been completed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计算基础
+ 计算基础
+ Basis for the calculation the commission
+ The Calculation Basis indicates the basis to be used for the commission calculation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息到
+ 信息到
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 只有正数
+ 只有正数
+ Do not generate negative commissions
+ The Positive Only check box indicates that if the result of the subtraction is negative, it is ignored. This would mean that negative commissions would not be generated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已计划金额
+ 已计划 Amt
+ Planned amount for this project
+ The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已计划差额 %
+ Planned Margin
+ Project's planned margin as a percentage
+ The Planned Margin Percentage indicates the anticipated margin percentage for this project or project line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已计划差额
+ 已计划差额
+ Project's planned margin amount
+ The Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已计划价格
+ 已计划价格
+ Planned price for this project line
+ The Planned Price indicates the anticipated price for this project line.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已计划数量
+ 已计划数量
+ Planned quantity for this project
+ The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 乘数数量
+ 乘数数量
+ Value to multiply quantities by for generating commissions.
+ The Multiplier Quantity field indicates the amount to multiply the quantities accumulated for this commission run.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 减去数量
+ 减去数量
+ Quantity to subtract when generating commissions
+ The Quantity Subtract identifies the quantity to be subtracted before multiplication
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 相对重量
+ 相对重量
+ Relative weight of this step (0 = ignored)
+ The relative weight allows you to adjust the report based on probabilities. For example, if you have a 1:10 chance in closing a contract when it is in the prospect stage and a 1:2 chance when it is in the contract stage, you may put a weight of 0.1 and 0.5 on those steps. In the Cycle Report, you then could see, which stage is less or more compared to the other steps. This is an alternative method for a funnel or measures completion of your project.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 佣金运行
+ 佣金运行
+ 佣金运行或处理
+ The Commission Run is a unique system defined identifier of a specific run of commission. When a Commission is processed on the Commission Screen, the Commission Run ID will display.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Commission only specified Orders
+ 委任定单
+ Commission only Orders or Invoices, where this Sales Rep is entered
+ Sales Reps are entered in Orders and Invoices. If selected, only Orders and Invoices for this Sales Reps are included in the calculation of the commission.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列出明细
+ 列出明细
+ 列出文件明细
+ The List Details checkbox indicates that the details for each document line will be displayed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 佣金明细
+ 佣金明细
+ Supporting information for Commission Amounts
+ The Commission Detail provides supporting information on a Commission Run. Each document line that was part of the Commission Run will be reflected here.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单付款条款
+ 采购定单付款条款
+ Payment rules for a purchase order
+ The PO Payment Term indicates the payment term that will be used when this purchase order becomes an invoice.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 注解
+ 注解
+ Additional Information about an achievement
+ The Note allows you to define additional information about an achievement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ B.Partner Column
+ 业务伙伴列
+ Fully qualified Business Partner key column (C_BPartner_ID)
+ The Business Partner Column indicates the Business Partner to use when calculating this measurement
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计算类
+ 计算类
+ Java Class for calculation, implementing Interface Measure
+ The Calculation Class indicates the Java Class used for calculating measures.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日期列
+ 日期列
+ 完全合格日期列
+ The Date Column indicates the date to be used when calculating this measurement
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开始日期
+ 开始日期
+ 出发日期为范围
+ The Date From indicates the starting date of a range.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 结束日期
+ 结束日期
+ 结束一日期范围的日期
+ The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 经营目标
+ 经营目标
+ Target achievement from 0..1
+ The Goal Performance indicates the target achievement from 0 to 1.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 达成
+ 达成
+ 目标被达成
+ The Achieved checkbox indicates if this goal has been achieved.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Java 颜色类名
+ Java 颜色类名
+ Full qualified Java Class inheriting from java.awt.Color
+ The Java Color Class indicates the color class to use for this performance level.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实际手工
+ 实际手工
+ 手工输入实际值
+ The Manual Active identifies a manually entered actual measurement value.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 注解
+ 注解
+ 人工输入的注解
+ The Note allows for entry for additional information regarding a manual entry.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实际度量
+ 实际度量
+ Actual value that has been measured.
+ The Measure Actual indicates the actual measured value. The measured values are used in determining if a performance goal has been met
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 度量目标
+ 度量目标
+ 度量目标值
+ The Measure Target indicates the target or goal for this measure. It is used as in comparing against the actual measures
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 度量类型
+ 度量类型
+ Determines how the actual performance is derived
+ The Measure Type indicates how the actual measure is determined. For example, one measure may be manual while another is calculated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 组织 列
+ 组织 列
+ Fully qualified Organization column (AD_Org_ID)
+ The Organization Column indicates the organization to be used in calculating this measurement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 成果
+ 成果
+ 经营成果
+ The Achievement identifies a unique task that is part of an overall performance goal.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 颜色
+ 颜色
+ Color for Performance Analysis
+ The Color indicates the colors to use to identify different levels of performance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 目标
+ 目标
+ 经营目标
+ The Performance Goal indicates what this users performance will be measured against.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 个人目标
+ 个人目标
+ Goal hierarchy only visible to user
+ The Personal Goals displays goals that a user will set for themselves.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 度量
+ 度量
+ Concrete Performance Measurement
+ The Measure identifies a concrete, measurable indicator of performance. For example, sales dollars, prospects contacted.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 测量计算
+ 测量计算
+ Calculation method for measuring performance
+ The Measure Calculation indicates the method of measuring performance.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品列
+ 产品列
+ Fully qualified Product column (M_Product_ID)
+ The Product Column indicates the product to use to use when calculating this measurement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ select子句
+ select子句
+ SQL select子句
+ The Select Clause indicates the SQL SELECT clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 决定于百分比
+ 决定于百分比
+ Maximum value for this color; If this is the highest value, it is used also for higher values.
+ The Up to Percent indicates the highest percentage to use for this color. If this is the highest value it is also used for values higher than this percentage.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表列
+ 报表列
+ 在报表中的列
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 金额类型
+ 金额类型
+ 金额的类型到报表
+ You can choose between the total and period amounts as well as the balance or just the debit credit amounts.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收入确认计划
+ 收入确认计划
+ Plan for recognizing or recording revenue
+ The Revenue Recognition Plan identifies a unique Revenue Recognition Plan.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收入确认运行
+ 收入确认运行
+ Revenue Recognition Run or Process
+ The Revenue Recognition Runs identifies a unique instance of processing revenue recognition.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计算
+ 计算
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列类型
+ 列类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 币种类型
+ 币种类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 特殊转变
+ 特殊转变
+ Perform conversion for all amounts to currency
+ If a currency is selected, only this currency will be reported. If adhoc conversion is selected, all currencies are converted to the defined currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 行类型
+ 行类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运算元 1
+ 运算元 1
+ 首先运算元为计算
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运算元 2
+ 运算元 2
+ Second operand for calculation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 财务报表
+ 财务报表
+ 财务报表
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表列组合
+ 报表列组合
+ Collection of Columns for Report
+ The Report Column Set identifies the columns used in a Report.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表行
+ 报表行
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表行组合
+ 报表行组合
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表来源
+ 报表来源
+ Restriction of what will be shown in Report Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 确认金额
+ 确认金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 相对分期
+ 相对分期
+ 分期抵销
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 网络柜台
+ 网络柜台
+ 个人计数点击
+ 网络柜台明细
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 根据折扣费用更正税
+ 根据折扣费用更正税
+ Correct the tax for payment discount and charges
+ Payment discounts may require to correct the tax. This primarily applicable in VAT systems. If the original invoice had tax records, the payment discount, write-off, etc. is corrected by the tax. The calculation of the tax is prorated based on the invoice.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 过帐批发折扣
+ 批发折扣
+ Generate postings for trade discounts
+ If the invoice is based on an item with a list price, the amount based on the list price and the discount is posted instead of the net amount.
+
+Example: Quantity 10 - List Price: 20 - Actual Price: 17
+If selected for a sales invoice 200 is posted to Product Revenue and 30 to Discount Granted - rather than 170 to Product Revenue.
+The same applies to vendor invoices.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票价格差额
+ 发票价格差额
+ Difference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV)
+ The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批发折扣允许
+ 批发折扣授与
+ Trade Discount Granted Account
+ The Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已收到批发折扣
+ 已收到批发折扣
+ Trade Discount Receivable Account
+ The Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 库存调整
+ 库存调整
+ Account for Inventory value adjustments for Actual Costing
+ In actual costing systems, this account is used to post Inventory value adjustments. You could set it to the standard Inventory Asset account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 视图
+ 视图
+ 这是视图
+ This is a view rather than a table. A view is always treated as read only in the system.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印表单
+ 打印表单
+ 表单
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行帐户文件
+ 银行帐户文件
+ Checks, Transfers, etc.
+ Bank documents, you generate or track
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收货
+ 收货
+ This is a sales transaction (receipt)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 差额
+ 差额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 颜色
+ 颜色
+ Color for backgrounds or indicators
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 桌面
+ 桌面
+ 工作台的集合
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 桌面工作台
+ 桌面工作台
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 图像
+ 图像
+ 系统图像或图标
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 自定义字段
+ 自定义字段
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 自定义页签
+ 自定义页签
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 自定义窗口
+ 自定义窗口
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作台
+ 工作台
+ Collection of windows, reports
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作台窗口
+ 工作台窗口
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Alpha
+ Alpha
+ 颜色Alpha值 0-255
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 第二个Alpha
+ 第二个Alpha
+ 第二个颜色Alpha值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 蓝色
+ 蓝色
+ 蓝色的RGB值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 第二个蓝色
+ 第二个蓝色
+ RGB 第二颜色值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 颜色类型
+ 颜色类型
+ Color presentation for this color
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 绿色
+ 绿色
+ RGB 值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 第二个绿色
+ 第二个绿色
+ RGB 第二颜色值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 选择列
+ 选择
+ Is this column used for finding rows in windows
+ If selected, the column is listed in the first find window tab and in the selection part of the window
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 行距离
+ 距离
+ 在线之间的距离
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 线宽度
+ 线宽度
+ 线的宽度
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单描述
+ 采购定单描述
+ 在采购定单屏幕中的描述
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单帮助
+ 采购定单帮助
+ 帮助为采购定单审查
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单名字
+ 采购定单名字
+ 采购定单屏幕上的名字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单打印名字
+ 采购定单打印
+ Print name on PO Screens Reports
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 只读逻辑
+ 只读逻辑
+ Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write)
+ format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
+expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
+logic := {|}|{&}<br>
+context := any global or window context <br>
+value := strings or numbers<br>
+logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
+operand := eq{=}, gt{>}, le{<}, not{~^!} <br>
+Examples: <br>
+@AD_Table_ID@=14 | @Language@!GERGER <br>
+@PriceLimit@>10 | @PriceList@>@PriceActual@<br>
+@Name@>J<br>
+Strings may be in single quotes (optional)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 红色
+ 红色
+ RGB 值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 2nd Red
+ 第二个红色
+ RGB 第二颜色值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 模拟
+ 模拟
+ Performing the function is only simulated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 删除旧记录
+ 删除旧记录
+ Otherwise records will be added
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印明细交易
+ 打印明细交易
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 每发票最大销帐金额
+ 每发票最大销帐金额
+ Maximum invoice amount to be written off in invoice currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品数量必须在库存中
+ 产品数量必须在库存中
+ 如果库存不足,物料将不能生产
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 只有折扣
+ 只有折扣
+ Include only invoices where we would get payment discount
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 只有应付款
+ 只有应付款
+ 只包括应付款发票
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品关键字
+ 产品关键字
+ 产品的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 库存数量
+ 库存数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示实际金额
+ 显示实际金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示委托金额
+ 显示委托金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示已计划金额
+ 显示已计划金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示已计划差额金额
+ 显示已计划差额金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示已计划数量
+ 显示已计划数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实体类型
+ 实体类型
+ 字典实体类型; 确定所有者和同步性
+ 实体类型"字典/Dictionary", "Adempiere" 和 "应用/Application" 能够自动的同步因此客户化的工作将被删除或覆盖
+
+要客户化,请复制实体并选择"用户/User"!
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入字段
+ 导入字段
+ Create Fields from Table Columns
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入表
+ 导入表
+ Import Table Columns from Database
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 同步数据库
+ 同步数据库
+ Change database table definition when changing dictionary definition
+ When selected, the database column definition is updated based on your entries in the Column definition of the Application Dictionary.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款选择
+ 付款选择
+ AP Payment Selection Clearing Account
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未分派现金
+ 未分派现金
+ Unallocated Cash Clearing Account
+ Receipts not allocated to Invoices
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 现金转帐
+ 现金转帐
+ Cash Transfer Clearing Account
+ Account for Invoices paid by cash
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 匹配发票
+ 匹配发票
+ Match Shipment Receipt to Invoice
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 匹配采购定单
+ 匹配采购定单
+ Match Purchase Order to Shipment Receipt
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 删除已存在会计分录
+ 删除已存在会计分录
+ The selected accounting entries will be deleted! DANGEROUS !!!
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 关键字
+ 关键字
+ 情形对关键字没有感觉的
+ Case insensitive keyword for matching. If there are two words, both words must exist.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 邮寄主题
+ 邮寄主题
+ 邮件信息的主题
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 警报存储天数
+ Alert days overdue
+ Send email alert after number of days overdue (0=no alerts)
+ Send an email alert after the item is overdue. If set to zero, no alert is sent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 在天之后扩大超储的
+ 在天之后扩大
+ Escalation to superior after number of overdue days
+ The item will be escalated and assigned to the supervisor after the number of days overdue.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求工作路明细排定
+ 请求工作路明细排定
+ 自动请求的路由
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求电子邮件
+ 请求电子邮件
+ EMail address to send automated mails from or receive mails for automated processing (fully qualified)
+ EMails for requests, alerts and escalation are sent from this email address as well as delivery information if the sales rep does not have an email account. The address must be filly qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com) and should be a valid address.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求文件夹
+ 请求文件夹
+ EMail folder to process incoming emails; if empty INBOX is used
+ Email folder used to read emails to process as requests, If left empty the default mailbox (INBOX) will be used. Requires IMAP services.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求用户
+ 请求用户
+ User Name (ID) of the email owner
+ EMail user name for requests, alerts and escalation are sent from this email address as well as delivery information if the sales rep does not have an email account. Required, if your mail server requires authentification as well as for processing incoming mails.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求用户密码
+ 请求用户密码
+ Password of the user name (ID) for mail processing
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 接受语言
+ 接受语言
+ Language accepted based on browser information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 用户代理人
+ 用户代理人
+ 使用过的浏览器
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 所有结点
+ 所有结点
+ 包括所有结点（完全树）
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 休息折扣 %
+ 休息折扣
+ Trade Discount in Percent for the break level
+ Trade Discount in Percent for the break level
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 休息价值
+ 休息价值
+ Low Value of trade discount break level
+ Starting Quantity or Amount Value for break level
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 累计级别
+ 累计级别
+ 累计计算的级别
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 折扣类型
+ 折扣类型
+ Type of trade discount calculation
+ Type of procedure used to calculate the trade discount percentage
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 直线折扣 %
+ 直线折扣
+ 直线的折扣百分比
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数量基于
+ 数量基于
+ Trade discount break level based on Quantity (not value)
+ The calculation of the trade discount level is based on the quantity of the order and not the value amount of the order
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打折模式
+ 打折模式
+ Schema to calculate the trade discount percentage
+ After calculation of the (standard) price, the trade discount percentage is calculated and applied resulting in the final price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打折模式休息
+ 打折模式休息
+ 批发折扣休息
+ Trade discount based on breaks (steps)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打折价格列表
+ 打折价格列表
+ Line of the pricelist trade discount schema
+ For the Pricelist Discount Type, you enter how the list, standard and limit price is calculated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单折扣模式
+ 采购定单折扣模式
+ Schema to calculate the purchase trade discount percentage
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 脚本
+ 脚本
+ Dynamic Java Language Script to calculate result
+ Use Java language constructs to define the result of the calculation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 图像阿尔发
+ 图像阿尔发
+ 图像织法含有种种要素的阿尔发
+ Composite Alpha factor for taint color.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 图像网址
+ 图像网址
+ 图像的网址
+ URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 重复距离
+ 重复距离
+ Distance in points to repeat gradient color - or zero
+ The gradient color is not repeated, if the value is zero. The distance is added to (or subtracted from) the starting point of the gradient.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 开始点
+ 开始点
+ Start point of the gradient colors
+ The gradient starts at the start point (e.g. North). The repeat distance determines if and how often the gradient colors are repeated. If starting from southern points, the upper color is actually at the button.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 统计计数
+ 统计计数
+ Internal statistics how often the entity was used
+ For internal use.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 统计数值秒
+ 统计数值秒
+ Internal statistics how many seconds a process took
+ 对于内在的使用
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定位键水平
+ 定位键水平
+ Hierarchical Tab Level (0 = top)
+ Hierarchical level of the tab. If the level is 0, it is the top entity. Level 1 entries are dependent on level 0, etc.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准成本
+ 标准成本
+ 标准的成本
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 估价日期
+ 估价日期
+ 估价日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 限制价格值
+ 限制价格值
+ 有限制价格的值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表价格
+ 列表价格
+ 附价格列表估价
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单价格
+ 采购定单价格
+ 附采购定单估价
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准价格
+ 标准价格
+ 附标准的价格估价
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 平均的成本金额总数
+ 平均的成本金额总数
+ Cumulative average cost amounts (internal)
+ Current cumulative costs for calculating the average costs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 平均成本量总数
+ 平均成本量总数
+ Cumulative average cost quantities (internal)
+ Current cumulative quantity for calculating the average costs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准成本金额总数
+ 标准成本金额总数
+ Standard Cost Invoice Amount Sum (internal)
+ Current cumulative amount for calculating the standard cost difference based on (actual) invoice price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准成本数量总数
+ 标准成本数量总数
+ Standard Cost Invoice Quantity Sum (internal)
+ Current cumulative quantity for calculating the standard cost difference based on (actual) invoice price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准采购定单成本金额总数
+ 标准采购定单成本金额总数
+ Standard Cost Purchase Order Amount Sum (internal)
+ Current cumulative amount for calculating the standard cost difference based on (planned) purchase order price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准采购定单成本数量总数
+ 标准采购定单成本数量总数
+ Standard Cost Purchase Order Quantity Sum (internal)
+ Current cumulative quantity for calculating the standard cost difference based on (planned) purchase order price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 明细ID
+ 明细ID
+ Transaction line ID (internal)
+ 内在的联编
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ PPV 抵销
+ PPV 抵销
+ Purchase Price Variance Offset Account
+ Offset account for standard costing purchase price variances. The counter account is Product PPV.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最近发票价格
+ 最近发票价格
+ Price of the last invoice for the product
+ The Last Invoice Price indicates the last price paid (per the invoice) for this product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总发票金额
+ 总发票金额
+ Cumulative total lifetime invoice amount
+ The cumulative total lifetime invoice amount is used to calculate the total average price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总发票数量
+ 总发票数量
+ Cumulative total lifetime invoice quantity
+ The cumulative total lifetime invoice quantity is used to calculate the total average price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 从明细金额计算折扣
+ 从明细金额计算折扣
+ Payment Discount calculation does not include Taxes and Charges
+ If the payment discount is calculated from line amounts only, the tax and charge amounts are not included. This is e.g. business practice in the US. If not selected the total invoice amount is used to calculate the payment discount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定的限制价格
+ 固定的限制
+ Fixed Limit Price (not calculated)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定的列表价格
+ 固定的目录
+ Fixes List Price (not calculated)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定的标准价格
+ 固定的标准
+ Fixed Standard Price (not calculated)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 设定未来成本到
+ 设定未来成本到
+ Set the Future costs to the selection
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 设定标准成本
+ 设定标准成本
+ Set new Standard Costs from Future Costs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Standard Cost Invoice Difference
+ 标准成本发票差额
+ Standard Cost Invoice Difference
+ Accumulated difference of Invoice Costs to Standard Costs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准成本采购定单差额
+ 标准成本采购定单差额
+ Standard Cost Purchase Order Difference
+ Accumulated difference of Purchase Order Costs to Standard Costs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总发票成本
+ 总发票成本
+ 总发票花费
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息
+ 信息
+ 系统信息
+ Information and Error messages
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 允许UoM分数
+ 允许UoM分数
+ Allow Unit of Measure Fractions
+ If allowed, you can enter UoM Fractions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分配来自
+ 分配来自
+ 分配资源从
+ 任务开始
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分配到
+ 分配到
+ 分配资源直到
+ 任务结束
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用日期
+ 费用日期
+ 费用日期
+ 费用日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表日期
+ 报表日期
+ Expense Time Report Date
+ Date of Expense Time Report
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 时间段结束
+ 时间段结束
+ 时间段结束
+ 终止时间时间留细长的孔
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 时间段开始
+ 时间段开始
+ 时间段开始
+ 出发时间时间留细长的孔
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用金额
+ 费用金额
+ 金额为费用
+ 费用币种的金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 可用库存
+ 可用库存
+ 资源是可用
+ Resource is available for assignments
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 确认
+ 确认
+ 任务是被证实的
+ Resource assignment is confirmed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日跟踪
+ 日跟踪
+ Resource has day slot availability
+ Resource is only available on certain days
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 时间报表
+ 时间报表
+ Line is a time report only (no expense)
+ The line contains only time information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 时间段
+ 时间段
+ Resource has time slot availability
+ Resource is only available at certain times
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 星期五
+ 周五
+ 可用每个星期五
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 星期一
+ 周一
+ 可用每个星期一
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 星期六
+ 周六
+ 可用在星期六
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 星期日
+ 周日
+ 可用每个星期日
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 星期四
+ 周四
+ 可用每个星期四
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 星期二
+ 周二
+ 可用每个星期二
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 星期三
+ 周三
+ 可用每个星期三
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用类型
+ 费用类型
+ 费用报表类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资源
+ 资源
+ 资源
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资源任务
+ 任务
+ 资源任务
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资源类型
+ 资源类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资源不可用
+ 资源不可用
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用报表
+ 费用报表
+ 时间和费用报表
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用明细
+ 费用明细
+ 时间和费用报表行
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 只有单一任务
+ 单一任务
+ Only one assignment at a time (no double-booking or overlapping)
+ If selected, you can only have one assignment for the resource at a single point in time. It is also not possible to have overlapping assignments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单列
+ 定单列
+ 列决定定单
+ Integer Column of the table determining the order (display, sort, ..). If defined, the Order By replaces the default Order By clause. It should be fully qualified (i.e. "tablename.columnname").
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已包括列
+ 已包括列
+ Column determining if a Table Column is included in Ordering
+ If a Included Column is defined, it decides, if a column is active in the ordering - otherwise it is determined that the Order Column has a value of one or greater
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印颜色
+ 打印颜色
+ 打印用的颜色
+ 打印用的颜色
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印字型
+ 打印字型
+ 维护打印字型
+ 打印用的字型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印格式
+ 打印格式
+ 数据打印格式
+ The print format determines how data is rendered for print.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已包括打印格式
+ 已包括打印格式
+ Print format that is included here.
+ Included Print formats allow to e.g. Lines to Header records. The Column provides the parent link.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印格式项目
+ 打印格式项目
+ Item Column in the Print format
+ Item Column in the print format maintaining layout information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印纸
+ 打印纸
+ 打印机纸定义
+ Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段对准
+ 字段对准
+ 字段本文对准
+ Alignment of field text. The default is determined by the data display type: Numbers are right aligned, other data is left aligned
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产生复制
+ 产生复制
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 脚边距
+ 脚边距
+ Margin of the Footer in 1 72 of an inch
+ Distance from the bottom of the main content to the end of the printable page in 1 72 of an inch (point)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 抬头边距
+ 抬头边距
+ Margin of the Header in 1 72 of an inch
+ Distance from the top of the printable page to the start of the main content in 1 72 of an inch (point)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 表单
+ 表单
+ If Selected, a Form is printed, if not selected a columnar List report
+ A form has individual elements with layout information (example: invoice, check)
+<br>
+A columnar list report has individual columns (example: list of invoices)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分组
+ Groupby
+ After a group change, totals, etc. are printed
+ Grouping allows to print sub-totals. If a group changes, the totals are printed. Group by columns need to be included in the sort order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仅一行
+ 仅一行
+ If selected, only one line is printed
+ If the column has a width restriction, the text is broken into multiple lines. If One Line is selected, only the first line is printed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 水平
+ 水平
+ 水平方向
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下一行
+ 下一行
+ Print item on next line
+ If not selected, the item is printed on the same line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Order by
+ Order by
+ Include in sort order
+ The records are ordered by the value of this column. If a column is used for grouping, it needs to be included in the sort order as well.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 相对位置
+ 相对位置
+ The item is relative positioned (not absolute)
+ The relative positioning of the item is determined by X-Z space and next line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单页签
+ 定单页签
+ 页签定单
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Standard Header Footer
+ Standard Header Footer
+ The standard Header and Footer is used
+ If the standard header is not used, it must be explicitly defined.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 基于表
+ 基于表
+ 表立基于了目录报表
+ Table based columnar list reporting is invoked from the Window Report button
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最大高度
+ 最大高度
+ Maximum Height in 1 72 if an inch - 0 = no restriction
+ Maximum height of the element in 1 72 of an inch (point). If zero (0), there is no height restriction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最大宽度
+ 最大宽度
+ Maximum Width in 1 72 if an inch - 0 = no restriction
+ Maximum width of the element in 1 72 of an inch (point). If zero (0), there is no width restriction.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ X 位置
+ X 位置
+ Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1 72 of an inch
+ Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1 72 of an inch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ X 空间
+ X 空间
+ Relative X (horizontal) space in 1 72 of an inch
+ Relative X (horizontal) space in 1 72 of an inch in relation to the end of the previous item.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Y 位置
+ Y 位置
+ Absolute Y (vertical) position in 1 72 of an inch
+ Absolute Y (vertical) position in 1 72 of an inch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Y 空间
+ Y 空间
+ Relative Y (vertical) space in 1 72 of an inch
+ Relative Y (vertical) space in 1 72 of an inch in relation to the end of the previous item.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 线对准
+ 线对准
+ 线对准
+ For relative positioning, the line alignment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 区域
+ 区域
+ 打印区域
+ 打印该项目的区域
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 格式类型
+ 格式类型
+ 打印格式类型
+ The print format type determines what will be printed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票价格
+ 发票价格
+ Unit price to be invoiced or 0 for default price
+ Unit Price in the currency of the business partner! If it is 0, the standard price of the sales price list of the business partner (customer) is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 多于或少于付款
+ 多于或少于付款
+ Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment)
+ Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
+Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 多于或少于付款金额
+ 多于或少于付款金额
+ Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount
+ Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
+Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 检查打印格式
+ 检查打印格式
+ Print Format for printing Checks
+ You need to define a Print Format to print the document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨打印格式
+ 催讨打印格式
+ Print Format for printing Dunning Letters
+ You need to define a Print Format to print the document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票打印格式
+ 发票打印格式
+ Print Format for printing Invoices
+ You need to define a Print Format to print the document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单打印格式
+ 定单打印格式
+ Print Format for Orders, Quotes, Offers
+ You need to define a Print Format to print the document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 汇款打印格式
+ 汇款打印格式
+ Print Format for separate Remittances
+ You need to define a Print Format to print the document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料出货打印格式
+ 物料出货打印格式
+ Print Format for Shipments, Receipts, Pick Lists
+ You need to define a Print Format to print the document.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 未
+ 未
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 什么
+ 什么
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 当
+ 当
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 区号
+ 区号
+ 长途区号
+ 长途区号
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 城市
+ 城市
+ 城市
+ 在一个国家中的城市
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 坐标
+ 坐标
+ 位置坐标
+ This column contains the geographical coordinates (latitude longitude) of the location.<p>
+In order to avoid unnecessary use of non-standard characters and space, the following standard presentation is used:<br>
+0000N 00000W 0000S 00000E <br>
+where the two last digits refer to minutes and the two or three first digits indicate the degrees
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 本地码
+ 本地码
+ Location code - UN LOCODE
+ UN Locode is a combination of a 2-character country code and a 3-character location code, e.g. BEANR is known as the city of Antwerp (ANR) which is located in Belgium (BE).
+<p>See: http: www.unece.org cefact locode service main.htm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 图像附件
+ 图像附件
+ The image to be printed is attached to the record
+ The image to be printed is stored in the database as attachment to this record. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计算 Mean (μ)
+ 平均
+ Calculate Average of numeric content or length
+ Calculate the average of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise calculate the average length of the field.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calculate Count
+ 计数
+ Count number of not empty elements
+ Calculate the total number of not empty (NULL) elements (maximum is the number of lines).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 大写金额
+ 大写金额
+ 大写金额
+ Amount in words will be printed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴联系人问候
+ 业务伙伴联系人问候
+ Greeting for Business Partner Contact
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴问候
+ 业务伙伴问候
+ 问候对业务伙伴
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 联系人名字
+ 联系人名字
+ 业务伙伴联系人名字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件类型
+ 文件类型
+ 文件类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件类型注释
+ 文件类型注释
+ Optional note of a document type
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 多语言文件
+ 多语言文件
+ 多语言文件
+ If selected, you enable multi lingual documents and need to maintain translations for entities used in documents (examples: Products, Payment Terms, ...).<br>
+Please note, that the base language is always English.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 设定 NL 位置
+ 设定 NL 位置
+ 设定新的线位置
+ When enabled, the current x (horizontal) Position before printing the item is saved. The next New Line will use the saved x (horizontal) Position, enabling to print data in columns.
+The setting is not restricted to an area (header, content, footer), allowing to align information also with Header and Footer with the Content.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 压缩空值
+ 压缩空值
+ Suppress columns or elements with NULL value
+ If a Form entry is NULL and if selected, the field (including label) is not printed. <br>
+If all elements in a table column are NULL and if selected, the column is not printed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款条款
+ 付款条款
+ 付款条款
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款条款注解
+ 付款条款注解
+ 付款条款注解
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资源描述
+ 资源描述
+ Resource Allocation Description
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收入
+ 收入
+ 收入
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 可用信用
+ 可用信用
+ 可用信用
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 图表
+ 图表
+ 在报表中包括图表
+ Pie Line Graph to be printed in Reports
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印表格式
+ 表格式
+ 在报表中的表格式
+ Print Table Format determines Fonts, Colors of the printed Table
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下面列
+ 下面列
+ Print this column below the column index entered
+ This column is printed in a second line below the content of the first line identified. Please be aware, that this is depends on the actual sequence. Enter a 1 to add the info below the first column.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据列 2
+ 数据列 2
+ 数据列为线制成图表
+ Additional Graph Data Column for Line Bar Charts
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据列 3
+ 数据列 3
+ 数据列为线制成图表
+ Additional Graph Data Column for Line Bar Charts
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据列 4
+ 数据列 4
+ 数据列为线制成图表
+ Additional Graph Data Column for Line Bar Charts
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据列 5
+ 数据列 5
+ 数据列为线制成图表
+ Additional Graph Data Column for Line Bar Charts
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据列
+ 数据列
+ Data Column for Pie and Line Charts
+ Graph Data Column for Pie and Line Bar Charts
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 描述列
+ 描述列
+ Description Column for Pie Line Bar Charts
+ Graph Description Column for Pie and Line Bar Charts
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 函数字体
+ 函数字体
+ 函数行字体
+ 函数行字体
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 函数背景颜色
+ 函数背景颜色
+ 函数背景颜色
+ Background color of a function row
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 函数颜色
+ 函数颜色
+ 函数前景颜色
+ Foreground color of a function row
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 图表类型
+ 图表类型
+ 图表类型
+ 图表类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 抬头字型
+ 抬头字型
+ 抬头字型
+ 表抬头的字型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 头明细颜色
+ 头明细颜色
+ 表抬头线颜色
+ Color of the table header row lines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 抬头 BG 颜色
+ 抬头亿位元组颜色
+ Background color of header row
+ Table header row background color
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 抬头颜色
+ 抬头颜色
+ Foreground color if the table header row
+ Table header row foreground color
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 绘图边界线
+ 绘图边界线
+ 绘图表边界线
+ 在表的周围绘图线
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 绘图 H 线
+ 绘图 H 线
+ Paint horizontal lines
+ 绘图水平线表
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 绘图 V 线
+ 绘图 V 线
+ 垂直的线绘图
+ 绘图垂直的表
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印功能符号
+ 打印功能符号
+ Print Symbols for Functions (Sum, Average, Count)
+ If selected, print symbols - otherwise print names of the function
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 线颜色
+ 线颜色
+ 表线颜色
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 组织 位置
+ 组织 位置
+ Organization Location Address
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仓库位置
+ 仓库位置
+ Warehouse Location Address
+ 仓库的地址
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴搜寻关键字
+ 客户号
+ 业务伙伴关键字值
+ Search Key of Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 固定的宽度
+ 固定的宽度
+ 列有固定的宽度
+ The Column has a fixed width, independent from the content
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下一页
+ 下一页
+ The column is printed on the next page
+ Before printing this column, there will be a page break.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨运行
+ 催讨运行
+ 催讨运行
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨运行条目
+ 催讨运行条目
+ 催讨运行条目
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨运行明细
+ 催讨运行明细
+ 催讨运行明细
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 支付选择帐单
+ 支付选择帐单
+ 付款选择检查
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 催讨日期
+ 催讨日期
+ 催讨日期
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产
+ 资产
+ Asset used internally or by customers
+ An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售代表
+ 销售代表
+
+
+
+
+ 公司代理人
+ 公司代理人
+
+
+ 底部边距
+ 底部
+ Bottom Space in 1 72 inch
+ Space on bottom of a page in 1 72 inch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 左边边距
+ 离开
+ Left Space in 1 72 inch
+ Space on left side of a page in 1 72 inch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 右边距
+ 右
+ Right Space in 1 72 inch
+ Space on right side of a page in 1 72 inch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 上边距
+ 顶端
+ Top Space in 1 72 inch
+ Space on top of a page in 1 72 inch
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 生日
+ 生日
+ 生日或周年日
+ 生日或周年日
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 选择-外出日期
+ 选择-在外
+ Date the contact opted out
+ If the field has a date, the customer opted out (unsubscribed) and cannot receive mails for the Interest Area
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 关心点区域
+ 关心点区域
+ 关心点区域或主题
+ Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求类型
+ 请求类型
+ Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..)
+ Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 订购日期
+ 订购日期
+ Date the contact actively subscribed
+ Date the contact subscribe the interest area
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 电子邮件用户
+ 发电子邮件给用户
+ User Name (ID) in the Mail System
+ The user name in the mail system is usually the string before the @ of your email address. Required if the mail server requires authentification to send emails.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发电子邮件给用户密码
+ 用电子邮件发密码
+ Password of your email user id
+ Required if the mail server requires authentification to send emails.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SMTP验证
+ SMTP验证
+ Your mail server requires Authentification
+ Some email servers require authentification before sending emails. If yes, users are required to define their email user name and password. If authentification is required and no user name and password is required, delivery will fail.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品类型
+ 产品类型
+ 产品的类型
+ The type of product also determines accounting consequences.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 系统
+ 系统
+ 系统定义
+ 通常的系统定义
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴ID
+ 业务伙伴ID
+ Partner ID for the Payment Processor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 用户名字
+ 用户名字
+ User responsible for the System
+ The responsible person for the system
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商ID
+ 供应商ID
+ Vendor ID for the Payment Processor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 销售单|采购单参考
+ 销售单|采购单参考
+ Reference to corresponding Sales Purchase Order
+ Reference of the Sales Order Line to the corresponding Purchase Order Line or vice versa.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴关键字
+ 业务伙伴关键字
+ The Key of the Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 联系人描述
+ 联系人描述
+ 联系人的描述
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 缺省帐户
+ 缺省帐户
+ Name of the Default Account Column
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 元素名
+ 元素名
+ 元素名
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 元素关键字
+ 元素关键字
+ 元素的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入业务伙伴
+ Import B.Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入帐户
+ 导入帐户
+ 导入帐户值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入产品
+ 导入产品
+ 导入项目或维修
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入报表行集合
+ 导入报表行集合
+ 导入报表行集合
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 制造商
+ 制造商
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品分类关键字
+ 产品分类关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表行组合名
+ 报表行组合名
+ 报表行组合名
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 版权金额
+ 版权金额
+ (Included) Amount for copyright, etc.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 描述网址
+ 描述网址
+ 网址为描述
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 删除以前导入了记录
+ 删除以前导入
+ Before processing delete old imported records in the import table
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 组关键字
+ 组关键字
+ 业务伙伴组关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 父类帐户
+ 父类帐户
+ 父类帐户
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 父类关键字
+ 父类关键字
+ 是否父类关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 更新缺省值帐户
+ 更新缺省值帐户
+ 更新缺省值帐户
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产生新的组合
+ 产生新的组合
+ Create New Account Combination
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产配送
+ 资产配送
+ 资产的配送
+ The availability of the asset to the business partner (customer).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产分类
+ 资产分类
+ 群体的资产
+ The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产报废
+ 资产报废
+ Internally used asset is not longer used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产折旧日期
+ 资产折旧日期
+ 最近折旧日期
+ Date of the last deprecation, if the asset is used internally and depreciated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产处理日期
+ 资产处理日期
+ Date when the asset is was disposed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 市场价值金额
+ 市场价值金额
+ 资产的市场价格
+ For reporting, the market value of the asset
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 在服务日期内
+ 在服务日期内
+ Date when Asset was put into service
+ The date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产价值
+ 资产价值
+ 资产的帐面价格
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 保证日期
+ 保证日期
+ 保证期满日
+ Date when the normal guarantee or availability expires
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 保证天数
+ 保证天数
+ Number of days the product is guaranteed or available
+ If the value is 0, there is no limit to the availability or guarantee, otherwise the guarantee date is calculated by adding the days to the delivery date.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 折旧
+ 折旧
+ 资产将会被折旧
+ The asset is used internally and will be depreciated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 处理
+ 处理
+ 资产被处理
+ The asset is no longer used and disposed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 在所有物中
+ 在所有物中
+ The asset is in the possession of the organization
+ Assets which are not in possession are e.g. at Customer site and may or may not be owned by the company.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 拥有
+ 拥有
+ The asset is owned by the organization
+ The asset may not be in possession, but the asset is legally owned by the organization
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 生活使用
+ 生活使用
+ Units of use until the asset is not usable anymore
+ Life use and the actual use may be used to calculate the depreciation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 位置意见
+ 位置意见
+ Additional comments or remarks concerning the location
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 训练类
+ 训练类
+ The actual training class instance
+ 一个预定的类
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 训练
+ 训练
+ 重复的训练
+ The training may have multiple actual classes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Usable Life - Months
+ 可使用的生活月
+ Months of the usable life of the asset
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Usable Life - Years
+ 可使用的生活年
+ Years of the usable life of the asset
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 使用单位
+ 使用单位
+ Currently used units of the assets
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 版本号
+ 版本号
+ 版本数字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 配送确认
+ 配送确认
+ 发电子邮件给配送证实
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 完全折旧
+ 完全折旧
+ The asset is fully depreciated
+ The asset costs are fully amortized.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Message ID
+ 信息ID
+ 发电子邮件给信息ID
+ SMTP Message ID for tracking purposes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发电子邮件给可携式电子文件
+ 发电子邮件给可携式电子文件
+ Email Invoice PDF files to customer
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列1
+ 列1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列2
+ 列2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列3
+ 列3
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列4
+ 列4
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列5
+ 列5
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列6
+ 列6
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列7
+ 列7
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列8
+ 列8
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列9
+ 列9
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列10
+ 列10
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列11
+ 列11
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列12
+ 列12
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列13
+ 列13
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列14
+ 列14
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列15
+ 列15
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列16
+ 列16
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列17
+ 列17
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列18
+ 列18
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列19
+ 列19
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列20
+ 列20
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文档目录
+ 文档目录
+ Directory for documents from the application server
+ Directory to store documents by the application server. The path directory is accessed by the application server and may not be accessible to clients.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票邮件本文
+ Invoice Mail Text
+ Email text used for sending invoices
+ Standard email template used to send invoices as attachments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单邮件本文
+ 定单邮件本文
+ Email text used for sending order acknowledgements or quotations
+ Standard email template used to send acknowledgements or quotations as attachments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 汇款邮件本文
+ 汇款邮件本文
+ Email text used for sending payment remittances
+ Standard email template used to send remittances as attachments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发送电子邮件
+ 发送电子邮件
+ 使送文件电子邮件能够
+ Send emails with document attached (e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料出货邮件本文
+ 物料出货邮件本文
+ Email text used for sending delivery notes
+ Standard email template used to send delivery notes as attachments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已期满保证邮件
+ 已期满保证邮件
+ Send email to partners with expired guarantee
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 是否再产生
+ 是否再产生
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 水平号
+ 水平号
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列出来源
+ 列出来源
+ 列出报表行来源
+ List the Source Accounts for Summary Accounts selected
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列出交易
+ 列出交易
+ 列出报表交易
+ List the transactions of the report source lines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列0
+ 列0
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 余款
+ 余款
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印标签后缀
+ 标签后缀
+ The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence after the field
+ The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence after the field. The max length is 60 characters.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户国家
+ 国家
+ 国家
+ 帐户国家名字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Web参数1
+ Web参数1
+ Web参数1
+ The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Web参数2
+ Web参数2
+ Web参数2
+ The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Web参数3
+ Web参数3
+ Web参数3
+ The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam3
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Web参数4
+ Web参数4
+ Web参数4
+ The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam4
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 网络定单电子邮件
+ 网络定单电子邮件
+ EMail address to receive notifications when web orders were processed
+ When processig a web order, a confirmation is sent to the EMail addess of the customer from the request EMail address copying this email address when entered.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票付款排程
+ 发票薪资排程
+ 发票付款排程
+ The Invoice Payment Schedule determines when partial payments are due.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款排程
+ 付款排程
+ 付款排程模板
+ Information when parts of the payment are due
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 柜台
+ 柜台
+ 计数值
+ 数字柜台
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 折扣日期
+ 折扣日期
+ Last Date for payments with discount
+ Last Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 应付余额
+ 应付余额
+ 付款应付款金额
+ Full amount of the payment due
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 应付款日期
+ 应付款日期
+ 付款到期日
+ Date when the payment is due without deductions or discount
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 有效的
+ 有效的
+ 元素有效
+ The element passed the validation check
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 总天数
+ 总天数
+ 付款到期日
+ When defined, overwrites the number of net days with the relative number of days to the the day defined.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 百分比
+ 百分比
+ 整个的金额百分比
+ Percentage of an amount (up to 100)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 目标网址
+ 目标网址
+ 网址为目标
+ 目标位置的网址
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 购物篮明细
+ 购物篮明细
+ Web Basket Line
+ 暂时的购物篮线
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 网络点击
+ 网络点击
+ 个别的网络点击
+ 网络点击 Datails
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 点击计数
+ 点击计数
+ 网络点击管理
+ 网络点击管理
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 柜台计数
+ 柜台计数
+ 网络柜台计数管理
+ 网络柜台数据
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 应付款乘数
+ 应付款乘数
+ 应付的增殖者
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 保证日期
+ 保证日期
+ Product has Guarantee or Expiry Date
+ For individual products, you can define a guarantee or expiry date
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实例属性
+ 实例属性
+ The product attribute is specific to the instance (like Serial No, Lot or Guarantee Date)
+ If selected, the individual instance of the product has this attribute - like the individual Serial or Lot Numbers or Guarantee Date of a product instance. If not selected, all instances of the product share the attribute (e.g. color=green).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批
+ 批
+ The product instances have a Lot Number
+ For individual products, you can define Lot Numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 序列号
+ 序列号
+ The product instances have Serial Numbers
+ For individual products, you can define Serial Numbers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 属性
+ 属性
+ 产品属性
+ Product Attribute like Color, Size
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 属性组合
+ 属性组合
+ 产品属性组合
+ Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 属性组合实例
+ 属性组合实例
+ Product Attribute Set Instance
+ The values of the actual Product Attributes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 属性值
+ 属性值
+ 产品属性值
+ Individual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批
+ 批
+ 产品批定义
+ The individual Lot of a Product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批控制
+ 批控制
+ 产品批控制
+ Definition to create Lot numbers for Products
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 序列号控制
+ 序列号控制
+ 产品序号控制
+ Definition to create Serial numbers for Products
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 属性搜寻
+ 属性搜寻
+ 通常的搜寻属性
+ Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已包括定位键
+ 已包括定位键
+ Included Tab in this Tab (Master Dateail)
+ You can include a Tab in a Tab. If displayed in single row record, the included tab is displayed as multi-row table.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印标签
+ 打印标签
+ 打印标签格式类型
+ 打印分类格式
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印标签行
+ 标签线
+ 打印标签线格式
+ 标签上的明细格式
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会话
+ 会话
+ 在线的用户期间或网络
+ Online or Web Session Information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料清单类型
+ 物料清单类型
+ BOM 的类型
+ Type of Bill of Materials Part. A Standard Part (default) is always included in a BOM. An Optional Part can be selected in "Drop BOM". If a Part is member of one of the alternative groups, you can select one part in that group in the "Drop BOM" functionaly (example: either 64/256/512 MB Memory).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 伙伴的上级机构
+ 伙伴的上级
+ 业务伙伴的上级
+ The parent (organization) of the Business Partner for reporting purposes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准阶段
+ 标准阶段
+ Standard Phase of the Project Type
+ Phase of the project with standard performance information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目类型
+ 项目类型
+ 项目的类型
+ Type of the project with optional phases of the project with standard performance information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 重新开始
+ 重新开始
+ 重新开始文件
+ 重新开始文件
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 重新开始运行
+ 重新开始运行
+ 重新开始文件运行
+ History of Recurring Document Generation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已委托数量
+ 已委托数量
+ The (legal) commitment Quantity
+ The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 复制从
+ 复制从
+ 来自记录的复制
+ 来自记录的复制
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下载网址
+ 下载网址
+ 下载的网址
+ Semicolon separated list of URLs to be downloaded or distributed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 下载交货业务伙伴
+ 下载交货业务伙伴
+ Business Partner for Drop Shipment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票地址
+ 发票地址
+ Business Partner Shipment Location for Drop Shipment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票联系人
+ 发票联系人
+ Business Partner Contact for Drop Shipment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 生成定单
+ 生成定单
+ 生成定单
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入库存
+ 导入库存
+ 导入库存交易
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已开票金额
+ 已开票金额
+ 已开票金额
+ 已开票金额
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已开票数量
+ 已开票数量
+ The Quantity Invoiced
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 维护变化日志
+ 变化日志
+ 维护变化的一个日志
+ If selected, a log of all changes is maintained.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 完成
+ 完成
+ 已完成
+ Indication that this is complete
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标签格式类型
+ 标签格式类型
+ 标签格式类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标签高度
+ 标签高度
+ 标签的高度
+ 标签的实际高度
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标签宽度
+ 标签宽度
+ 标签的宽度
+ 标签的实际宽度
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印机名
+ 打印机名
+ 打印机的名字
+ Internal (Opereating System) Name of the Printer; Please mote that the printer name may be different on different clients. Enter a printer name, which applies to ALL clients (e.g. printer on a server). <p>
+If none is entered, the default printer is used. You specify your default printer when you log in. You can also change the default printer in Preferences.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目邮件本文
+ 项目邮件本文
+ Standard text for Project EMails
+ Standard text for Project EMails
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目打印格式
+ 项目打印格式
+ 标准项目打印格式
+ 标准项目打印格式
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目余额
+ 项目余额
+ 项目总余额
+ The project balance is the sum of all invoices and payments
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 重新开始类型
+ 重新开始类型
+ 重新开始的类型文件
+ The type of document to be generated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 最大的运行
+ 最大运行
+ 重新开始的数字运行
+ Number of recurring documents to be generated in total
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 剩余的运行
+ 剩余的运行
+ Number of recurring runs remaining
+ Number of recurring documents to be still generated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准量
+ 标准量
+ 标准量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Web会话
+ Web会话
+ Web会话ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 变动日志
+ 变动日志
+ 数据变化的日志
+ 数据变化的日志
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 广告文本
+ 广告文本
+ 广告的本文
+ The text of the advertisement with optional HTML tags. The HTML tags are not checked for correctness and may impact the remaining page.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 自助式服务
+ 自助式服务
+ This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service
+ Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日志
+ 日志
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 新的值
+ 新的值
+ 新的字段值
+ 新的数据在字段中输入
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 旧的值
+ 旧的值
+ 旧的文件数据
+ Old data overwritten in the field
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 处理ID
+ P ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息处理
+ P Msg
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 广告
+ 广告
+ 网络广告
+ 网络上的广告
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 仓库关键字
+ 仓库关键字
+ 仓库的关键字
+ 关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 成本类型
+ 成本类型
+ 成本的类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 机构指派
+ 机构指派
+ Assigment to (transaction) Organization
+ Assignment to the transacation organization (cost center).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目阶段
+ 项目阶段
+ 一项目的项目阶段
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目任务
+ 项目任务
+ Actual Project Task in a Phase
+ A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准任务
+ 标准任务
+ 项目类型任务模板
+ Standard Project Task in a Project Phase.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 收费数量
+ 收费数量
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 债务极限
+ 委托天花板
+ The commitment amount quantity is the chargeable ceiling
+ The commitment amount and quantity is the maximum amount and quantity to be charged. Ignored, if the amount or quantity is zero.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 直接成本
+ 直接成本
+ This are direct costs (no overhead)
+ Direct Costs are directly related to the output (usually fix-variable) and not part of general overhead costs.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 排除
+ 排除
+ Exclude Access to the Data
+ If selected, the role cannot access the data specified. If not selected, the role can ONLY access the data specified
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计划成本
+ 计划成本
+ 已计划成本
+ 项目(已预算)成本
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资源计划花费
+ 资源计划花费
+ 资源的已计划成本
+ Planned (budgeted) Costs of the Resource
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 时间类型
+ 时间类型
+ 时间的类型记录
+ Differentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户关键字
+ 帐户关键字
+ 会计科目的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 帐户模式名
+ 会计模式名
+ 会计模式的名称
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 动作 SQL 划处理
+ 动作 SQL 划处理
+ Process Row by Row (not Set processing)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 动作 SQL 设定处理
+ 动作 SQL 设定处理
+ Process SQL Set (not row-by-row)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 警报
+ 警报
+ Adempiere警报
+ Adempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 警报规则
+ 警报规则
+ Definition of the alert element
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 警报主题
+ 警报主题
+ 警报主题
+ The subject of the email message sent for the alert
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 警报信息
+ 警报信息
+ 警报信息
+ The message of the email sent for the alert
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行帐户号
+ 银行帐户号
+ 银行帐户号
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批描述
+ 批描述
+ 批的描述
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 批文件号
+ 批文件号
+ 文档批的数字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴关键字
+ 业务伙伴关键字
+ 业务伙伴的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分类名
+ 分类名
+ 分类名
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 费用名
+ 费用名
+ 费用名
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实体关键字
+ 实体关键字
+ 客户的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文件类型名
+ DocType 名
+ 文件类型名
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 强制客户安全性
+ 强制客户安全性
+ Send alerts to recipient only if the client security rules of the role allows
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 强制角色安全性
+ 强制角色安全性
+ Send alerts to recipient only if the data security rules of the role allows
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ From子句
+ From子句
+ SQL的From子句
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入银行对帐单
+ 导入银行对帐单
+ 银行对帐单的导入
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入总帐分类帐
+ 导入总帐分类帐
+ Import General Ledger Journal
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入定单
+ 导入定单
+ 导入定单
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入付款
+ 导入付款
+ 导入付款
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票文件号
+ 发票文件号
+ Document Number of the Invoice
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 延迟了抓取
+ 延迟了抓取
+ 物料出货后费用
+ Delayed Capture is required, if you ship products. The first credit card transaction is the Authorization, the second is the actual transaction after the shipment of the product.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 行描述
+ 行描述
+ 明细的描述
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 货位值
+ 货位值
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运费
+ 运费
+ 运费比率
+ 运输商运费比率
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 运费分类
+ 运费分类
+ 运费分类
+ Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 备忘录
+ 备忘录
+ 备忘录文本
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 件数
+ 件数
+ 物料出货包装的数字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 交易机构关键字
+ 交易机构关键字
+ Key of the Transaction Organization
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 机构 关键字
+ 机构 关键字
+ 机构的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 付款条款关键字
+ 付款条款关键字
+ 付款条款的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 自提日期
+ 自提日期
+ Date Time when picked for Shipment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目关键字
+ 项目关键字
+ 项目的关键字
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 授权码
+ 授权码
+ Authorization Code Delayed Capture returned
+ The Authorization Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ CVV 匹配
+ CVV 匹配
+ Credit Card Verification Code Match
+ The Credit Card Verification Code was matched
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 叁考
+ 叁考
+ Payment Reference Delayed Capture
+ The Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发行号
+ 发行号
+ 内部发行号
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发运日期
+ 发运日期
+ Shipment Date Time
+ Actual Date Time of Shipment (pick up)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 内部用户数
+ 内部用户数
+ Adempiere技术支持的单位数
+ You can purchase commercial support from ComPiere, Inc.
+The fee is per 10 internal users. The number of od support units is displayed here.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Swipe
+ Swipe
+ Track 1 and 2 of the Credit Card
+ Swiped information for Credit Card Presence Transactions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 追踪号
+ 追踪号
+ 物料出货追踪数
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 追踪网址
+ 追踪网址
+ URL of the shipper to track shipments
+ The variable @TrackingNo@ in the URL is replaced by the actual tracking number of the shipment.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入发票
+ 导入发票
+ 导入发票
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 复制
+ 复制
+ 数据复制目标
+ Data Replication Target Details. Maintained on the central server.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 复制日志
+ 复制日志
+ 数据复制日志明细
+ 数据复制运行日志
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 复制运行
+ 复制运行
+ 数据复制运行
+ Data Replication Run information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 复制策略
+ 复制策略
+ 数据复制策略
+ The Data Replication Strategy determines what and how tables are replicated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 复制表
+ 复制表
+ Data Replication Strategy Table Info
+ Determines how the table is replicated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已复制
+ 已复制
+ The data is successfully replicated
+ The data replication was successful.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 采购定单视窗
+ 采购定单视窗
+ 采购定单视窗
+ Window for Purchase Order (AP) Zooms
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 复制类型
+ 复制类型
+ 数据复制的类型
+ The Type of data Replication determines the directon of the data replication. <br>
+Reference means that the data in this system is read only -> <br>
+Local means that the data in this system is not replicated to other systems - <br>
+Merge means that the data in this system is synchronized with the other system <-> <br>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 公众
+ 公众
+ 公众可读条目
+ If selected, public users can read view the entry. Public are users without a Role in the system. Use security rules for more specic access control.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 公众可写
+ 公众可写
+ 公众可写条目
+ If selected, public users can write create entries. Public are users without a Role in the system. Use security rules for more specic access control.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 知识种类
+ 种类
+ 知识种类
+ Set up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分类值
+ 值
+ 分类值
+ The value of the category is a keyword
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 条目意见
+ 意见
+ 知识条目意见
+ Comment regarding a knowledge entry
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 条目
+ 条目
+ 知识条目
+ The searchable Knowledge Entry
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 相关条目
+ 相关条目
+ 相关条目的条目
+ Related Knowlege Entry for this Knowledge Entry
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 知识来源
+ 知识来源
+ 知识条目的来源
+ The Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 知识同义字
+ 知识同义字
+ 知识关键字同义字
+ Search Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 知识主题
+ 主题
+ 知识主题
+ 主题或讨论线索
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 知识类型
+ 类型
+ 知识类型
+ Area of knowlege - A Type has multiple Topics
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 关键字
+ 关键字
+ List of Keywords - separated by space, comma or semicolon
+ List if individual keywords for search relevancy. The keywords are separated by space, comma or semicolon.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 同义字
+ 同义字
+ 同义字为名字
+ The synonym broadens the search
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 隧道经由 HTTP
+ 隧道经由 HTTP
+ Connect to Server via HTTP Tunnel
+ If selected, the connection to the server is via a HTTP tunnel, otherwise it uses an RMI JNP connection
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 测试
+ 测试
+ 在测试模态中运行
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ID范围结束
+ ID结束
+ 是否ID范围用，结束
+ The ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ID范围开始
+ ID开始
+ ID范围的开始用
+ The ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. The standard rages are 0-899,999 for the Application Dictionary 900,000-999,999 for Application Dictionary customizations extensions and > 1,000,000 for client data. The standard system limit is 9,999,999,999 but can easily be extended. The ID range is on a per table basis.
+Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 远程客户
+ 远程客户
+ Remote Client to be used to replicate synchronize data with.
+ The remote client used for data replication.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 远程组织
+ 远程组织
+ Remote Organization to be used to replicate synchronize data with.
+ The remote organization used for data replication. If not selected, all organizations are replicated synchronized.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 语言ID
+ 语言ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Project
+ Project
+ Name of the Project
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Project Phase
+ Project Phase
+ Name of the Project Phase
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Project Type
+ Project Type
+ Name of the Project Type
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Cycle Name
+ Cycle
+ Name of the Project Cycle
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Cycle Step Name
+ Cycle Step
+ Name of the Prohect Cycle Step
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SO/PO Type
+ SO/PO Type
+ Sales Tax applies to sales situations, Purchase Tax to purchase situations
+ Sales Tax: charged when selling - examples: Sales Tax, Output VAT (payable)
+Purchase Tax: tax charged when purchasing - examples: Use Tax, Input VAT (receivable)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Only Validate Data
+ Validate Only
+ Validate the date and do not process
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Import only if No Errors
+ Import No Errors
+ Only start the import, if there are no validation Errors
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Document Org
+ Document Org
+ Document Organization (independent from account organization)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Journal Document No
+ Journal Doc No
+ Document number of the Journal
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Attach Asset
+ Attach Asset
+ Attach Asset to be delivered per email
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Delivery Count
+ Delivery Count
+ Number of Deliveries
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 网上商店信息
+ Web信息
+ Web Store Header Information
+ Display HTML Info in the Web Store - by default in the header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Web参数5
+ Web参数5
+ Web Site Parameter 5 (default footer center)
+ The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam5 - By default, it is positioned in the center of the footer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Web参数6
+ Web参数6
+ Web Site Parameter 6 (default footer right)
+ The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam6 - By default, it is positioned on the right side of the footer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Minimum Amt
+ Minimum Amt
+ Minumum Amout in Document Currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Project Issue
+ Project Issue
+ Project Issues (Material, Labor)
+ Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Project Category
+ Project Category
+ Project Category
+ The Project Category determines the behavior of the project:
+General - no special accounting, e.g. for Presales or general tracking
+Service - no special accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge projects
+Work Order - creates Project/Job WIP transactions - ability to issue material
+Asset - create Project Asset transactions - ability to issue material
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Purchase Order
+ Purchase Order
+ Purchase Order
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Credit Status
+ Credit Status
+ Sales Credit Status
+ For Documentation only
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Consolidate to one Document
+ Consolidate
+ Consilidate Lines into one Document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Description Only
+ Description
+ if true, the line is just description and no transaction
+ If a line is Description Only, e.g. Product Inventory is not corrected. No accounting transactions are created and the amount or totals are not included in the document. This for including descriptional detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pricing
+ Pricing
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Close Document
+ Close
+ Close Document (process)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Label printer
+ Label printer
+ Label Printer Definition
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Label printer Function
+ Label printer Function
+ Function of Label Printer
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Registration
+ Registration
+ System Registration
+ The System Registration helps Adempiere to help the installed base
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Email验证
+ Email验证
+ 验证电子邮件地址
+ The field contains the date the EMail Address has been verified
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 加密密钥
+ 加密密钥
+ Encryption Key used for securing data content
+ Please note that changing the key will make ALL previously encrypted data unreadable.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Footer Center
+ Footer Center
+ Content of the center portion of the footer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Footer Left
+ Footer Left
+ Content of the left portion of the footer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Footer Right
+ Footer Right
+ Content of the right portion of the footer.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Function Prefix
+ Function Prefix
+ Data sent before the function
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Function Suffix
+ Function Suffix
+ Data sent after the function
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Min Guarantee Days
+ Min Guarantee
+ Minumum number of guarantee days
+ When selecting batch/products with a guarantee date, the minimum left guarantee days for automatic picking. You can pick any batch/product manually.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Header Center
+ Header Center
+ Content of the center portion of the header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Header Left
+ Header Left
+ Content of the left portion of the header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Header Right
+ Header Right
+ Content of the right portion of the header.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 行业信息
+ 行业信息
+ 行业的信息 (如.专业服务, 家具分销, ..)
+ Description if the industry ad precise as possible.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inventory Type
+ Inventory Type
+ Type of inventory difference
+ The type of inventory difference determines which account is used. The default is the Inventory Difference account defined for the warehouse. Alternatively, you could select any charge. This allows you to account for Internal Use or extraordinary inventory losses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 允许公开信息
+ 信息公开
+ You allow to publish the information, not just statistical summary info
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Can Export
+ Can Export
+ Users with this role can export data
+ You can restrict the ability to export data from Adempiere.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Can Report
+ Can Report
+ Users with this role can create reports
+ You can restrict the ability to report on data.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 生产系统
+ 生产系统
+ 系统是生产系统
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calculate Maximim (↑)
+ Calc Max
+ Calculate the maximim amount
+ Calculate the Maximum (↑) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise maximum length of the field.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calculate Minimum (↓)
+ Calc Min
+ Calculate the minimum amount
+ Calculate the Minimum (↓) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise minimum length of the field.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 个人数据访问权
+ 个人数据访问权
+ Allow access to all personal records
+ Users of this role have access to all records locked as personal.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 个人数据加锁
+ Personal Lock
+ Allow users with role to lock access to personal records
+ If enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已注册
+ 已注册
+ 此应用系统已注册。
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Running Total
+ Running Total
+ Create a running total (sum)
+ A running total creates a sum at the end of a page and on the top of the next page for all colums, which have a Sum function. You should define running total only once per format.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 显示财务
+ 显示财务
+ Users with this role can see accounting information
+ This allows to prevent access to any accounting information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ XY Position
+ XY Position
+ The Function is XY position
+ This function positions for the next print operation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Total
+ Line Total
+ Total line amount incl. Tax
+ Total line amount
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Obscure
+ Obscure
+ Type of obscuring the data (limiting the display)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Platform Info
+ Platform
+ Information about Server and Client Platform
+ Include information on Server, Network [Operating System, RAM, Disk, CPUs] and (number of) Clients.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Running Total Lines
+ RT Lines
+ Create Running Total Lines (page break) every x lines
+ When you want to print running totals, enter the number of lines per page after you want to create a running total line and page break. You should define running total only once per format.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ XY Separator
+ XY Separator
+ The separator between the X and Y function.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Issue Description
+ Issue Description
+ Description of the Issue line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Issue Line
+ Issue Line
+ Line number of the issue
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Margin
+ Line Margin
+ Margin of the line - Planned Amount minus Costs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Access Type
+ Access Type
+ The type of access for this rule
+ If you restrict Access to the entity, you also cannot Report or Export it (i.e. to have access is a requirement that you can report or export the data). The Report and Export rules are further restrictions if you have access.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Dependent Entities
+ Dependent Entities
+ Also check access in dependent entities
+ Also dependent entities are included. Please be aware, that enabling this rule has severe consequences and that this is only wanted in some circumstances.
+<p>Example Rule: "Include Payment Term Immediate with Dependent Entities"
+<br>Primary effect: users with this role can only select the payment term Immediate
+<br>Secondary effect (dependent entities): users with this role can see only invoices/orders with the payment term immediate.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Character Data
+ Character Data
+ Long Character Field
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create Payment
+ Create Payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Memo
+ EFT Memo
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Memo
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Payee
+ EFT Payee
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Payee information
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Payee Account
+ EFT Payee Account
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Payyee Account Information
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Reference
+ EFT Reference
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Reference
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Trx ID
+ EFT Trx ID
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Transaction ID
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Trx Type
+ EFT Trx Type
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Transaction Type
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Good for Days
+ Good Days
+ Shelf Life Days remaning to Guarantee Date (minus minimum guarantee days)
+ Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance compared to today minus the minimum guaranteed days.
+(Guarantee Date-Today) – Min Guarantee Days
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Available Quantity
+ Qty Available
+ Available Quantity (On Hand - Reserved)
+ Quantity available to promise = On Hand minus Reserved Quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Remaining Shelf Life %
+ Rem Shelf Life %
+ Remaining shelf life in percent based on Guarantee Date
+ (Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Min Shelf Life %
+ Min Shelf Life %
+ Minimum Shelf Life in percent based on Product Instance Guarantee Date
+ Miminum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life ((Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days) less than the minum shelf life, unless you select "Show All"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due Today
+ Due Today
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due Today-30
+ Due Today-30
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due Today-7
+ Due Today-7
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due 1-7
+ Due 1-7
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due 31-60
+ Due 31-60
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due > 31
+ Due > 31
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due 61-90
+ Due 61-90
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due > 61
+ Due > 61
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due 8-30
+ Due 8-30
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due > 91
+ Due > 91
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due 1-30
+ Past Due 1-30
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due 1-7
+ Past Due 1-7
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due 31-60
+ Past Due 31-60
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due > 31
+ Past Due > 31
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due 61-90
+ Past Due 61-90
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due > 61
+ Past Due > 61
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due 8-30
+ Past Due 8-30
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due > 91
+ Past Due > 91
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Past Due
+ Past Due
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ List Invoices
+ List Invoices
+ Include List of Invoices
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Mandatory Guarantee Date
+ Mandatory Guarantee Date
+ The entry of a Guarantee Date is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Mandatory Lot
+ Mandatory Lot
+ The entry of Lot info is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Mandatory Serial No
+ Mandatory Serial No
+ The entry of a Serial No is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Min Shelf Life Days
+ Min Shelf Life Days
+ Minimum Shelf Life in days based on Product Instance Guarantee Date
+ Miminum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life less than the minum shelf life, unless you select "Show All"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Shelf Life Days
+ Shelf Life Days
+ Shelf Life in days based on Product Instance Guarantee Date
+ Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance compared to today.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Partner Tax ID
+ BP Tax TD
+ Tax ID of the Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Backordered
+ Backordered
+ Backordered Quantity
+ Calculated: ordered - delivered quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Allocation Strategy
+ Allocation
+ Allocation Strategy
+ Allocation from incoming to outgoing transactions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Out Shipment Line
+ Out Shipment Line
+ Outgoing Shipment/Receipt
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Out Inventory Line
+ Out Inventory Line
+ Outgoing Inventory Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Out Production Line
+ Out Production Line
+ Outgoing Production Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Out Transaction
+ Out Transaction
+ Outgoing Transaction
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calculate Deviation (σ)
+ Deviation
+ Calculate Standard Deviation
+ The Standard Deviation (σ) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (μ)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calculate Variance (σ²)
+ Variance
+ Calculate Variance
+ The Variance (σ²) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (μ)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Featured in Web Store
+ Featured
+ If selected, the product is displayed in the inital or any empy search
+ In the display of products in the Web Store, the product is displayed in the inital view or if no search criteria are entered. To be displayed, the product must be in the price list used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Currency Type
+ Currency Type
+ Currency Conversion Rate Type
+ The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Currency Type Key
+ Currency Conversion Type
+ Key value for the Currency Conversion Rate Type
+ The date type key for the conversion of foreign currency transactions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Warehouse
+ Warehouse
+ Warehouse Name
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pay Schedule valid
+ Pay Schedule valid
+ Is the Payment Schedule is valid
+ Payment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Branch ID
+ Branch ID
+ Bank Branch ID
+ Dependent on the loader, you may have to provide a bank branch ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Bank Statement Loader
+ Bank Statement Loader
+ Definition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX)
+ The loader definition privides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Date Format
+ Date Format
+ Date format used in the imput format
+ The date format is usually detected, but sometimes need to be defined.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Amount
+ EFT Amount
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Amount
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Check No
+ EFT Check No
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Check No
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Currency
+ EFT Currency
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Currency
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Statement Date
+ EFT Statement Date
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Date
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Statement Line Date
+ EFT Statement Line Date
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Line Date
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Statement Reference
+ EFT Statement Reference
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Reference
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EFT Effective Date
+ EFT Effective Date
+ Electronic Funds Transfer Valuta (effective) Date
+ Information from EFT media
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ File Name
+ File Name
+ Name of the local file or URL
+ Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Financial Institution ID
+ Financial Institution ID
+ The ID of the Financial Institution / Bank
+ Depending on the loader, it might require a ID of the financial institution
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Payment Document No
+ Payment Document No
+ Document number of the Payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ PIN
+ PIN
+ Personal Identification Number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Statement Line Date
+ Statement Line Date
+ Date of the Statement Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Statement Loader Class
+ Statement Loader Class
+ Class name of the bank statement loader
+ The name of the actual bank statement loader implementing the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementLoaderInterface
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create Reciprocal Rate
+ Create Reciprocal
+ Create Reciprocal Rate from current information
+ If selected, the imported USD->EUR rate is used to create/calculate the reciprocal rate EUR->USD.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Import Conversion Rate
+ Import Conversion Rate
+ Import Currency Conversion Rate
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ISO Currency To Code
+ ISO Currency To
+ Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the To Currency
+ For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ User Substitute
+ User Substitute
+ Substitute of the user
+ A user who can act for another user.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 上级机构
+ 上级机构
+ 上级(管理)机构
+ Parent Organization - the next level in the organizational hierarchy.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Activity
+ Wf Activity
+ Workflow Activity
+ The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Activity Result
+ Wf Activity Result
+ Result of the Workflow Process Activity
+ Activity Result of the execution of the Workflow Process Instrance
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Block
+ Wf Block
+ Workflow Transaction Execution Block
+ A workflow execution block is optional and allows all work to be performed in a single transaction. If one step (node activity) fails, the entire work is rolled back.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Event Audit
+ Wf Event Audit
+ Workflow Process Activity Event Audit Information
+ History of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Node Parameter
+ Wf Node Parameter
+ Workflow Node Execution Parameter
+ Parameter for the execution of the Workflow Node
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Process
+ Wf Process
+ Actual Workflow Process Instance
+ Instance of a workflow execution
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Process Data
+ Wf Process Data
+ Workflow Process Context
+ Context information of the workflow process and activity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Responsible
+ Wf Responsible
+ Responsible for Workflow Execution
+ The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Attribute Name
+ Attribute Name
+ Name of the Attribute
+ Identifier of the attribute
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Attribute Value
+ Attribute Value
+ Value of the Attribute
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Author
+ Author
+ Author/Creator of the Entity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Cost
+ Cost
+ Cost information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Duration
+ Duration
+ Normal Duration in Duration Unit
+ Expected (normal) Length of time for the execution
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Duration Unit
+ Duration Unit
+ Unit of Duration
+ Unit to define the length of time for the execution
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Finish Mode
+ Finish Mode
+ Workflow Activity Finish Mode
+ How the system operated at the end of an activity. Automatic implies return when the invoked applications finished control - Manual the user has to explicitly terminate the activity.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Duration Limit
+ Limit
+ Maximum Duration in Duration Unit
+ Maximum (critical) Duration for time management purposes (e.g. starting an escalation procedure, etc.) in Duration Units.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 职责类型
+ 职责类型
+ 工作流的职责类型
+ Type how the responsible user for the execution of a workflow is determined
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 启动方式
+ 启动方式
+ 工作流活动的启动方式
+ How is the execution of an activity triggered. Automatic are triggered implicitly by the system, Manual explicitly by the User.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subflow Execution
+ Subflow Execution
+ Mode how the sub-workflow is executed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Transition Code
+ Transition Code
+ Code resulting in TRUE of FALSE
+ The transition is executed, if the code results in TRUE (or is empty)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 等待时间
+ 等待时间
+ Workflow Simulation Waiting time
+ Amount of time needed to prepare the performance of the task on Duration Units
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作流状态
+ Wf状态
+ State of the execution of the workflow
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作流时间
+ 工作流时间
+ Workflow Simulation Execution Time
+ Amount of time the performer of the activity needs to perform the task in Duration Unit
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 事件类型
+ 事件类型
+ 事件的类型
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ User Overwrite
+ User Overwrite
+ Overwrite system defaults permanently.
+ If the entity type is Dictionary or Adempiere and User Overwrite is selected, the data settings are not migrated to the standard distribution. This allows to overwrite any system settings, but may cause problems not covered by support agreements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Join元素
+ Join元素
+ Semantics for multiple incoming Transitions
+ Semantics for multiple incoming Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND joins all concurrent threads - XOR requires one thread (no synchronization).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Split元素
+ Split元素
+ Semantics for multiple outgoing Transitions
+ Semantics for multiple outgoing Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND represents multiple concurrent threads - XOR represents the first transition with a true Transaition condition.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发布状态
+ 发布状态
+ Status of Publication
+ Used for internal documentation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Registration
+ Registration
+ User Asset Registration
+ User Registration of an Asset
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Registration Attribute
+ Registration Attribute
+ Asset Registration Attribute
+ Define the individual values for the Asset Registration
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Tax Line Total
+ Line Total
+ Tax Line Total Amount
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Accounted Amount
+ Accounted
+ Amount Balance in Currency of Accounting Schema
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Source Amount
+ Source
+ Amount Balance in Source Currency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Update Balances
+ UpdateBalances
+ Update Accounting Balances
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Maintenance Mode
+ Maintenance Mode
+ Language Maintenance Mode
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Accept Direct Debit
+ Direct Debit
+ Accept Direct Debits (vendor initiated)
+ Accept Direct Debit transactions. Direct Debits are initiated by the vendor who has permission to deduct amounts from the payee's account.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Bank Statement Matcher
+ Bank Statement Matcher
+ Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
+ An algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Match Statement
+ Match Statement
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Header Stroke
+ Hdr Stroke
+ Width of the Header Line Stroke
+ The width of the header line stroke (line thickness) in Points.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Header Stroke Type
+ Hdr Stroke Type
+ Type of the Header Line Stroke
+ Type of the line printed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Paint Header Lines
+ Header Lines
+ Paint Lines over/under the Header Line
+ If selected, a line is painted above and below the header line using the stroke information
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Stroke
+ Line Stroke
+ Width of the Line Stroke
+ The width of the line stroke (line thickness) in Points.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Stroke Type
+ Line Stroke Type
+ Type of the Line Stroke
+ Type of the line printed
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Linked Organization
+ Linked Org
+ The Business Partner is another Organization for explicit Inter-Org transactions
+ The business partner is another organization in the system. So when performing transactions, the counter-document is created automatically. Example: You have BPartnerA linked to OrgA and BPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you create a sales order for BPartnerB in OrgA a purchase order is created for BPartnerA in OrgB. This allows to have explicit documents for Inter-Org transactions.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 机构类型
+ 机构类型
+ Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations
+ Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Scheduler
+ Scheduler
+ Schedule Processes
+ Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Scheduler Log
+ Scheduler Log
+ Result of the execution of the Scheduler
+ Result of the execution of the Scheduler
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Processor
+ Workflow Processor
+ Workflow Processor Server
+ Workflow Processor Server
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Processorl Log
+ Workflow Processor Log
+ Result of the execution of the Workflow Processor
+ Result of the execution of the Workflow Processor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Bid
+ Bid
+ Bid for a Topic
+ You can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Bid Comment
+ Bid Comment
+ Make a comment to a Bid Topic
+ Everyone can give comments concerning a Bid Topic - e.g. Questions, Suggestions
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Buyer Funds
+ Buyer Funds
+ Buyer Funds for Bids on Topics
+ Available Funds (from Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds for Bids
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Offer
+ Offer
+ Offer for a Topic
+ You can create an offer for a topic.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Seller Funds
+ Seller Funds
+ Seller Funds from Offers on Topics
+ Available Funds (for Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds from Offers
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Topic
+ Topic
+ Auction Topic
+ Description of the item to sell or create.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Topic Category
+ Topic Category
+ Auction Topic Category
+ For an Auction Topic Type, define the different Categories used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Topic Type
+ Topic Type
+ Auction Topic Type
+ The Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Accounting Processor
+ Accounting Processor
+ Accounting Processor/Server Parameters
+ Accounting Processor/Server Parameters
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Accounting Processor Log
+ Acct Processor Log
+ Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor
+ Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Alert Processor
+ Alert Processor
+ Alert Processor/Server Parameter
+ Alert Processor/Server Parameter
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Alert Processor Log
+ Alert Processor Log
+ Result of the execution of the Alert Processor
+ Result of the execution of the Alert Processor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Partner Relation
+ Partner Relation
+ Business Partner Relation
+ Business Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Related Partner
+ Related Partner
+ Related Business Partner
+ The related Business Partner Acts on behalf of the Business Partner - example the Related Partner pays invoices of the Business Partner - or we pay to the Related Partner for invoices received from the Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Related Partner Location
+ Related Partner Location
+ Location of the related Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ
+ RfQ
+ Request for Quotation
+ Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Topic
+ RfQ Topic
+ Topic for Request for Quotations
+ A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Subscriber
+ RfQ Subscriber
+ Request for Quotation Topic Subscriber
+ Subcriber to invite to respond to RfQs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Line
+ RfQ Line
+ Request for Quotation Line
+ Request for Quotation Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Line Quantity
+ RfQ Line Qty
+ Request for Quotation Line Quantity
+ You may request a quotation for different quantities
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Response Line
+ RfQ Response Line
+ Request for Quotation Response Line
+ Request for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Response Line Qty
+ RfQ Response Line Qty
+ Request for Quotation Response Line Quantity
+ Request for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subscription Delivery
+ Subscription Delivery
+ Optional Delivery Record for a Subscription
+ Record of deliveries for a subscription
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subscription
+ Subscription
+ Subscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
+ Subscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Subscription Type
+ Subscription Type
+ Type of subscription
+ Subscription type and renewal frequency
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Confirmed Quantity
+ Confirmed Qty
+ Confirmation of a received quantity
+ Confirmation of a received quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create PO
+ Create PO
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create SO
+ Create SO
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Response Date
+ Response Date
+ Date of the Response
+ Date of the Response
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Work Complete
+ Work Complete
+ Date when work is (planned to be) complete
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Work Start
+ Work Start
+ Date when work is (planned to be) started
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Delivery Days
+ Delivery Days
+ Number of Days (planned) until Delivery
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due
+ Due
+ Subscription Renewal is Due
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Error
+ Error
+ An Error occured in the execution
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Internal
+ Internal
+ Internal Organization
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In Transit
+ In Transit
+ Movement is in transit
+ Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invited Vendors Only
+ Invited Vendors
+ Only invited vendors can respond to an RfQ
+ The Request for Quotation is only visible to the invited vendors
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Offer Quantity
+ Offer Qty
+ This quantity is used in the Offer to the Customer
+ When multiple quantities are used in an Request for Quotation, the selected Quantity is used for generating the offer. If none selected the lowest number is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Published
+ Published
+ The Topic is published and can be viewed
+ If not selected, the Topic is not visible to the general public.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Purchase Quantity
+ Purchase Qty
+ This quantity is used in the Purchase Order to the Supplier
+ When multiple quantities are used in an Request for Quotation, the selected Quantity is used for generating the purchase order. If none selected the lowest number is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Quote All Quantities
+ Quote All Qty
+ Suppliers are requested to provide responses for all quantities
+ If selected, the response to the Request for Quotation needs to have a price for all Quantities
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Quote Total Amt
+ Quote Total Amt
+ The respnse can have just the total amount for the RfQ
+ If not selected, the resonse must be provided per line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Responses Accepted
+ Responses Accepted
+ Are Resonses to the Request for Quotation accepted
+ If selected, responses for the RfQ are accepted
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Selected Winner
+ Selected Winner
+ The resonse is the selected winner
+ The resonse is the selected winner. If selected on Response level, the line selections are ignored.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Willing to commit
+ Willing to commit
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 日志保存天数
+ 日志保存天数
+ Number of days to keep the log entries
+ Older Log entries may be deleted
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Distribution List
+ Distribution List
+ Distribution Lists allow to distribute products to a selected list of partners
+ Distribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Distribution List Line
+ Distribution List Line
+ Distribution List Line with Business Partner and Quantity/Percentage
+ The distribution can be based on Ratio, fixed quantity or both.
+If the ratio and quantity is not 0, the quantity is calculated based on the ratio, but with the Quantity as a minimum.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Package
+ Package
+ Shipment Package
+ A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Package Line
+ Package Line
+ The detail content of the Package
+ Link to the shipment line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RMA
+ RMA
+ Return Material Authorization
+ A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RMA Line
+ RMA Line
+ Return Material Authorization Line
+ Detail information about the returned goods
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Minimum Quantity
+ Min Qty
+ Minimum quantity for the business partner
+ If a minimum quantity is defined, and the quantity is based on the percentage is lower, the minimum quantity is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Membership
+ Membership
+ Product used to deternine the price of the membership for the topic type
+ A topic can require to pay a membership fee.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Not Committed Aount
+ Not Committed Amt
+ Amount not committed yet
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Offer Amount
+ Offer Amt
+ Amount of the Offer
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Paid Until
+ Paid Until
+ Subscription is paid/valid until this date
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Default Parameter
+ Default Parameter
+ Default value of the parameter
+ The default value can be a variable like @#Date@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Payment BPartner
+ Payment BPartner
+ Business Partner responsible for the payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Payment Location
+ Payment Location
+ Location of the Business Partner responsible for the payment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Picked Quantity
+ Picked Quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Private Note
+ Private Note
+ Private Note - not visible to the other parties
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Publish RfQ
+ Publish RfQ
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Type
+ RfQ Type
+ Request for Quotation Type
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Request Processor Log
+ Request Processor Log
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Info Received
+ Info Received
+ Information of the receipt of the package (acknowledgement)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Referenced Shipment
+ Ref Ship
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Referenced Invoice
+ Ref Invoice
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Referenced Invoice Line
+ Ref Invoice Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Referenced Order
+ Ref Order
+ Reference to corresponding Sales/Purchase Order
+ Reference of the Sales Order Line to the corresponding Purchase Order Line or vice versa.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Related Product
+ Related Product
+ Related Product
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Related Product Type
+ Related Product Type
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Renewal Date
+ Renewal Date
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Scrapped Quantity
+ Scrapped Qty
+ The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Target Quantity
+ Target Qty
+ Target Movement Quantity
+ The Quantity which should have been received
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Details
+ Details
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 文本消息
+ 消息
+ 文本消息
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Topic Action
+ Topic Action
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Topic Status
+ Topic Status
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Tracking Info
+ Tracking Info
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Auction Type
+ Auction Type
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Decision date
+ Decision date
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Referenced Shipment Line
+ Ref Ship Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Response
+ RfQ Response
+ Request for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
+ Request for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create Single Order
+ Create Single Order
+ For all shipments create one Order
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Alert Recipient
+ Alert Recipient
+ Recipient of the Alert Notification
+ You can send the notifications to users or roles
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Scheduler Recipient
+ Scheduler Recipient
+ Recipient of the Scheduler Notification
+ You can send the notifications to users or roles
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Tax ZIP
+ Tax ZIP
+ Tax Postal/ZIP
+ For local tax, you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes or ZIPs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Date Required
+ Date Required
+ Date when required
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Requisition
+ Requisition
+ Material Requisition
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Requisition Line
+ Requisition Line
+ Material Requisition Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Day of the Month
+ Month Day
+ Day of the month 1 to 28/29/30/31
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ZIP To
+ ZIP To
+ Postal code to
+ Conecutive range to
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Ranking
+ Ranking
+ Relative Rank Number
+ One is the highest Rank
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Schedule Type
+ Schedule Type
+ Type of schedule
+ Define the method how the next occurance is calculated
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Day of the Week
+ Week Day
+ Day of the Week
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Copylines
+ Copylines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Attachment Note
+ Attachment Note
+ Personal Attachment Note
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Transition Condition
+ Condition
+ Workflow Node Transition Condition
+ Optional restriction of transition of one node to the next
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Node Transition
+ Transition
+ Workflow Node Transition
+ The Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Validate Workflow
+ Validateworkflow
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Wait Time
+ Wait Time
+ Time in minutes to wait (sleep)
+ Time in minutes to be suspended (sleep)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Workflow Key
+ Workflow
+ Key of the Workflow to start
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Drop Shipment
+ Drop Ship
+ Drop Shipments are sent from the Vendor directly to the Customer
+ Drop Shipments do not cause any Inventory reservations or movements as the Shipment is from the Vendor's inventory. The Shipment of the Vendor to the Customer must be confirmed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Approve own Documents
+ Approve own
+ Users with this role can approve their own documents
+ If a user cannot approve their own documents (orders, etc.), it needs to be approved by someone else.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Always Updateable
+ Always Updateable
+ The column is always updateable, even if the record is not active or processed
+ If selected and if the winow / tab is not read only, you can always update the column. This might be useful for comments, etc.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ GL Distribution
+ GL Distribution
+ General Ledger Distribution
+ If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines. The distribution must be valid to be used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ GL Distribution Line
+ GL Distribution Line
+ General Ledger Distribution Line
+ If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Ratio
+ Ratio
+ Relative Ratio for Distributions
+ The relative weight of an distribution. If the total of all ratios is 100, it is the same as percent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Total Ratio
+ Total Ratio
+ Total of relative weight in a distribution
+ The total relative weight of an distribution. If the total of all ratios is 100, it is the same as percent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Elapsed Time ms
+ Elapsed Time
+ Elapsed Time in mili seconds
+ Elapsed Time in mili seconds
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invited
+ Invited
+ Date when (last) invitation was sent
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Send RfQ Invitation to Vendors
+ Send RfQ to Vendor
+ Send the RfQ Invitation to the Vendors
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Work Complete
+ Line Work Complete
+ Date when line work is (planned to be) complete
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Work Start
+ Line Work Start
+ Date when line work is (planned to be) started
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Delivery Days
+ Line Delivery Days
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line Help/Comment
+ Line Comment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Quantity Price
+ Qty Price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Quantity Ranking
+ Qty Ranking
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Rank RfQ
+ Rank RfQ
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ End Wait
+ End Wait
+ End of sleep time
+ End of suspension (sleep)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Distribution Run
+ Distribution Run
+ Distribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partners
+ Distribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Distribution Run Line
+ Distribution Run Line
+ Distribution Run Lines define Distribution List, the Product and Quantiries
+ The order amount is based on the greater of the minimums of the product or distribution list and the quantity based on the ratio.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Total Quantity
+ Total Qty
+ Total Quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 实施或上线开始日期
+ 实施或上线开始日期
+ The day you started the implementation (if implementing) - or production (went life) with Adempiere
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 允许统计
+ 允许统计
+ Allow to transfer general statistics (number of clients, orgs, business partners, users, products, invoices)
+ Allow to transfer general statistics (number of clients, orgs, business partners, users, products, invoices) to get a better feeling for the size of the application. This information is not published.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Access Log
+ Access Log
+ Log of Access to the System
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reply
+ Reply
+ Reply or Answer
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Counter Document
+ Counter Document
+ Counter Document Relationship
+ When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
+If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Counter Document Type
+ Counter Doc Type
+ Generated Counter Document Type (To)
+ The Document Type of the generated counter document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Demand
+ Demand
+ Material Demand
+ Material Demand can be based on Forecast, Requisitions, Open Orders
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Demand Detail
+ Demand Detail
+ Material Demand Line Source Detail
+ Source Link for Material Demand Lines
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Demand Line
+ Demand Line
+ Material Demand Line
+ Demand for a product in a period
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Forecast
+ Forecast
+ Material Forecast
+ Material Forecast
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Forecast Line
+ Forecast Line
+ Forecast Line
+ Forecast of Product Qyantity by Period
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Calculated Quantity
+ Calculated Qty
+ Calculated Quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Std User Workflow
+ Std User Workflow
+ Standard Manual User Approval Workflow
+ If selected, only documents with an open status (drafted, in progress, approved, rejected, invalid) and standard user actions (prepare, complete, approve, reject) are allowed to continue. Use this to prevent having to define details on how automatic processes (unlock, invalidate, post, re-activate) and when the document is closed for normal user action (completed, waiting, closed, voided, reversed).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Tax ID
+ Invoice Tax ID
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Partner Key
+ Invoice Partner Key
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Address
+ Invoice Address
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Contact Name
+ Invoice Contact Name
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Name
+ Invoice Name
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Name2
+ Invoice Name2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Phone
+ Invoice Phone
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Invoice Title
+ Invoice Title
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ BP Name
+ BP Name
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ BP Name2
+ BP Name2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Best Response Amount
+ Best Response
+ Best Response Amount
+ Filled by Rank Response Process
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Check Complete
+ Check Complete
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Primary Tree Activity
+ Tree Activity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Primary Tree Campaign
+ Tree Campaign
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 使用Beta功能
+ 使用Beta
+ Enable the use of Beta Functionality
+ The exact scope of Beta Functionality is listed in the release note. It is usually not recommended to enable Beta functionality in production environments.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Default Counter Document
+ Default Counter Doc
+ The document type is the default counter document type
+ When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: when generating a Sales Order, use this Sales Order document type.
+This default can be overwritten by defining explicit counter document relationships.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Abort Process
+ Abort Process
+ Aborts the current process
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Confirmation Type
+ Confirm Type
+ Type of confirmation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create Confirm
+ Create Confirm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Pick/QA Confirmation
+ Pick/QA Confirm
+ Require Pick or QA Confirmation before processing
+ The processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Pick (QA) Confirmation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Ship/Receipt Confirmation
+ Ship/Receipt Confirm
+ Require Ship or Receipt Confirmation before processing
+ The processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Ship (Receipt) Confirmation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Ship/Receipt Confirmation
+ Ship/Receipt Confirm
+ Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
+ Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line
+ Ship/Receipt Confirm Line
+ Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line
+ Confirmation details
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create Package
+ Create Package
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Difference
+ Difference
+ Difference Quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Window Height
+ Win Height
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Window Width
+ Win Width
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RMA Type
+ RMA Type
+ Return Material Authorization Type
+ Types of RMA
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Cancelled
+ Cancelled
+ The transaction was cancelled
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Ship Description
+ Ship Description
+
+
+
+
+ Receipt Decription
+ Receipt Description
+
+
+ Approval Amount
+ Approval Amt
+ Document Approval Amount
+ Approval Amount for Workflow
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Allocation Line
+ Allocation Line
+ Allocation Line
+ Allocation of Cash/Payment to Invoice
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Mandatory Type
+ Mandatory Type
+ The specification of a Product Attribute Instance is mandatory
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Price Invoiced
+ Price Invoiced
+ The priced invoiced to the customer (in the currency of the customer's AR price list) - 0 for default price
+ The invoiced price is derived from the Invoice Price entered and can be overwritten. If the price is 0, the default price on the customer's invoice is used.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Price Reimbursed
+ Price Reimbursed
+ The reimbursed price (in currency of the employee's AP price list)
+ The reimbursed price is derived from the converted price and can be overwritten when approving the expense report.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Quantity Reimbursed
+ Qty Reimbursed
+ The reimbursed quantity
+ The reimbursed quantity is derived from the entered quantity and can be overwritten when approving the expense report.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Difference Document
+ Difference Doc
+ Document type for generating in dispute Shipments
+ If the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ In Dispute
+ In Dispute
+ Document is in dispute
+ The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ B.Partner Flat Discount
+ Partner Flat Discount
+ Use flat discount defined on Business Partner Level
+ For calculation of the discount, use the discount defined on Business Partner Level
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create Counter Document
+ Create Counter
+ Create Counter Document
+ If selected, create specified counter document. If not selected, no counter document is created for the document type.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 通过LDAP认证
+ LDAP认证
+ Authorize via LDAP (directory) services
+ The user is authorized via LDAP. If LDAP authorization cannot be obtained, access is refused - the password is ignored for local access.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Split when Difference
+ Split Difference
+ Split document when there is a difference
+ If the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ LDAP端口
+ LDAP端口
+ Port for the LDAP (directory) service
+ The default port for LDAP directory service is 389
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ LDAP查询
+ LDAP查询
+ Directory service query string
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ LDAP主机
+ LDAP主机
+ Name or IP of the LDAP Server
+ Name or IP Address of the LDAP directory service server
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Move Confirm
+ Move Confirm
+ Inventory Move Confirmation
+ The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Move Line Confirm
+ Move Line Confirm
+ Inventory Move Line Confirmation
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Beta 功能
+ Beta 功能
+ This functionality is considered Beta
+ Beta functionality is not fully tested or completed.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Address 3
+ Address 3
+ Address Line 3 for the location
+ The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Address 4
+ Address 4
+ Address Line 4 for the location
+ The Address 4 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Default Print Color
+ Default Print Color
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Default Print Font
+ Default Print Font
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Print Item Name
+ Item Name
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Confirmation No
+ Confirmation No
+ Confirmation Number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Ship/Receipt Confirmation Import Line
+ Ship/Receipt Confirm Import Line
+ Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Import Line
+ Import Confirmation Line Details
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Open Balance
+ Open Balance
+ Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency
+ The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amout is used for Credit Management.
+Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Benchmark Price
+ Benchmark Price
+ Price to compare responses to
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Send
+ Send
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Times Dunned
+ # Dunned
+ Number of times dunned previously
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Benchmark Difference
+ Benchmark Difference
+ Difference between Response Price and Benchmark Price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ New Email Address
+ New Email Address
+ Enter new EMail Address - not changed if empty
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ New Email User ID
+ New Email User ID
+ Enter new User ID of your internal EMail System - not changed if empty
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ New Email User PW
+ New Email User PW
+ Enter new User Password of your internal EMail System - not changed if empty
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 新口令
+ 新口令
+ Enter the new password - not changed if empty
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 旧口令
+ 旧口令
+ Old Password is required if you are not a System Administrator
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Include Disputed
+ Include Disputed
+ Include disputed Invoices
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Only Sales Invoices
+ Only Sales Invoices
+ Otherwise also Payments and AP Invoices
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Attribute Value Type
+ Attribute Value Type
+ Type of Attribute Value
+ The Attribute Value type deternines the data/validation type
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Quantity
+ RfQ Quantity
+ The quantity is used when generating RfQ Responses
+ When generating the RfQ Responses, this quantity is included
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SLA Criteria
+ SLA Criteria
+ Service Level Agreement Criteria
+ Criteria to measure service level agreements (e.g. Quality, Delivery meets Promised date, ..)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SLA Goal
+ SLA Goal
+ Service Level Agreement Goal
+ Goal for the SLA criteria for the Business Partner
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SLA Measure
+ SLA Measure
+ Service Level Agreement Measure
+ View/Maintain the individual actual value / measure for the business partner service level agreement goal
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Value
+ Value
+ Numeric Value
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ RfQ Topic Subscriber Restriction
+ RfQ Topic Subscriber Only
+ Include Subscriber only for certain products or product categories
+ Products and/or Product Categories for which the subscriber should be included. If no product / category is entered, the subscriber is requested to answer requests for all lines in a RfQ
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ POS Terminal
+ POS
+ Point of Sales Terminal
+ The POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ POS Key
+ POS Key
+ POS Function Key
+ Define a POS Function Key
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ POS Key Layout
+ POS Key Layout
+ POS Function Key Layout
+ POS Function Key Layout
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Modify Price
+ Modify Price
+ Allow modifying the price
+ Allow modifying the price for products with a non zero price
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Country
+ Country
+ Country Name
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Access all Orgs
+ Access all Orgs
+ Access all Organizations (no org access control) of the client
+ When selected, the role has access to all organizations of the client automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Price
+ Price
+ Price Entered - the price based on the selected UoM
+ The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Quantity
+ Quantity
+ The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM
+ The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ List Prive
+ List Price
+ Entered List Price
+ Price List converted to entered UOM
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Account
+ Any Acct
+ Match any value of the Account segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Activity
+ Any Activity
+ Match any value of the Activity segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Bus.Partner
+ Any BPartner
+ Match any value of the Business Partner segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Campaign
+ Any Campaign
+ Match any value of the Campaign segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Location From
+ Any Loc From
+ Match any value of the Location From segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Location To
+ Any Loc To
+ Match any value of the Location To segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Organization
+ Any Org
+ Match any value of the Organization segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Trx Organization
+ Any Trx Org
+ Match any value of the Transaction Organization segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Product
+ Any Product
+ Match any value of the Product segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Project
+ Any Project
+ Match any value of the Project segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any Sales Region
+ Any Sales Region
+ Match any value of the Sales Region segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any User 1
+ Any User 1
+ Match any value of the User 1 segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Any User 2
+ Any User 2
+ Match any value of the User 2 segment
+ If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Custom Prefix
+ Custom Prefix
+ Prefix for Custom entities
+ The prefix listed are ignored as customization for database or entity migration
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Account
+ Overwrite Account
+ Overwrite the account segment Account with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Activity
+ Overwrite Activity
+ Overwrite the account segment Activity with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Bus.Partner
+ Overwrite BPartner
+ Overwrite the account segment Business Partner with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Campaign
+ Overwrite Campaign
+ Overwrite the account segment Campaign with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Location From
+ Overwrite Loc From
+ Overwrite the account segment Location From with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Location To
+ Overwrite Loc To
+ Overwrite the account segment Location From with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Organization
+ Overwrite Org
+ Overwrite the account segment Organization with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Trx Organuzation
+ Overwrite Trx Org
+ Overwrite the account segment Transaction Organization with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Product
+ Overwrite Product
+ Overwrite the account segment Product with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Project
+ Overwrite Project
+ Overwrite the account segment Project with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite Sales Region
+ Overwrite SalesRegion
+ Overwrite the account segment Sales Region with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite User1
+ Overwrite User1
+ Overwrite the account segment User 1 with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Overwrite User2
+ Overwrite User2
+ Overwrite the account segment User 2 with the value specified
+ If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Total Percent
+ Total Percent
+ Sum of the Percent details
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 本地地址格式
+ 本地地址格式
+ Format for printing this Address locally
+ The optional Local Address Print format defines the format to be used when this address prints for the Country. If defined, this format is used for printing the address for the country rather then the standard address format.
+ The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行账号格式
+ 银行账号格式
+ 银行账号的格式
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 银行Routing码格式
+ 银行Routing码格式
+ Format of the Bank Routing Number
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 反转本地地址行的顺序
+ 反转本地地址
+ Print Local Address in reverse Order
+ If NOT selected the local sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
+If selected the local sequence is Country, City/Region/Postal, Address 4, Address 3, Address 2, Address 1.
+The sequence of City/Region/Postal is determined by the local address format.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 反转地址行的顺序
+ 反转地址
+ Print Address in reverse Order
+ If NOT selected the sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
+If selected the sequence is Country, City/Region/Postal, Address 4, Address 3, Address 2, Address 1.
+The sequence of City/Region/Postal is determined by the address format.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Document Value Logic
+ Doc Value Logic
+ Logic to determine Workflow Start - If true, a workflow process is started for the document
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Just Migrated
+ Just Migrated
+ Value set by Migration for post-Migation tasks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作流类型
+ 工作流类型
+ 工作流的类型
+ The type of workflow determines how the workflow is started.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Create
+ Create
+ Create from Replenishment
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Details/Source First
+ Details/Source First
+ Details and Sources are printed before the Line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 上次警报日期
+ 上次警报日期
+ 上次发出警报的日期
+ The last alert date is updated when a reminder email is sent
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Due Date Tolerance
+ Due Date Tolerance
+ Tolerance in days between the Date Next Action and the date the request is regarded as overdue
+ When the Date Next Action is passed, the Request becomes Due. After the Due Date Tolerance, the Request becomes Overdue.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Reminder Days
+ Reminder Days
+ Days between sending Reminder Emails for a due or inactive Document
+ When a document is due ot too long without activity, a reminder is sent. 0 means no reminders.
+The Remind Days are the days when the next email reminder is sent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EMail when Due
+ EMail when Due
+ Send EMail when Request becomes due
+ Send EMail when Request becomes due
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ EMail when Overdue
+ EMail when Overdue
+ Send EMail when Request becomes overdue
+ Send EMail when Request becomes overdue
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Inactivity Alert Days
+ Inactivity Alert Days
+ Send Alert when there is no activity after days (0= no alert)
+ An email alert is sent when the request shows no activity for the number of days defined.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Alert over Priority
+ Alert over Priority
+ Send alert email when over priority
+ Send alert email when a suspended activity is over the priority defined
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Dynamic Priority Change
+ Dyn Priority Change
+ Change of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for user
+ Starting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Dyn Priority Start
+ Dyn Priority Start
+ Starting priority before changed dynamically
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Dynamic Priority Unit
+ Dyn Priority Unit
+ Change of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for user
+ Starting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据库服务器地址
+ DB服务器地址
+ Address of the database server
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 数据库名
+ 数据库名
+ Database Name
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 处理器数
+ 处理器数
+ 数据库的处理器数
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Other Clause
+ Other Clause
+ Other SQL Clause
+ Any other complete clause like GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER BY, etc. after WHERE clause.
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_FieldGroup_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_FieldGroup_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6dad6a2818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_FieldGroup_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+状态
数量
金额
参考
历史
产品
业务伙伴
仓库
银行
现金帐簿
税
项目
通用
动作
标准成本
实际成本
统计
缺省值
请求管理
网上商店
内在的
外部
通常的
物料出货
文档
行
模拟
计算
代理服务器
发送
开票
Only ..
选择
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Field_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Field_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8fedb1e1fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Field_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+
+Link ColumnLink Column for Multi-Parent tablesThe Link Column indicates which column is the primary key for those situations where there is more than one parent. Only define it, if the table has more than one parent column (e.g. AD_User_Roles).
LanguageLanguage for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabledThe Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Client level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language.
Start NodeWorkflow Node, step or processThe Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow.
Tax AmountTax Amount for Credit Card transactionThe Tax Amount displays the total tax amount. The tax amount is only used for credit card processing.
Only CurrencyRestrict accepting only this currencyThe Only Currency field indicates that this bank account accepts only the currency identified here.
Business Partner / Sales RepIdentifies a Business Partner (Sales Rep) receiving the CommissionThe Business Partner should be a vendor and may be a Sales Representative
AcknowledgeSystem Notice acknowledgedThe Acknowledged checkbox indicates if this notice does not need to be retained.
Driving ColumnColumn which controls all tabs in the workbench
Document NoDocument sequence number of the documentThe document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".
+
+If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
ValueCondition Value
Overwrite ProjectOverwrite the account segment Project with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Form_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Form_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b178ca672e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Form_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+
+生成发票(手工)选择并产生发票Generate Invoices from Orders.
+Select the orders to generate the invoice for.
导入文件载入程序Load flat Files into import tablesThe Import File Loader parses the content of a flat file and loads it into import tables. Comments start with a '[' and end with a ']' and are ignored; example: [Some Heading].
初始化客户设置初始化客户设置
物料交易物料交易
付款分配Allocate invoices and payments
产生费用Generate Charges from natural accountsUse the upper portion to create new charges using the general charge accounts. Use the lower portion to create charges based on the natural account.
付款单打印或导出打印或输出你的付款单
付款单选择(手工)手工付款单选择Select vendor invoices for payment
匹配采购定单-收货-发票Match Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor InvoicesMake sure that the Receipts and Invoices are processed. If you want to match partial shipment, make sure that "Same Quantity" is not selected.
翻译导入|导出Import or Export Language TranslationExport Import Translation info to from xml for translation in external tool.
生成物料出货(手工)选择并且产生物料出货Generate Shipments from Orders.
+Select the orders to generate the shipments for.
执行SQL语句执行SQL语句Maintain Passwords for Users and Business Partners
合并实体Merge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From<i>Dangerous - Please are aware of what you are doing!< i>
+All instances of the From entity (e.g. Customer A) are changed to the To entity (e.g. Customer B).
+The From entity (e.g. Customer A) is deleted.
+<p><b>There is NO undo nor trace ! Please do a backup first<b> Please be aware that you may be changing history records (e.g. invoices, etc.) ! <p>
+<p><b>副作用:<b> Merging Products are likely to distort product costs; Merging Business Partners may result in incorrect open item balance. Check with support on remedies.
+<p><b>限制:<b> Accounting and Inventory conflicts are not resolved in this version.
+
POS (Pre-Alpha)Point Of Sales
物料清单展开物料清单展开Drop the extended Bill of Materials into an Order, Invoice, etc. The documents need to be in a Drafted stage. Make sure that the items included in the BOM are on the price list of the Order, Invoice, etc. as otherwise the price will be zero!
树维护树维护View and change trees. Maintain the entries in their specific Windows.
工作流编辑器编辑工作流
工作流活动我当前的工作流活动
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Menu_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Menu_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4143f8354d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Menu_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1490 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票查询
+
+
+
+ 任务
+ 维护任务
+
+
+ 货币
+ 维护货币
+
+
+ 汇率
+ Maintain Currency Conversion Rates
+
+
+ 日历年和分期
+ Maintain Calendars Years Periods
+
+
+ 会计科目
+ 维护会计科目
+
+
+ 帐户组合
+ Maintain Valid Account Combinations
+
+
+ 度量单位
+ 维护度量单位
+
+
+ 位置
+ 维护位置地址
+
+
+ 国家区域和城市
+ Maintain Countries Regions and Cities
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+ 维护业务伙伴
+
+
+ 会计模式
+ Maintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login
+
+
+ 测试
+ 测试屏幕
+
+
+ 附件
+ 维护附件
+
+
+ 选项
+ Maintain System Client Org and User Preferences
+
+
+ 项目(服务)
+ 维护服务项目
+
+
+ 总帐分类
+ Maintain General Ledger Categories
+
+
+ 总帐分类帐
+ Enter and change Manual Journal Entries
+
+
+ 活动(ABC)
+ Maintain Activities for Activity Based Costing
+
+
+ 文档类型
+ 维护文件类型
+
+
+ 税率
+ Maintain Taxes and their Rates
+
+
+ 税分类
+ 维护税分类
+
+
+ 仓库&货位
+ Maintain Warehouses and Locators
+
+
+ 产品
+ 维护产品
+
+
+ 付款条款
+ 维护付款条款
+
+
+ 运输商
+ 维护运输商
+
+
+ 销售定单
+ 输入而且改变销售定单
+
+
+ 产品种类
+ 维护产品种类
+
+
+ 价目表
+ 维护产品价目表
+
+
+ 发票排程
+ 维护开发票排程
+
+
+ 营销战役
+ 维护营销战役
+
+
+ 总帐预算
+ Maintain General Ledger Budgets
+
+
+ 营销渠道
+ 维护营销引导
+
+
+ 销售区域
+ 维护销售区域
+
+
+ 元素
+ 维护字段元素
+
+
+ 表和列
+ 维护表和列
+
+
+ 引用
+ 维护系统引用
+
+
+ 窗口, 页签 &字段
+ 维护窗口, 页签 &字段
+
+
+ 验证规则
+ Maintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fields
+
+
+ 信息
+ Maintain Information and Error Messages
+
+
+ 菜单
+ 维护菜单
+
+
+ 语言
+ 维护语言
+
+
+ 用户
+ 维护系统的用户
+
+
+ 客户
+ 维护客户
+
+
+ 机构
+ 维护机构
+
+
+ 角色
+ 维护用户的职责
+
+
+ 文档序列
+ Maintain System and Document Sequences
+
+
+ 工作流
+ 维护工作流
+
+
+ 应用字典
+ Maintain Application Dictionary
+
+
+ 通用规则
+
+
+
+ 客户级规则
+ 维护客户规则
+
+
+ 数据
+ 维护数据
+
+
+ 经营度量
+
+
+
+ 工具程序
+
+
+
+ 项目管理
+
+
+
+ 系统级规则
+ 通用系统规则
+
+
+ 数据导入
+
+
+
+ 会计规则
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴规则
+
+
+
+ 销售管理
+
+
+
+ 物料管理规则
+
+
+
+ 会计分录查询
+ 查询会计分录
+
+
+ 树
+ 维护树定义
+
+
+ 银行
+ 维护银行
+
+
+ 催讨
+ 维护催讨级别
+
+
+ 扣留(1099)
+ Maintain Withholding Certificates
+
+
+ 费用
+ 维护费用
+
+
+ 机构级规则
+
+
+
+ 报表&程序
+ 维护报表 &程序
+
+
+ 发票(客户)
+ 客户发票条目
+
+
+ 盘点
+ 输入实际的库存
+
+
+ 物料出货(客户)
+ Customer Inventory Shipments Customer Returns
+
+
+ 调拨
+ 调拨
+
+
+ 物料管理
+
+
+
+ 导入业务伙伴
+ 导入业务伙伴
+
+
+ 收入确认
+ 收入确认规则
+
+
+ 永续盘点
+ Maintain Perpetual Inventory Rules
+
+
+ 供应商明细
+ 维护供应商明细
+
+
+ 问候
+ 维护问候
+
+
+ 生成发票
+ 产生并且打印发票
+
+
+ 生成物料出货
+
+
+
+ 定单交易
+ Sales Order Transaction Report
+
+
+ 未结定单
+
+
+
+ 补货报表
+ 库存补货报表
+
+
+ 产品交易汇总
+ 产品交易汇总
+
+
+ 定单下钻
+
+
+
+ 请求处理器
+ 定义请求处理器
+
+
+ 报表视图
+ 维护报表视图
+
+
+ 开发票交易
+
+
+
+ 采购管理
+
+
+
+ 物料收货
+ 供应商物料出货
+
+
+ 采购定单
+ 处理采购定单
+
+
+ 发票(供应商)
+ 供应商发票条目
+
+
+ EDI 定义
+ 维护 EDI 定义
+
+
+ EDI 交易
+
+
+
+ 发票日报
+
+
+
+ 发票月报
+
+
+
+ 产品发票月报
+
+
+
+ 产品发票周报
+
+
+
+ 供应商发票月报
+
+
+
+ 发票周报
+
+
+
+ 表单
+ 特别的窗体
+
+
+ 生成发票(手动)
+ 选择并且产生发票
+
+
+ 系统管理
+
+
+
+ 项目设置及使用
+ Setup of projects and project reporting
+
+
+ Java版本
+ Displays the version of the default Java VM
+
+
+ 错误信息
+ 显示错误信息
+
+
+ 导入载入程序格式
+ Maintain Import Loader Formats
+
+
+ 导入文件载入程序
+ Load flat Files into import tables
+
+
+ 语言设置
+ Setup a new Language of the system and translate elements
+
+
+ 客户初始设置
+ 客户初始设置
+
+
+ 轮胎存储
+ 维护轮胎的存储
+
+
+ 供应商选择
+ 有超过多个供应商的产品
+
+
+ 制造
+ Production based on Bill of Materials
+
+
+ 物料交易
+ 物料交易
+
+
+ 客户-产品发票季报
+
+
+
+ 每季的根据发票和供应商分类的客户
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴组
+ Maintain Business Partner Groups
+
+
+ 通知
+ 看系统通知
+
+
+ 银行对帐单
+ 银行对帐单处理
+
+
+ 付款
+ 付款处理
+
+
+ 未结项|结算中心
+
+
+
+ 请求
+ 你的请求上的工作
+
+
+ 邮件模板
+ 维护邮件模板
+
+
+ 客户属性
+ Maintain custom entity attributes
+
+
+ 现金簿
+ 维护现金簿
+
+
+ 现金簿
+ 现金交易
+
+
+ 未结项
+ 未结项目列表
+
+
+ 未对账付款
+ 未和银行对单一致的付款
+
+
+ 付款分配
+ Allocate invoices and payments
+
+
+ 付款分配
+ Payment - Invoice - Allocation
+
+
+ 字段组
+ 定义字段组
+
+
+ 取消付款分配
+ 取消付款分配
+
+
+ 发票汇总(Doc)
+
+
+
+ 发票明细
+
+
+
+ 生成费用
+ Generate Charges from natural accounts
+
+
+ 付款选择
+ 为付款挑选出发票
+
+
+ 产品交易价值
+ 产品交易价值
+
+
+ 佣金
+ Maintain Commissions and Royalties
+
+
+ 项目周期
+ 维护项目循环
+
+
+ 项目状态汇总
+ 项目项目周期的状态
+
+
+ 客户初始设置检查
+ Review of system level setup of a new Client
+
+
+ 伙伴关系
+ Customer Relations and Partner Management
+
+
+ 佣金运行
+ 检查而且修正佣金
+
+
+ 会计设置
+ Review and change Accounting Setup
+
+
+ 业务伙伴设置
+ 设置业务伙伴规则
+
+
+ 价目表设置
+ Define your Price Lists and Discounts
+
+
+ 产品设置
+ 建立产品
+
+
+ 销售设置
+ 设置销售
+
+
+ 税设置
+ 设置税计算
+
+
+ 服务
+ 维修管理
+
+
+ 销售和营销规则
+
+
+
+ 经营成果
+ Define Performance Achievements
+
+
+ 经营颜色
+ Color used for Performance Analysis
+
+
+ 经营目标
+ 定义经营目标
+
+
+ 经营度量计算
+ Define how you calculate your performance measures
+
+
+ 经营度量设置
+ Setup your Performance Measurement
+
+
+ 经营分析
+
+
+
+ 经营度量
+ Define your Performance Measures
+
+
+ 财务报表
+
+
+
+ 财务报表
+ 维护财务报表
+
+
+ 报表列组合
+ Maintain Financial Report Column Sets
+
+
+ 报表行组合
+ Maintain Financial Report Line Sets
+
+
+ 服务水平
+ 维护服务消除
+
+
+ 付款选择(手工)
+ 手工付款选择
+
+
+ 付款打印或导出
+ 打印或输出你的付款
+
+
+ 现金簿明细
+ 细节现金日记数据
+
+
+ 数据库导出
+ Export (save) the database
+
+
+ 查找(间接使用)
+ 查找对话框(间接使用)
+
+
+ 物料交易(间接使用)
+ 物料交易(建议使用)
+
+
+ 打印表单
+ Maintain Print Form (Invoices, Checks, ..)
+
+
+ 系统颜色
+ 维护系统颜色
+
+
+ 桌面
+ 维护桌面
+
+
+ 系统图像
+ 维护图像和图标
+
+
+ 用户窗口
+ Define User Window Customization
+
+
+ 工作台
+ 维护工作台
+
+
+ 销售
+
+
+
+ 数据库移动
+ 转移数据库
+
+
+ 同步术语
+ Synchronize the terminology within the system.
+
+
+ 应收帐款销帐
+ 未结应收帐款销帐
+
+
+ 重新生成会计分录
+ 有过帐错误的文件再过帐
+
+
+ 重新设定会计
+ 重新设定会计条目
+
+
+ 所有请求
+ 所有请求上的视图和任务
+
+
+ 请求设置
+ Set up the client to process requests
+
+
+ 打折模式
+ Maintain Trade Discount Schema
+
+
+ 库存估价报表
+ 库存估价报表
+
+
+ 采购定单-收货-发票匹配
+ Match Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor Invoices
+
+
+ 产品成本更新
+ 设定未来成本价格，而且标准花费价格
+
+
+ 产品成本报表
+ 产品成本报表
+
+
+ 已匹配发票
+ 视图匹配发票
+
+
+ 已匹配采购定单
+ 视图匹配采购定单
+
+
+ 费用类型
+ 维护费用报表类型
+
+
+ 费用报表
+ 时间和费用报表
+
+
+ 资源
+ 维护资源
+
+
+ 资源类型
+ 维护资源类型
+
+
+ 数据库对象重编译
+ 重编译数据库对象
+
+
+ 打印格式
+ 维护打印格式
+
+
+ 打印字型
+ 维护打印字型
+
+
+ 打印颜色
+ 维护打印颜色
+
+
+ 打印纸
+ 维护打印纸
+
+
+ 打印
+ 打印定义
+
+
+ 费用(待开票)
+ View expenses and charges not invoiced to customers
+
+
+ 产生来自费用的销售定单
+ 从费用报表为客户产生销售定单
+
+
+ 产生应付费用发票
+ 产生来自费用的应付款发票对职员被支付
+
+
+ 打印表格式
+ 定义报表表格式
+
+
+ 请求类型
+ 维护请求类型
+
+
+ 关心点区域
+ 关心点区域或主题
+
+
+ 系统
+ 系统定义
+
+
+ 销售单产生采购单
+ 产生来自销售定单的采购单
+
+
+ 翻译导入|导出
+ Import or Export Language Translation
+
+
+ 重开请求
+ 重开关闭请求
+
+
+ 导入报表行组合
+ 导入报表行组合
+
+
+ 导入帐户
+ 导入普通的帐户值
+
+
+ 导入产品
+ 导入产品
+
+
+ 系统翻译检查
+ Check System Language Translations
+
+
+ 资产
+ Asset used internally or by customers
+
+
+ 资产分类
+ 群体的资产
+
+
+ 培训
+ 重复的培训
+
+
+ 资产
+
+
+
+ 产生物料出货(手工)
+ 选择并且产生物料出货
+
+
+ 打印发票
+ Print Invoices to paper or send PDF
+
+
+ 转移资产
+ 电子地递送客户资产
+
+
+ 费用(未偿还)
+ View expenses and charges not reimbursed
+
+
+ 对帐单
+ 帐户对帐单初期余款和交易报表
+
+
+ 执行SQL语句
+ 执行SQL语句
+
+
+ 会计分录平衡
+ Query Accounting Daily Balances
+
+
+ 属性组合
+ Maintain Product Attribute Set
+
+
+ 序列号控制
+ 产品序号控制
+
+
+ 批控制
+ 产品批控制
+
+
+ 批
+ 产品批定义
+
+
+ 产品属性
+
+
+
+ 属性搜寻
+ 通常的搜寻属性
+
+
+ 属性
+ 产品属性
+
+
+ 费用发票
+ Payables expense invoices - This is Alpha Functionality
+
+
+ 重新开始
+ 重新开始文件
+
+
+ 角色访问
+ 维护数据存取规则
+
+
+ 导入库存
+ 导入库存交易
+
+
+ 项目类型
+ Maintain Project Type and Phase
+
+
+ 打印标签
+ 打印标签格式
+
+
+ 期间
+ 列出用户会话
+
+
+ 安全
+
+
+
+ 变动审计
+ 数据变动的日志
+
+
+ 时间类型
+ 维护时间记录的类型
+
+
+ 成本类型
+ 维护成本类型
+
+
+ 广告
+ 网络广告
+
+
+ Web
+
+
+
+ 导入银行对帐单
+ 导入银行对帐单
+
+
+ 导入付款
+ 导入付款
+
+
+ 点击
+ 维护网络点击
+
+
+ 导入定单
+ 导入定单
+
+
+ 发票付款排程
+ Maintain Invoice Payment Schedule
+
+
+ 导入总帐分类帐
+ Import General Ledger Journals
+
+
+ 警报
+ Adempiere警报
+
+
+ 柜台
+ 网络柜台
+
+
+ 运费种类
+ 维护运费种类
+
+
+ 导入发票
+ 导入发票
+
+
+ 清除缓存
+ 清除系统的缓存 ** 在执行之前， 先关闭所有窗口 **
+
+
+ 会计维度
+ Maintain Non-Account Dimension Trees
+
+
+ 复制
+ Maintain Data Replication Targets
+
+
+ 复制策略
+ 维护数据复制策略
+
+
+ 项目(定单)
+ Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work Orders
+
+
+ 知识库
+ 维护知识库
+
+
+ 知识分类
+ Maintain Knoweledge Categories and Values
+
+
+ 知识同义字
+ 知识关键字同义字
+
+
+ 知识来源
+ 知识条目的来源
+
+
+ 知识
+
+
+
+ 更新会计余款
+ 更新每日的会计余款
+
+
+ 业务伙伴信息
+ Document Information of Business Partners
+
+
+ 复制设置
+ 数据复制的设置
+
+
+ 发送邮件文本
+ 送 电子邮件给活跃的签署者一使区域或业务伙伴团体感兴趣
+
+
+ 合并实体
+ Merge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From
+
+
+ 项目周期报告
+ Report Projects based on Project Cycle
+
+
+ 客户资产
+ Report Customer Assets with Delivery Count
+
+
+ Asset Delivery Details
+ Report Asset Deliveries Details
+
+
+ Issue to Project
+ Issue Material to Project from Receipt or manual Inventory Location
+
+
+ Generate PO from Project
+ Generate PO from Project Line(s)
+
+
+ Project Detail Accounting Report
+ Accounting Fact Details of Project
+
+
+ Project Lines not Issued
+ Lists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
+
+
+ Project POs not Issued
+ Lists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
+
+
+ 定单/发票重新计价
+ Recalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice
+
+
+ 配额转换
+ Convert open Proposal or Quotation to Order
+
+
+ 标签打印机
+ 维护标签打印机
+
+
+ 验证文档类型
+ Verify Document Types
+
+
+ 项目毛利 (Work Order)
+ Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs)
+
+
+ 存储明细
+ Storage Detail Report
+
+
+ 交易明细
+ Transaction Detail Report
+
+
+ 帐龄
+ Aging Report
+
+
+ 代理信息
+ 公司代理(销售代表)信息
+
+
+ 月点击
+ Clicks per Month
+
+
+ 未处理点击
+ Unprocessed Clicks
+
+
+ 未过账文档
+ 未过账文档
+
+
+ 货币类型
+ 维护货币换算率类型
+
+
+ POS (Pre-Alpha)
+ Point Of Sales
+
+
+ 业务伙伴机构
+ Set and verify Organization ownership of Business Partners
+
+
+ 产品机构
+ Set and verify Organization ownership of Products
+
+
+ 仓库机构
+ Set and verify Organization ownership of Warehouse
+
+
+ 载入银行对账单
+ Load Bank Statement
+
+
+ 删除导入的数据
+ Delete all data in Import Table
+
+
+ 导入货币汇率
+ 导入货币汇率
+
+
+ 移除BOM
+ Drop (expand) Bill of Materials
+
+
+ 工作流职责
+ 工作流执行的职责
+
+
+ 工作流处理过程
+ 监视工作流处理过程
+
+
+ 工作流活动(全部)
+ 所有工作流活动
+
+
+ Registration Attributes
+ Asset Registration Attributes
+
+
+ Registration
+ User Asset Registration
+
+
+ 发票税
+ Invoice Tax Reconsiliation
+
+
+ 会计分录明细报表
+ Accounting Fact Details Report
+
+
+ 会计分录日报
+ Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Date
+
+
+ 会计分录期间报表
+ Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Period
+
+
+ Reopen Order
+ Open previously closed Order
+
+
+ 银行对账单匹配
+ Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
+
+
+ 支付批次
+ Process Payment Patches for EFT
+
+
+ Workflow Processor
+ Maintain Workflow Processor and Logs
+
+
+ Accounting Processor
+ Maintain Accounting Processor and Logs
+
+
+ 机构类型
+ 维护机构类型
+
+
+ 拍卖买方
+ Maintain Auction Buyer Information
+
+
+ 拍卖卖方
+ Maintain Auction Seller Information
+
+
+ 包装
+ 送货包装管理
+
+
+ Distribution List
+ Maintain Distribution Lists
+
+
+ Alert Processor
+ Maintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and Logs
+
+
+ 议价主题
+ Topic with Bids and Offers
+
+
+ Subscription Type
+ Maintain Subscription Types
+
+
+ Subscription
+ Maintain Subscriptions and Deliveries
+
+
+ 计划安排
+ Maintain Schedule Processes and Logs
+
+
+ 伙伴关系
+ 维护业务伙伴关系
+
+
+ RfQ主题
+ Maintain RfQ Topics and Subscribers
+
+
+ 拍卖主题类型
+ Maintain Auction Topic Type and Categories
+
+
+ RfQ
+ Manage Request for Quotations
+
+
+ RMA
+ Manage Return Material Authorization
+
+
+ 服务器
+ Adempiere服务器维护
+
+
+ 销售定单
+
+
+
+ 销售发票
+
+
+
+ 送货单
+
+
+
+ Market Place
+
+
+
+ 序列检查
+ Check System and Document Sequences
+
+
+ 催讨Run
+
+
+
+ Requisition
+ Material Requisition
+
+
+ GL Distribution
+ General Ledger Distribution
+
+
+ 树维护
+ 维护树
+
+
+ RfQ Response
+ Manage RfQ Responses
+
+
+ RfQ Response
+ Detail RfQ Responses
+
+
+ RfQ Unanswered
+ Outstanding RfQ Responses
+
+
+ 工作流编辑器
+ 编辑工作流
+
+
+ 工作流活动
+ My active workflow activities
+
+
+ Open Requisitions
+ Detail Open Requisition Information
+
+
+ Distribution Run
+ Distribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partners
+
+
+ UnLink Business Partner Org
+ UnLink Business Partner from an Organization
+
+
+ Asset Delivery Month
+ Report Asset Deliveries Summary per month
+
+
+ 访问纪录
+ 数据、资源的访问纪录
+
+
+ 柜台文档
+ Maintain Counter Document Types
+
+
+ 物料需求
+ 维护物料需求
+
+
+ 预测
+ 维护物料预测
+
+
+ Ship/Receipt Confirm
+ Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
+
+
+ RMA 类型
+ Return Material Authorization Type
+
+
+ Open Confirmation Details
+ Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Details
+
+
+ Open Confirmations
+ Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmations
+
+
+ 过程审计
+ Audit process use
+
+
+ Move Confirmation
+ Confirm Inventory Moves
+
+
+ Print Format Detail
+ Print Format Detail Report
+
+
+ Import Confirmations
+ Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines
+
+
+ 重置口令
+ Reset Passwords for User
+
+
+ SLA 准则
+ Service Level Agreement Criteria
+
+
+ 伙伴SLA
+ Service Level Agreement
+
+
+ 价目表模式
+ Maintain Price List Schema
+
+
+ POS终端
+ Maintain your Point of Sales Terminal
+
+
+ POS键盘图
+ POS Function Key Layout
+
+
+ Material Receipt Details
+ Material Receipt Detail Information
+
+
+ 运输明细
+ Shipment Detail Information
+
+
+ 角色权限更新
+ Update the access rights of a role or roles of a client
+
+
+ 重置分配
+ Reset (delete) allocation of invoices to payments
+
+
+ 自动分配
+ Automatic allocation of invoices to payments
+
+
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Message_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Message_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..168c5599ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Message_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2771 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 零
+
+
+
+ 一
+
+
+
+ 二
+
+
+
+ 三
+
+
+
+ 四
+
+
+
+ 五
+
+
+
+ 六
+
+
+
+ 七
+
+
+
+ 八
+
+
+
+ 九
+
+
+
+ 关于
+
+
+
+ 访问
+
+
+
+ 你不能修改记录
+ 你没有特权
+
+
+ 你不能删除此记录
+ 你没有特权
+
+
+ 你不能插入记录
+ 你没有特权
+
+
+ 你不能更新此记录
+ 你没有特权
+
+
+ 客户&机构数据
+
+
+
+ 由于审计原因，不能删除此文件的记录
+ 如果不一个交易,你能可将记录置为无效
+
+
+ 机构数据
+
+
+
+ 共享数据
+
+
+
+ 系统数据
+
+
+
+ 系统 &客户数据
+
+
+
+ 以你当前的角色，不能更新此信息
+
+
+
+ 以你当前的角色和设定，不能查看此信息
+
+
+
+ © Jorg Janke - ComPiere, Inc. 1999-2002
+ http: www.adempiere.org
+
+
+ 40 Old Tannery Rd Monroe CT 06460 USA
+ 电话 (203)445-8182
+
+
+ Adempiere在线
+
+
+
+ 帐户组合
+
+
+
+ 创建新帐户或更新别名
+
+
+
+ 帐户未更新
+
+
+
+ 帐户查看
+
+
+
+ 在此上下文中，不允许该行动
+
+
+
+ 不支持此行动
+
+
+
+ 地址
+
+
+
+ 高级
+
+
+
+ 别名
+
+
+
+ 所有记录
+
+
+
+ Prefer selecting a matching invoice and payment pair and process each at a time.
+
+
+
+ 不能修改记录
+
+
+
+ 金额
+
+
+
+ 应付余额
+
+
+
+ 付款金额
+
+
+
+ 从金额
+
+
+
+ 金额到
+
+
+
+ 应用
+
+
+
+ 应用
+
+
+
+ 起先记录
+
+
+
+ 最后记录
+
+
+
+ 附件
+
+
+
+ 你想要删除这个附着吗?
+
+
+
+ 选择一个文件作为该实体的附件
+
+
+
+ 没找到附件
+
+
+
+ 不能把附件加入这个实体
+ Attachments require a single key and this entity is probably an Association (with two keys) or an entity without an unique numeric key.
+
+
+ 自动计算
+ Automatic calculation of write-off amount to close the open item
+
+
+ 自动提交
+ 自动数据的储蓄
+
+
+ 自动登录
+ 自动以现在的用户ID登录系统
+
+
+ 可用选择
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴未发现
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴未保存
+
+
+
+ 增加到工具条
+
+
+
+ 直条图
+
+
+
+ Rem删除
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+
+
+
+ 计算器
+
+
+
+ 日历
+
+
+
+ 取消
+
+
+
+ 取消查询
+
+
+
+ 未能够改变文件类型
+
+
+
+ You cannot delete this record, please de-activate it.
+
+
+
+ 不能够删除已完成交易
+
+
+
+ Change of the default Cashbook ignored.
+Please change Cashbook only after completion of transaction
+
+
+
+ 费用产生
+
+
+
+ 产生来自帐户的费用
+
+
+
+ 产生费用
+
+
+
+ 创建帐户和收费
+
+
+
+ 费用未产生
+
+
+
+ 城市
+
+
+
+ 客户
+
+
+
+ 共享服务
+
+
+
+ 关闭窗口
+
+
+
+ 组合
+
+
+
+ 连接
+
+
+
+ 联系人
+
+
+
+ 控制数量不同于余款
+
+
+
+ 错误当运行通货转变常式的时候
+
+
+
+ 转换
+
+
+
+ 复印
+
+
+
+ 复制记录
+
+
+
+ 更新复印记录和救援或忽视指述
+
+
+
+ 不能复制:
+
+
+
+ 国家
+
+
+
+ 创建
+
+
+
+ 创建新的记录
+
+
+
+ 已创建
+
+
+
+ 信用卡失效日期格式一定是 "MMYY"
+
+
+
+ 信用卡失效日期的月份不合法
+
+
+
+ 信用卡失效日期的年不合法
+
+
+
+ 信用卡期满
+
+
+
+ 无效的信用卡号
+
+
+
+ 可能有信用卡号的问题.
+继续?
+
+
+
+ 信用卡验证码不正确.
+ You find the four digit validation number printed on AMEX right above the credit card number. On other cards it is a three digit number printed on the signature field after the credit card number.
+
+
+ 注意: 超过信用额度
+
+
+
+ 货币换算
+
+
+
+ 当前设定
+
+
+
+ 定制
+
+
+
+ 数据库错误.
+
+
+
+ 数据从数据库刷新
+
+
+
+ 数据库
+
+
+
+ 日期
+
+
+
+ 开始日期
+
+
+
+ 结束日期
+
+
+
+ 跟踪级别
+
+
+
+ 缺省错误
+
+
+
+ 删除记录
+
+
+
+ 不能删除记录:
+
+
+
+ 记录不删除 -子记录发现
+
+
+
+ 你想要删除记录吗?
+
+
+
+ 删除
+
+
+
+ 描述
+
+
+
+ 明细记录
+
+
+
+ 差额
+
+
+
+ 批发折扣
+
+
+
+ 折扣日期
+
+
+
+ 分类折扣无效(大于或小于100)
+
+
+
+ 显示文件信息
+
+
+
+ 显示数量
+
+
+
+ 显示来源信息
+
+
+
+ 文件正被处理
+
+
+
+ 复制
+
+
+
+ 下钻
+
+
+
+ EFT
+
+
+
+ 电子邮件
+
+
+
+ 给技术支持发电子邮件
+
+
+
+ &E.编辑
+
+
+
+ 编辑器
+
+
+
+ 结束窗口
+
+
+
+ 输入查询
+
+
+
+ 输入本文寻找
+
+
+
+ 环境
+
+
+
+ 错误:
+
+
+
+ 运行查询
+
+
+
+ 退出应用
+
+
+
+ 是 you sure you want to exit the application?
+
+
+
+ 全部展开
+
+
+
+ 展开树
+
+
+
+ 费用
+
+
+
+ 期满(MMYY)
+
+
+
+ 导出
+
+
+
+ 输出至Excel
+
+
+
+ 导出记录
+
+
+
+ 程序失败:
+
+
+
+ 字段
+
+
+
+ &F.文件
+
+
+
+ Excel CSV 文件
+
+
+
+ 不能创建文件
+
+
+
+ HTML 文件
+
+
+
+ 导入文件载入程序
+
+
+
+ <选择文件到装载>
+
+
+
+ 选择的待加载文件与导入格式相匹配
+
+
+
+ 选择一个导入格式
+
+
+
+ Rows in file loaded and ready to import:
+
+
+
+ 无效的文件扩展名
+
+
+
+ pdf - Acrobat PDF文件
+
+
+
+ 打印 PS 文件
+
+
+
+ RTF 文件
+
+
+
+ txt - 使用Tab符的文件
+
+
+
+ 写文件错误
+
+
+
+ XML 文件
+
+
+
+ 填充强制性的字段:
+
+
+
+ 查找记录
+
+
+
+ 可用列
+
+
+
+ 选择列且将其排序
+
+
+
+ 被选列
+
+
+
+ 定制查找
+
+
+
+ 选择一条记录或输入搜索条件
+
+
+
+ 输入查询条件(通配符% 区分大小写)
+
+
+
+ 没有找到记录
+
+
+
+ 开始记录
+
+
+
+ 第一页
+
+
+
+ 从
+
+
+
+ Callout 功能未发现
+
+
+
+ Callout 功能错误
+
+
+
+ 产生
+
+
+
+ &G.转到
+
+
+
+ 转到页数
+
+
+
+ 列为名字
+
+
+
+ 问候
+
+
+
+ 概述
+
+
+
+ 分组
+
+
+
+ 标题
+
+
+
+ &H.帮助
+
+
+
+ 历史记录
+
+
+
+ 菜单
+
+
+
+ 主机
+
+
+
+ 忽略改变
+
+
+
+ 不能忽略变化:
+
+
+
+ 忽略改变
+
+
+
+ 信息
+
+
+
+ 帐户信息
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴信息
+
+
+
+ 物料出货信息
+
+
+
+ 开发票信息
+
+
+
+ 定单信息
+
+
+
+ 付款信息
+
+
+
+ 产品信息
+
+
+
+ 插入
+
+
+
+ 产生发票(手工)
+
+
+
+ 产生发票
+
+
+
+ 发票的生成依赖于定单中所选择的 "开发票规则"
+
+
+
+ 选择待生成发票的交货单
+
+
+
+ One or more Product is more than once in the count list. Lines deactivated.
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+
+
+ 收据 (交货) 已经为这个发票存在
+
+
+
+ 文件一定被完成第一
+
+
+
+ 插入
+
+
+
+ 删除
+
+
+
+ 最后记录
+
+
+
+ 最后页
+
+
+
+ 长度
+
+
+
+ 级别
+
+
+
+ 装载
+
+
+
+ 载入中 ....
+
+
+
+ 地点/地址
+
+
+
+ 输入一个新的地点和地址
+
+
+
+ 更新地点和地址
+
+
+
+ 登录
+
+
+
+ 登录(成功)
+
+
+
+ 差额
+
+
+
+ 匹配从
+
+
+
+ 搜索模式
+
+
+
+ 匹配到
+
+
+
+ 匹配
+
+
+
+ 匹配
+
+
+
+ 菜单
+
+
+
+ 转到菜单
+
+
+
+ 菜单未能够装载:
+
+
+
+ Message not sent.
Problem:
+
+
+
+ 消息已发送.
+
+
+
+ 消息
+
+
+
+ 数据网格切换
+
+
+
+ 多币种
+
+
+
+ 不
+
+
+
+ 名字
+
+
+
+ 导航
+
+
+
+ 导航或更新记录
+
+
+
+ <活跃的查询>导航或更新记录
+
+
+
+ 新记录
+
+
+
+ 为新记录输入数据并保存或忽略
+
+
+
+ 不能增加新记录:
+
+
+
+ 新值
+
+
+
+ 下一记录
+
+
+
+ 下一页
+
+
+
+ 找不到下一序列数字
+ 联系系统管理人
+
+
+ 未
+
+
+
+ 信息未发现
+
+
+
+ 行数
+
+
+
+ 付款的数字
+
+
+
+ 没有找到记录;为新记录录入数据
+
+
+
+ Did not find valid Accounting Information.
+
+
+
+ 未有效
+
+
+
+ 库存不足:
+
+
+
+ * 未发现 *
+
+
+
+ 未匹配
+
+
+
+ 不唯一:
+
+
+
+ 排数*列数
+
+
+
+ 确定
+
+
+
+ Show old completed Transactions
+
+
+
+ 旧值
+
+
+
+ 在线
+
+
+
+ 仅客户
+
+
+
+ 只有应付款发票
+
+
+
+ 仅供应商
+
+
+
+ 打开
+
+
+
+ 打开
+
+
+
+ 选项
+
+
+
+ Order by
+
+
+
+ {0} Line(s) - {1,number,#,##0.00} - Total: {2,number,#,##0.00} {3} = {4,number,#,##0.00}
+
+
+
+ 机构
+
+
+
+ 此记录正被另一进程所使用,请稍后再试
+
+
+
+ 页
+
+
+
+ 分页
+
+
+
+ 共 {N} 页 第 {P} 页
+
+
+
+ 二页
+
+
+
+ 整页
+
+
+
+ 页宽
+
+
+
+ 参数
+
+
+
+ 错误: 缺少参数
+
+
+
+ 父记录
+
+
+
+ 口令
+
+
+
+ 付款
+
+
+
+ 付款分配
+
+
+
+ 银行帐户号无效
+
+
+
+ 银行支票号无效
+
+
+
+ 银行路由号无效
+
+
+
+ 在完成交易之后进入付款
+
+
+
+ 已产生付款:
+
+
+
+ 付款折扣
+
+
+
+ 当处理付款的时候,错误发生:
+
+
+
+ No Payment Processor for this Payment Type.
+ Create Payment Processor for your Bank Account.
+
+
+ 付款程序失败
+
+
+
+ Payment successfully processed
+
+
+
+ The amount is zero.在完成交易之后进入付款
+
+
+
+ 未找到下一个会计期
+ 请建立未来期数
+
+
+ 日历分期未发现
+ 检查日历和会计轮廓的装备和解释对客户或组织的轮廓任务
+
+
+ No valid period for this accounting date.
+ Check your calendar setup.
+
+
+ 饼图
+
+
+
+ 文件一定是完全的或关闭到视野会计
+
+
+
+ Post now and create Accounting entries?
+
+
+
+ Posting: Server Error
+
+
+
+ 邮编
+
+
+
+ 邮编 +4
+
+
+
+ 过帐错误
+
+
+
+ 过帐错误
+
+
+
+ 过帐错误: 源不平衡
+
+
+
+ 过帐错误: 源货币不能转换
+ 从来源通货到你的会计通货定义兑换率
+
+
+ 过帐错误: 无效账户
+ 帐户不再有效;重激活帐户或创建新的
+
+
+ 过帐错误: 会计期已关闭
+ (重新-)打开分期或改变会计日期
+
+
+ 选项
+
+
+
+ 选项
+
+
+
+ 上一记录
+
+
+
+ 上一页
+
+
+
+ 价格历史
+
+
+
+ 价格表版本
+
+
+
+ 找不到激活的和有效的价目表版本
+
+
+
+ 打印
+
+
+
+ 定制报表
+
+
+
+ 定义 [显示]
+
+
+
+ 打印发票
+
+
+
+ 仅打印最近的发票吗?
(如果否, 则打印定单的所有发票)
+
+
+
+ 打印屏幕
+
+
+
+ 页面设置
+
+
+
+ 打印物料出货
+
+
+
+ 已打印
+
+
+
+ 打印机
+
+
+
+ 打印
+
+
+
+ 打印成功吗 ?
+
+
+
+ 程序
+
+
+
+ 程序取消
+
+
+
+ 程序失败
+
+
+
+ 不能启动进程 -没有程序名字
+
+
+
+ 处理成功
+
+
+
+ 处理在运行期间失败
+
+
+
+ 错误:
+
+
+
+ 信息:
+
+
+
+ 警告:
+
+
+
+ 处理不能被提交
+
+
+
+ 处理中 ... 请稍候 ...
+
+
+
+ 可用库存
+
+
+
+ 数量
+
+
+
+ 查询输入
+
+
+
+ 查询取消
+
+
+
+ 查询输入
+
+
+
+ 输入查询条件
+
+
+
+ 执行查询
+
+
+
+ 包括在查询中
+
+
+
+ 没有符合此条件的记录。是否修改查询条件?
+
+
+
+ 记录是只读的
+
+
+
+ 重新过帐
+
+
+
+ Repost 文件恢复活力解释这份文件
+
+
+
+ 记录
+
+
+
+ Problems accessing the record:
+
+
+
+ 找到记录
+
+
+
+ 记录已保存
+
+
+
+ 记录
+
+
+
+ 刷新
+
+
+
+ 全部刷新
+
+
+
+ 不能刷新数据:
+
+
+
+ 数据已刷新
+
+
+
+ 正在刷新数据 ...
+
+
+
+ 省/区
+
+
+
+ 剩余的
+
+
+
+ 汇款忠告
+
+
+
+ 报表
+
+
+
+ 报表查找
+
+
+
+ Save Report as PDF, CSV, HTML or TXT file
+
+
+
+ 报表
+
+
+
+ 不能发送电子邮件
+
+
+
+ 从{0} 到 {1}的电子邮件
+
+
+
+ 不能发送电子邮件:没有发件人地址 -检查用户
+
+
+
+ 不能发送电子邮件:找不到邮件服务器 (SMTP);检查客户信息
+
+
+
+ 不能发送电子邮件:没有目的地 (到) 地址 -检查联系人
+
+
+
+ 电子邮件已发送
+
+
+
+ 请求 {0} 被 {1}转移到{2}
+
+
+
+ Alert: Request {0} overdue
+
+
+
+ Escalate: Request {0}
+
+
+
+ 输入必要的信息:
+
+
+
+ 收入
+
+
+
+ 根据文件取消
+
+
+
+ Role and Client Organization inconsistent
+
+
+
+ 可用信用
+
+
+
+ Product is reserved or was already delivered or invoiced. Set quantity to zero.明细:
+
+
+
+ Entry in a key field was not unique - a record with that value already exists.明细:
+
+
+
+ The record is referenced by other records.明细:
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴相同
+
+
+
+ 产品相同
+
+
+
+ 数量相同
+
+
+
+ 保存变动
+
+
+
+ 你想要保存变化吗?
+
+
+
+ 信息保存在Cookie中
+
+
+
+ 不能保存变化:
+
+
+
+ 不能保存变化 - 数据在查询后已被修改.
+ System will re-query record.
+
+
+ 不能保存记录-要求数据唯一:
+ Please change information.
+
+
+ 记录没有保存. 没有找到记录!
+
+
+
+ 未保存
+
+
+
+ 不能过帐记录:
+
+
+
+ 记录保存
+
+
+
+ 模式
+
+
+
+ 脚本
+
+
+
+ 脚本编辑器
+
+
+
+ 脚本错误
+
+
+
+ 脚本帮助
+
+
+
+ 结果
+
+
+
+ 结果变量
+
+
+
+ 可用变数
+
+
+
+ 搜索记录
+
+
+
+ 搜索标准
+
+
+
+ 不能定位记录:
+
+
+
+ 全部/任意
+
+
+
+ 使用所有条件(AND)-或任意条件(OR)进行搜索
+
+
+
+ 在此没有东西要搜索
+
+
+
+ 选择记录 &返回
+
+
+
+ 查询错误 - 可能是录入了错误的条件
+
+
+
+ 找到记录 - 输入查询条件( 可选择的由于 %)
+
+
+
+ 选择
+
+
+
+ 可用选择
+
+
+
+ 选择文档
+
+
+
+ 选择文件
+
+
+
+ 搜索并选择一条
+
+
+
+ 选择菜单项
+
+
+
+ 选择程序
+
+
+
+ Select Columns for Select Window
+
+
+
+ Move columns wanted into the Selected box and sequence their order
+
+
+
+ 被选选项
+
+
+
+ 被选中
+
+
+
+ 发送电子邮件
+
+
+
+ 发送电子邮件
+
+
+
+ 序列
+
+
+
+ 找不到文档序列:
+ 检查文件定义和文件序列规定
+
+
+ 找不到表ID的下一个序列
+ 由你的系统管理员检查
+
+
+ 找不到序列为:
+
+
+
+ 在服务器上创建对象
+ 在应用服务器上创建复杂对象( 低速通信线路)
+
+
+ 文档必须首先是完成的
+
+
+
+ 显示会计页签
+ 显示会计信息
+
+
+ 显示翻译页签
+ 显示翻译信息
+
+
+ 单记录显示方式
+
+
+
+ 按...排序
+
+
+
+ 已排序
+
+
+
+ 标准
+
+
+
+ 开始
+
+
+
+ 你想要启动程序吗?
+
+
+
+ 启动所选报表
+
+
+
+ 启动报表
+
+
+
+ 开始搜索...
+
+
+
+ 主题
+
+
+
+ 处理成功
+
+
+
+ 求和
+
+
+
+ 系统
+
+
+
+ 页签
+
+
+
+ 不能执行任务:
+
+
+
+ 任务
+
+
+
+ 找不到税的准则
+
+
+
+ 找不到税
+
+
+
+ 测试
+
+
+
+ Timeout - Try to check results later
+
+
+
+ 到
+
+
+
+ 今天
+
+
+
+ &T.工具
+
+
+
+ 总和
+
+
+
+ 交易
+
+
+
+ 用户界面主题
+ Window - Metal - Adempiere
+
+
+ 低于限制价格
+
+
+
+ 更新
+
+
+
+ 更新所复制记录的数据，并保存或忽略
+
+
+
+ 已更新
+
+
+
+ 用户
+
+
+
+ 用户界面
+
+
+
+ 自定义消息
+
+
+
+ 用户和密码不一致
+
+
+
+ 支付打印/输出
+
+
+
+ For some payments, there were not enough rooms for all remittance lines.你想要分开打印汇款建议吗 ?
+
+
+
+ No Bank Account Documents (Checks) for this Bank Account and Payment Rule.
+
+
+
+ No Payments available for Print Export
+
+
+
+ 你想要打印汇款建议吗 ?
+
+
+
+ 生成EFT付款
+
+
+
+ 支付打印是否正确 ?
+
+
+
+ 付款选择（手动）
+
+
+
+ 按照付款选择生成付款吗?
+
+
+
+ No Bank Account with Document (e.g. Check)
+
+
+
+ Print export generated Payments?
+
+
+
+ 初始化客户设置
+
+
+
+ 物料交易信息
+
+
+
+ 关键字
+
+
+
+ 值选项
+
+
+
+ 选项值被删除
+
+
+
+ 选项值组合
+
+
+
+ 未发现选项值
+
+
+
+ 没有设定选项值
+
+
+
+ For level
+
+
+
+ &V.视图
+
+
+
+ 统计图
+
+
+
+ 输入选择和显示条件,然后开始查询
+
+
+
+ 输入查询
+
+
+
+ 查看结果
+
+
+
+ 不能启动工作流 - 定义不正确
+
+
+
+ 退出工作流
+
+
+
+ 工作流的下一步
+
+
+
+ 工作流的上一步
+
+
+
+ 退回重启工作流
+
+
+
+ 如果相关字段的选择表在改变角色后仍保持为空的话，请升级你的浏览器。
+
+
+
+ 数据库现在不可用
+
+
+
+ 等待付款=( 如果需要你可以关闭定单)
+
+
+
+ 仓库
+
+
+
+ 记录信息
+
+
+
+ 窗口
+
+
+
+ 销帐
+
+
+
+ 是
+
+
+
+ 是
+
+
+
+ 放大
+
+
+
+ 文件放大
+
+
+
+ of
+
+
+
+ 仅打印最近的送货单 ?(不:打印定单所有交货)
+
+
+
+ 资源分配
+
+
+
+ {0} Line(s) - Total: {1,number,#,##0.00} {2}
+
+
+
+ 星期
+
+
+
+ 日
+
+
+
+ 月
+
+
+
+ 资源信息
+
+
+
+ 资源不可用或未激活
+
+
+
+ 资源不可用
+
+
+
+ 不是一个工作日
+
+
+
+ 时间不可用
+
+
+
+ 日期不可用
+
+
+
+ 预定信息
+
+
+
+ 横向打印
+
+
+
+ 纵向打印
+
+
+
+ 没有找到货币之间的换算关系
+
+
+
+ 操作员
+
+
+
+ 查询值
+
+
+
+ To Query Value
+
+
+
+ 验证错误
+
+
+
+ 数据行数
+
+
+
+ 数据列数
+
+
+
+ 没有定义文档的打印格式
+
+
+
+ 翻译打印格式
+ If you do not have Multi-Lingual Document enabled, you can translate a Report here.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+ 新报表
+
+
+
+ 平均
+
+
+
+ 计数
+
+
+
+ 屏幕捕捉
+
+
+
+ 数据库版本错误
+ The program assumes Database version {0}, but Database has Version {1}.
+This is likely to cause hard to fix errors.
+Please stop and migrate the database immediately.
+
+
+ 总预览打印
+ 不打印直接 -偶数文档
+
+
+ 所有的
+
+
+
+ 年
+
+
+
+ 在历史中后退多久?
+ View history records back in time.
+
+
+ 待匹配
+
+
+
+ 保存口令
+ Store Password for fast Login (security risk)
+
+
+ 现金簿信息
+
+
+
+ 资源信息
+
+
+
+ 绝对金额
+
+
+
+ 导入
+
+
+
+ 错误
+
+
+
+ 采购
+
+
+
+ 没有应用服务器发现
+
+
+
+ 可选的
+
+
+
+ 装载会计科目
+ Format: Accounting__.csv
+
+
+ 不免除的税发现(定义税免除的税比率)
+
+
+
+ 没有数据库连接
+
+
+
+ 生成物料出货
+
+
+
+ 选择定单，生成交货单
+
+
+
+ 发货单的生成依赖于定单中所选择的 "递送规则"
+
+
+
+ 物料出货
+
+
+
+ 已发送
+
+
+
+ You need to restrict the selection.
+
+
+
+ 期初余款
+
+
+
+ 无效参数,请检查参数
+
+
+
+ Change cannot be selected, if there is an existing Product selection (either-or). A charge needs to have it's own line.
+
+
+
+ Payment Document Type and Invoice type (AP AR) inconsistent.
+
+
+
+ (重新)选择发票
+
+
+
+ 联机付款失败
+
+
+
+ 装载错误
+
+
+
+ 合并从(删除)
+
+
+
+ 合并到(生还)
+
+
+
+ 从实体合并到到实体 ?** 没有取消也不跟踪 --你需要备份 **
+
+
+
+ 合并成功
+
+
+
+ 合并错误 - 请检查:
+
+
+
+ 语言设置错误
+ Check Language Setup
+
+
+ 没有定义产品属性集合
+
+
+
+ 没有产品属性信息
+
+
+
+ 没有带属性的产品可供选择
+
+
+
+ 上下文
+
+
+
+ 资产信息
+
+
+
+ 重置
+
+
+
+ 产品属性
+
+
+
+ 产品属性实例
+
+
+
+ SQL 语句
+
+
+
+ 私有记录锁
+
+
+
+ 产品属性信息
+
+
+
+ 你不能为此信息创建报表
+ You don't have the privileges
+
+
+ 你不能输出此信息。
+ You don't have the privileges
+
+
+ 客户数据
+
+
+
+ 记录访问对话框
+
+
+
+ 角色信息
+
+
+
+ 包括
+
+
+
+ 排除
+
+
+
+ 字典维护
+ Only for internal Adempiere Dictionary Maintenence - DO NOT SELECT
+
+
+ 未翻译
+
+
+
+ 选择现有记录
+
+
+
+ 新记录
+
+
+
+ 编辑记录
+
+
+
+ 显示全部
+
+
+
+ Document has Lines without MANDATORY Product Attribute Set Instance - complete first
+
+
+
+ 选择现有记录
+
+
+
+ 大小
+
+
+
+ 粗体
+
+
+
+ 斜体
+
+
+
+ 下划线
+
+
+
+ 字体家族
+
+
+
+ 字体风格
+
+
+
+ 左对齐
+
+
+
+ 居中
+
+
+
+ 右对齐
+
+
+
+ 对齐
+
+
+
+ 字体
+
+
+
+ 系统没有对复制进行设置(see log)
+
+
+
+ Mean
+
+
+
+ 最小值
+
+
+
+ 最大值
+
+
+
+ Variance
+
+
+
+ Std.Deviation
+
+
+
+ Running Total
+
+
+
+ 选择产品
+
+
+
+ VM总内存 {0,number,integer} kB - 空闲 {1,number,integer} kB
+
+
+
+ ssv - 分号分隔值的文件
+
+
+
+ 将附件保存到磁盘
+
+
+
+ 你要删除这个附件项吗？
+
+
+
+ jpg - JPEG Graphic file
+
+
+
+ 下载 {0} for {1}
版本 = {2} - Lot = {3} - SerNo = {4}
+Guarantee 日期 = {5,date,short}
+
+感谢你使用adempiere客户资产管理。
+
+
+
+
+ You are writing off a significant percentage of the open amount.
+ Deselect Automatic Write-off to manually enter the write-off amount
+
+
+ 答案
+
+
+
+ 前进
+
+
+
+ 你没有活动
+
+
+
+ 你的工作流活动
+
+
+
+ 工作流结果
+
+
+
+ 不能前进
+
+
+
+ 存在此记录的活跃工作流(先完成):
+
+
+
+ 期间关闭
+
+
+
+ 活跃的工作流
+
+
+
+ 没有此表的放大目标
+
+
+
+ Zoom Across (where used)
+
+
+
+ Order
+
+
+
+ 客户文档
+
+
+
+ 设置窗口大小
+
+
+
+ 为所有用户设置窗口大小
(取消则重置为缺省值)
+
+
+
+ Account used is Document Controlled - Do not use for manual Journals.
+
+
+
+ Warehouse Organization is not Document Organization
+
+
+
+ Business Partner is on Credit Stop
+
+
+
+ Business Partner is on Credit Hold
+
+
+
+ Business Partner with this Order over Credit Hold
+
+
+
+ Business Partner with open Shipments over Credit Hold
+
+
+
+ Not Invoiced Amount
+
+
+
+ 必须输入旧口令
+
+
+
+ 旧口令不匹配
+
+
+
+ 没有为用户定义POS终端
+
+
+
+ 选择POS终端
+
+
+
+ Register
+
+
+
+ Summary
+
+
+
+ 产品
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+
+
+
+ Checkout
+
+
+
+ Cash Given
+
+
+
+ Return
+
+
+
+ Cash
+
+
+
+ Exp MM/YY
+
+
+
+ Current Line
+
+
+
+ Log Out
+
+
+
+ 加
+
+
+
+ 减
+
+
+
+ 产品属性集合没有实例属性 (e.g. Serial No)
+
+
+
+ 没有可用库存
+
+
+
+ The Product UoM needs to be the smallest UoM
+ Divide Rate must be >= 1 and always result in a valid UoM unit.
+Example: To convert Each to Pair, the Multiply Rate is 0.5
+
+
+ Select the Product UoM as the From Unit of Measure:
+
+
+
+ 未确认的数量
+
+
+
+ 库存补充
+
+
+
+ Request {0} - Due
+
+
+
+ Inactivity Alert: Request {0}
+
+
+
+ 工作流无效
+
+
+
+ Inactivity Alert: Workflow Activity {0}
+
+
+
+ 警报 工作流活动: 超过最大等待时间{0}
+
+
+
+ Alert Workflow Activity Over Priority {0}
+
+
+
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64b9fb5672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+有效
活动
活动
费用
收费金额
实体
|
产生
创建人
|
-
Date Promised :
配送规则
配送方法
|
|
文件状态
|
|
|
发票规则
|
|
|
Order Reference :
组织
|
|
价目表
价格包括税
优先权
项目
Reference No :
销售定单
Sales Consultant :
销售交易
运输商
明细总数
已更新
更新人
有效
实体
产生
创建人
描述
折扣 %
文件注释
小计
明细号
列表价格
描述
数量
组织
资源描述
销售定单
定单明细
UoM
税
单位价格
已更新
更新人
有效
活动
|
活动
费用
收费金额
实体
|
产生
创建人
|
-
Date Ordered :
|
|
文件状态
|
|
|
发票
|
|
|
Order Reference :
组织
支付
|
|
价目表
价格包括税
项目
Reference No :
Sales Order :
Sales Consultant :
销售交易
明细总数
已更新
更新人
有效
实体
产生
创建人
描述
折扣 %
文件注释
发票
发票明细
数量
小计
明细号
列表价格
描述
组织
资源描述
UoM
税
单位价格
已更新
更新人
有效
实体
|
产生
创建人
Date Ordered :
配送规则
配送方法
|
|
文件状态
|
|
发票
|
-
调拨类型
|
|
Order Reference :
组织
优先权
Reference No :
Sales Order :
销售交易
运输商
已更新
更新人
有效
实体
产生
创建人
描述
文件注释
明细号
货位
批
数量
描述
组织
序列号
发运|收货
收货明细
UoM
已更新
更新人
|
业务伙伴联系人问候
|
实体
|
|
命名 2
定单叁考
组织
付款选择
|
|
数量
叁考号:
业务伙伴
实体
开票日期
折扣
文件号
发票
明细号
组织
付款规则
付款选择
付款
在字中的金额
|
业务伙伴
实体
|
|
|
定单叁考
组织
付款选择
金额:
|
- #:
Reference No :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer No :
Customer No :
Customer No :
客户号:
Customer No :
|
Warehouse :
|
|
|
|
|
@*CopyInfo@ @*MultiPageInfo@
@*CopyInfo@ @*MultiPageInfo@
@*CopyInfo@ @*MultiPageInfo@
|
|
|
|
有效
活动
费用
收费金额
活动
配送方法
发票规则
价目表
优先权
更新人
已更新
明细总数
运输商
销售交易
销售定单
项目
价格包括税
组织
文件状态
配送规则
实体
产生
创建人
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Promised :
Customer No :
Reference No :
Order Reference :
Sales Consultant :
|
|
-
@*CopyInfo@ @*MultiPageInfo@
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
有效
实体
产生
明细号
定单明细
已更新
更新人
税
销售定单
组织
创建人
数量
UoM
描述
列表价格
折扣 %
单位价格
小计
描述
文件注释
资源描述
有效
活动
费用
收费金额
活动
发票
支付
价格包括税
销售交易
更新人
已更新
明细总数
项目
价目表
组织
文件状态
实体
产生
创建人
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Order :
Date Ordered :
Customer No :
Reference No :
Order Reference :
Sales Consultant :
|
|
-
@*CopyInfo@ @*MultiPageInfo@
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
税
已更新
更新人
实体
创建人
产生
发票
发票明细
明细号
组织
有效
数量
UoM
描述
列表价格
折扣 %
单位价格
小计
描述
文件注释
资源描述
有效
实体
创建人
配送规则
发票
组织
销售交易
已更新
更新人
|
|
运输商
优先权
调拨类型
文件状态
产生
配送方法
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Order :
Date Ordered :
Customer No :
Reference No :
Order Reference :
Warehouse :
|
|
-
@*CopyInfo@ @*MultiPageInfo@
|
|
|
有效
实体
产生
创建人
货位
批
组织
发运|收货
收货明细
更新人
已更新
序列号
明细号
数量
UoM
描述
描述
文件注释
|
|
实体
|
命名 2
业务伙伴联系人问候
定单叁考
付款选择
组织
数量
|
|
|
|
|
|
叁考号:
客户号:
|
|
业务伙伴
明细号
组织
实体
付款规则
付款选择
文件号
开票日期
发票
付款
折扣
在字中的金额
业务伙伴
实体
付款选择
组织
定单叁考
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer No :
Reference No :
|
- #:
金额:
|
|
|
|
|
|
水平号
帐户日期
名字
描述
帐户借方
帐户贷方
余款
数量
Active
|
|
Customer No :
Business Partner
Campaign
Client
Commitment
Commit ceiling
Committed Amt
Committed Qty
|
Contract Date :
Created
Created By
Currency:
|
Finish Date
Invoiced Amount
Invoiced Quantity
Language
|
|
|
|
Order Reference :
|
Organization
|
|
Phase
Planned Amt
Planned Margin
Planned Qty
Price List Version
Project
Project Balance
|
|
Project Type
Reference No
|
Sales Consultant :
Search Key
Summary Level
Tax ID
|
Updated
Updated By
Warehouse
Active
Client
Committed Amt
Committed Qty
Created
Created By
Description
Doc Note
Invoiced Amount
Invoiced Quantity
Language
Line No
Description
Organization
Line Net
Planned Margin
Price
Qty
Product
Product Category
Product Key
Project
Project Line
SKU
UPC/EAN
Updated
Updated By
|
|
@*CopyInfo@ @*MultiPageInfo@
Language
Warehouse
Z
Lot
Y
Attribute Set Instance
Guarantee date
Attribute Set
X
SKU
UPC/EAN
Product Key
Language
Lot
Serial No
Guarantee date
Attribute Set Instance
Attribute Set
Product Key
SKU
UPC/EAN
Lot No
Language
Product Key
SKU
UPC/EAN
Payment Selection Line
Language
Process Instance
Accounting Fact
Doc Type
Tax ID
Language
BP Tax TD
D-U-N-S
NAICS/SIC
Language
Lot
Serial No
Guarantee date
Attribute Set Instance
Attribute Set
Product Key
SKU
UPC/EAN
Lot No
Language
Product Key
SKU
UPC/EAN
Doc Type
Language
BP Tax TD
D-U-N-S
NAICS/SIC
Payment Selection Line
Language
Language
Warehouse
Z
Lot
Y
Attribute Set Instance
Guarantee date
Attribute Set
X
SKU
UPC/EAN
Product Key
Business Partner
Doc Type
Language
NAICS/SIC
D-U-N-S
BP Tax TD
Sales Rep
Business Partner
Doc Type
Language
Tax ID
NAICS/SIC
D-U-N-S
BP Tax TD
Sales Rep
Business Partner
Doc Type
Language
NAICS/SIC
D-U-N-S
BP Tax TD
Sales Rep
Business Partner
Doc Type
Language
Tax ID
D-U-N-S
NAICS/SIC
BP Tax TD
Sales Rep
Business Partner
Doc Type
Language
D-U-N-S
NAICS/SIC
BP Tax TD
Doc Type
Payment Rule
Document No
Language
BP Tax TD
D-U-N-S
NAICS/SIC
Sales Rep
Project Category
D-U-N-S
NAICS/SIC
BP Tax TD
Doc Type
Payment Rule
Document No
Language
Tax ID
BP Tax TD
D-U-N-S
NAICS/SIC
Business Partner
Doc Type
Language
Tax ID
NAICS/SIC
D-U-N-S
BP Tax TD
Backordered
Backordered
Name
Client
Organization
Description
Comment
Active
Integer
Number
Currency
Amt
UOM
Qty
Date
DateTime
Address
Account_Acct
Payment
Locator
Business Partner
Product
Binary
Character Data
Processed
Process Now
Test ID
Name:
Client
Organization
Description:
Help:
Active
Integer:
Number:
Currency:
Amt:
UOM
Qty:
Date
DateTime
Location / Address
Account_Acct
Payment
Locator
Business Partner
Product
Binary
Character Data
Processed
Process Now
Test ID
Active
Attribute Set Instance
Client
Comment
Created
Created By
Delivery Days
Description
Doc Note
Language
Line No
Name
Organization
Product
Product Key
RfQ Line
SKU
UPC/EAN
Updated
Updated By
Work Start
|
Active
|
|
Business Partner
Client
|
|
Created
Created By
Currency
Delivery Days :
|
Currency :
Language
|
|
Organization
Partner Location
Phone
Respond by :
RfQ
|
Updated
Updated By
User
Work Start :
|
|
Phone
Phone
Phone
Phone
Bill Phone
Bill Contact
Invoice Partner
Bill Name
Invoice Contact
Bill Title
Bill Partner Key
Bill Tax ID
Invoice Location
Bill Location
Bill Name2
Partner Location
Business Partner
Location / Address
BP Name
Phone
Bill Phone
|
Invoice Partner
|
Invoice Contact
|
Bill Partner Key
Bill Tax ID
Invoice Location
|
|
Partner Location
Business Partner
Location / Address
BP Name
Phone
Tax ID
Org Location
Phone
Created
Updated
Created By
Updated By
Created
Updated
Created By
Updated By
RfQ Response
RfQ Response Line
RfQ Response
UoM
RfQ Response Line Qty
Qty
Discount %
UOM
RfQ Line Qty
Price
Tax
Line Total
Tax Indicator
Tax
Line Total
Tax Indicator
Active
|
Amt
|
|
Customer No :
Business Partner
Client
|
Created
Created By
D-U-N-S
|
-
Language
NAICS/SIC
|
|
Note
|
Organization
BP Tax TD
Phone
|
Qty
Reference No :
Sales Rep :
Sales Rep
Tax ID
|
Updated
Updated By
Active
Activity
Amt
Campaign
Charge
Charge Amt
Client
Converted
Created
Created By
Currency
Date Invoiced
Date Ordered
Days Due
Description
Document No
Doc Status
Doc Type
Document Type
Dunning Run Entry
Dunning Run Line
Fee
Grand Total
Interest
Invoice
Language
Order Reference
Organization
Paid
Payment Term
Price List
Project
Sales Transaction
# Dunned
Total Lines
Total Amt
Updated
Updated By
|
@*MultiPageInfo@
|
Dunning Run Entry
Dunning Run
In Dispute
Benchmark Price
Discount
Open
Discount
Open
Tax Indicator
Tax Indicator
Delivered Qty
Ordered Qty
Delivered Qty
Ordered Qty
Quantity
Price
Quantity
Price
Quantity
Price
Quantity
Price
Quantity
Quantity
Qty
List Price
Invoiced
List Price
List Price
Ordered Qty
List Price
List Price
Unit Price
Invoiced
List Price
Unit Price
Ordered Qty
Unit Price
List Price
Unit Price
List Price
Qty
|
Client
Organization
|
Movement Date:
:
Project
Activity
Campaign
Trx Organization
User1
User2
Approved
Approval Amt
In Transit
Date received:
Doc Status:
Doc Action
Posted
Active
Move
Process Now
Processed
Line
Client
Organization
Move
Description
Active
Product
Attribute
Qty
Scrapped Qty
Target Qty
Confirmed Qty
From
To
Move Line
Processed
|
Line No
Client
Organization
Phys.Inventory
Locator
Product
Attribute Set Instance
Qty count
Qty book
Description
Inventory Type
Charge
Phys.Inventory Line
Active
Processed
|
Client
Organization
|
Warehouse
Perpetual Inventory
Movement Date:
:
Generate List
Update Quantities
Project
Activity
Campaign
Trx Organization
User1
User2
Approved
Approval Amt
Doc Status:
Doc Action
Posted
Active
Phys.Inventory
Process Now
Processed
|
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55532388a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Process_Para_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Process_Para_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c774c63efe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Process_Para_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+删除已存在会计分录The selected accounting entries will be deleted! DANGEROUS !!!
价格表版本Only used if Price List is used to set future cost price
目标付款规则你如何支付发票The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment.
Maintenance ModeLanguage Maintenance Mode
Existing OrganizationOrganizational entity within client - set to empty if you want to create a new organizationAn organization is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations.
Limit Access to RoleIf no Role is selected, grant access to all (non-manual) roles of the ClientThe Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System.
New User/ContactUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
New Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
New User/ContactUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
New Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Default Sales RepIf not defined on Business Partner Level
Dunning CurrencyCurrency to create Dunning Letters
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Process_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Process_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f380a30729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Process_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+产生分期 产生标准日历期数(一月-十二月)
重记数折扣条目重记数
产生价格目录 基于这个版本的叁数价格创建价格Create Prices for this pricelist version in the sequence of the Discount Schema Price List.
+Lines with a higher sequence overwrite existing prices. The sequence should be from generic to specific.
定单处理
产生盘点目录产生盘点目录The inventory count lines are generated. You can add new lines or delete lines.
更新数量本帐簿数量已用当前帐簿数量更新The Update Quantity Process will update the book quantity with the current book quantity.
盘点处理处理盘点和更新库存
复制帐户复制而且改写所有帐户的系统缺省值(危险的!!!)
交货单处理处理交货(更新库存) Process Shipment will move products out of inventory and mark line items as shipped.
定单打印** 特别的 **
发票处理
复制帐户复制而且改写业务伙伴帐户该组
复印视窗定位键复印来自其他的窗户所有定位键和字段
复印定位键字段复印来自其他定位键的字段
供应商选择有超过多个供应商的产品Vendor Selection is initiated when there is a product that is supplied by more than one vendor. It allows the selection of a specific vendor for a Purchase Order.
发票打印 ** 特别的 **
Delivery Note Shipment Print ** 特别的 **
产生物料出货
产生发票产生并且打印发票
定单交易Sales Order Transaction Report
未结定单
调拨处理处理调拨Process Inventory Movements will update inventory quantities based on the defined movements between warehouses or locations.
产生佣金产生佣金
产品交易汇总产品交易汇总库存的产品交易汇总报表
计划订货报表库存计划订货报表目录产品计划订货报表
定单下钻
发票交易
每日发票
每月发票
每周发票
每周产品发票
每月产品发票
每月供应商发票
产生发票(手工)手工产生并且打印发票
复制明细复制从其他的导入格式
验证物料清单验证清单结构The Verify BOM Structure checks the elements and steps which comprise a Bill of Materials.
处理并过帐生产产生制造明细或处理制造Create Post Production will generate the production lines and process the production. If the production lines already exists, the production will be processed
每季按产品分类客户分类的发票报表
每季按产品分类供应商分类的发票报表
复制帐户复印而且改写产品种类帐户The Copy Accounts Process will take the accounts defined for a product category and copy them to any product that references this category. If an account exists at the product level it will be overwritten.
根据发票产生收货Create and process delivery Receipt from this invoice. The invoice should be correct and completed.
现金处理
未结项目未结项目列表Displays all unpaid invoices for a given Business Partner and date range. Please note that Invoices paid in Cash will appear in Open Items until the Cash Journal is processed.
未对账付款未和银行对单一致的付款
对帐单处理
付款冲销Payment - Invoice - Allocation
付款处理
取消付款冲销取消付款冲销并允许你再一次分派发票和付款
发票汇总
发票明细
在线处理
根据收货产生发票根据收货产生发票。这张收货单应该是正确并且完成的Generate Invoice from Receipt will create an invoice based on the selected receipt and match the invoice to that receipt.
产生付款
产生自
请求处理
催讨信
轮带信
产品交易价值产品交易价值产品交易估价报表
项目状态摘要项目周期的状态
产生定单由项目产生定单The Generate Order process will generate a new Order document based on the project phase. A price list and warehouse service point must be defined on the project.
复制明细从其他的佣金复印佣金线
产生发票产生来自佣金计算的发票
打开或关闭所有Open Close all Base Document Types for this Period
打开或关闭
分类帐处理
现金簿明细细节现金日记数据
应收帐款销帐未结应收帐款销帐Write-off receivables causes the invoices selected by the criteria to be marked as paid and the open invoice amount to be written off.
同步终端将终端和系统同步Based on the entries in Window Element, the fields in windows, parameters, etc. are synchronized, if they are centrally maintained.
产生来自数据库的列产生表的字典专栏不存在如专栏除了在数据库中之外If you have added columns in the database to this table, this procedure creates the Column records in the Dictionary. Please be aware, that they may deleted, if the entity type is not set to User.
产生字段产生来自桌子的字段, 在定位键中仍然不存在基于这个定位键的桌子,这个程序产生不见的字段
重新生成会计分录有过帐错误的文件再过帐Documents with posting errors are reset to be posted by the next run of the accounting engine - after fixing the cause (e.g. opening period).
重新设定会计重新设定会计条目Delete accounting records of documents to be re-created by the next run of the accounting engine. This is a dramatic step and you want to do this ONLY after changes of the accounting structure (e.g. different default accounts, etc.) and if fixing via manual Journal entries is not sensible.
验证语言在系统中验证语言翻译的存在=(在创造一种新的语言之后需要) Verify the translation creates missing translation records. Start this process after creating a new language. It will create new records by copying the base language entries.
库存估价报表库存估价报表有在库量和价值的产品目录报表
同步列根据应用字典更新数据库表定义When selected, the database column definition is updated based on your entries in the Column definition of the Application Dictionary. Note that not all changes are supported by the database and may result in an error.
更新产品成本设定未来成本价格，而且标准花费价格For Standard Costing you can
+- update the future cost price
+- set the standard cost price to the future cost price
产品成本报表产品成本报表
处理费用
重编译数据库对象重编译数据库对象Recompile Functions, Procedures, Triggers, Views, etc.
由费用产生销售定单从费用报表为客户产生销售定单
产生应付费用发票产生来自费用的应付款发票对职员被支付
处理批
复制列复制报表来自其他的专栏组合的专栏在结束的时候专栏组合复印专栏
复制明细从其他的线组合复印报表行复制在结束的时候这条线组合
设定打印格式Set for all Print Formats with same Landscape Portrait
复制或者创建复制已存在或者根据表产生打印格式Select either a table to create a print format or a print format to copy into the current print format.
销售单产生采购单产生来自销售定单的采购单After completing sales orders, you can create one or more purchase orders for each sales order. A purchase order references always only one sales order (i.e. no consolidation of sales orders).
+
+POs are created for all sales order lines where the product has a current vendor, the vendor has a Vendor Price List with all Products on the most current Price List Version. The Unit of Measure is copied; PO and SO can have different currencies.
+
+Once the process is run, you need to synchronize the SO PO manually (e.g. in case of additional lines and changed lines (product & quantity).
+
导入业务伙伴导入业务伙伴
重开请求重开关闭的请求
导入产品 从一个文件导入产品 Import Products will bring a file of products, in a predefined format into the application.<p>
+The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data
导入帐户导入普通的帐户Import accounts and their hierarchies and optional update the default accounts.
+Updating the Default Accounts changes the natural account segment of the used account, e.g. account 01-240 becomes 01-300). If you create a new combination, the old account (e.g. 01-240) will remain, otherwise replaced.
+If you select this, make sure that you not multiple default accounts using one natural account and HAVE A BACKUP !!
+<p>The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
导入报表行组合输入报表行组合数据
产生物料出货(手工)
打印发票Print Invoices to paper or send PDFRemark: If you only enter a Document No FROM value, all invoices greater or equal that document number are printed; you can alternatively use the % character as a widcard.
转移资产电子地递送客户资产
产生报表产生财务报表The default period is the current period. You can optionally enter other restrictions.
更新会计余款更新每日的会计余款这个程序被自动地跑
对帐单帐户对帐单初期余款和交易报表选择一个时期 ( 现在的时期是否空的东西) 或进入帐户日期范围
隐藏所重新设定重新设定了系统的隐藏所 ** 结束所有窗口在着手进行之前 **To increase performance, Adempiere caches repetedly used data. This process clears the local cache.
导入定单导入定单
导入发票导入发票
开始复制Start Replication with Remote Host
发送邮件本文送 电子邮件给活跃的签署者一使区域或业务伙伴团体感兴趣Select the Interest Area to which subscribers you send the Mail Text from the User selected. Alternatively, you can send mails to the Contacts of a Business Partner Group.<br>
+The User to send emails from needs to have valid EMail information. If you don't select a user, the Mail is sent from the Client's Request Mail User.
复制明细从其他发票复制明细
复制明细从其他定单复制明细
复制明细Copy Lines Phases Tasks from other Project
开始程序开始重新开始运行
复制明细Copy Journal Lines from other Journal Batch
设定项目类型复制时期和项目的工作进入项目之内打字
产生定单产生来自项目时期的次序The Generate Order process will generate a new Order document based on the project phase. A price list and warehouse service point must be defined on the project.
Project Print** Special ** Do not change **
项目周期报表项目周期报表The Project Cycle reports on common project phases of a Cycle Step/Phase. All Report information is weighted by the relative weight of the Cycle Step and converted to the currency of the Project Cycle (e.g. for Sales Funnel Reporting).<p>
+The Projects must have a Project Type, Phase and Currency defined. The Phase must be assigned to a Cycle Step.
导入库存导入实际库存The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Import JournalImport General Ledger Batch/Journal/LineThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Import Bank StatementImport Bank StatementThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Customer AssetsReport Customer Assets with Delivery CountThe report lists the assets of business partners with the total asset delivery count.
Asset Delivery DetailsReport Asset Deliveries DetailsThe report lists the details of Asset Deliveries for the records selected.
Issue to ProjectIssue Material to Project from Receipt or manual Inventory LocationSelect a Project and either
+<br>- Material Receipt
+<br>- Expense Report
+<br<- Inventory Location and Project Line not issued yet
+<br>- Inventory Location, Product and Quantity
+The default Movement Date is today's date.
Generate PO from ProjectGenerate PO from Project Line(s)
Project Detail Accounting ReportAccounting Fact Details of Project
结束项目
Project Lines not IssuedLists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Project POs not IssuedLists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Get PriceGet Price for Project Line based on Project Price List
Quote convertConvert open Proposal or Quotation to OrderYou can convert a Proposal or Quotation to any other Order document type. You would use this process, if you want to maintain/keep the Proposal or Quotation. The document status needs to be In Process.
RePrice Order/InvoiceRecalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice
Verify Document TypesVerify Document TypesMakes sure that there is a DocumentType for all Document Base Types<br>
+Creates missing Period Controls for Document Type (You may have to open them)
Project Margin (Work Order)Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs)The Project Margin Report for Work Orders compares the Project lines (planned revenue) against the Project issues (actual effort and costs). The margin amount is calculated by subtracting the costs (issue) from the revenue (line).
+The costs are in the currency of the Accounting Schema - the lines are in the currency of the price list of the project.
Verify TreeVerify completeness and correctness of Tree
Storage DetailStorage Detail ReportThe report shows storage details including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
Transaction DetailTransaction Detail ReportThe report shows transaction details (receipts, shipments, inventory, movements, ...) including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
AgingAging ReportThe aging report allows you to report on Open Items (Invoices). Select the aging buckets, you want to have in your report.
Clicks MonthyClicks per MonthThe report shows the advertisement Click Count per Month
Clicks UnprocessedUnprocessed ClicksThe Report shows Clicks, which could not be processed (URL not matched to Click Count)
Delete NoticesDelete all Notices
ValidateValidate Payment Schedule
ValidateValidate Payment Terms and Schedule
Warehouse OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of WarehouseThe process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of a warehouse and its dependent entities (Location, Storage).
Product OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of ProductsThe process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Products and its dependent entities (BOM, Substitute, Replenish, Purchasing, Business Partner Info, Costing). <br>
+Select either a Product Category ar a specific Product.
Business Partner OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Business PartnersThe process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Business Partners and its dependent entities (Location, Contact/User, Bank Account, Withholding). <br>
+Select either a Business Partner Group ar a specific Business Partner
Load Bank StatementLoad Bank StatementLoad the bank statement into the import table. The parameters used depend on the actual loader.
Delete ImportDelete all data in Import TableYou would delete all data in an import table, if there was a problem with data loading. The delete does not distinguish between imported and not imported data.
Import Conversion RateImport Currency Conversion Rate
Register Now!Registrations help us to better serve the Adempiere User Base.We will NOT make the data available to any third party or use the information for other than statistical purposes.
+It will help us, if you would allow to publish your use of Adempiere. We will contact you directly before we publish any information.
+
Invoice TaxInvoice Tax ReconsiliationThe Report lists Invoice Tax lines with Buiness Partner Tax information.
Accounting Fact DetailsAccounting Fact Details Report
Accounting Fact DailyAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Date
Accounting Fact PeriodAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting PeriodThe Period is based on the the Calendar defined on Client level.
Reopen OrderOpen previously closed Order
Match Bank StatementMatch Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
产生付款单Create Payment from Bank Statement Info
文档序列检查检查系统或文档序列Check that System and Document sequences are correct. Run this process, if you get Duplicate Key error messages.
产生定单Create orders based on Distribution List line itemsPlease note that due to rounding, the total quantity of the order(s) is likely to be higher then the quantity entered.
Link OrganizationLink Business Partner to an OrganizationIf the Business Partner is another Organization, select the Organization or set to empty to create a new Organization. You link a Business Partner to an Organization to create explicit Documents for Inter-Org transaction.
+If you create a new Organization, you may supply a Organization Type. If you select a Role, the access to the new Organization is limited to that role, otherwise all (non manual) roles of the Client will have access to the new Organization.
Create & InviteCreate RfQ and Invite VendorsCreate (missing) RfQ Responses and optionally send EMail Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ
Invite & RemindEMail Invite or Remind Vendor to answer RfQSend Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ per email
RfQ UnansweredOutstanding RfQ ResponsesLists Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is not marked as complete.
RfQ ResponseDetail RfQ ResponsesLists detail Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is marked as complete.
Rank ResponsesRank Completed RfQ ResponsesInvalid responses are ranked with 999 per Quantity. The Quantity Responses are ranked among each other and the RfQ Best Response updated. The response Lines is maked as Selected winner, where the purchase quantity is selected.
+
+Then the rankings of all Quantity Responses are added for the total ranking of the response. The response with the lowest total ranking is marked as Selected Winner.
+
产生采购定单Create Purchase Order(s) for RfQ Winner(s)Create purchase order(s) for the resonse(s) and lines marked as Selected Winner using the selected Purchase Quantity (in RfQ Line Quantity) . If a Response is marked as Selected Winner, all lines are created (and Selected Winner of other responses ignored). If there is no response marked as Selected Winner, the lines are used.
产生销售定单产生销售定单A Sales Order is created for the entered Business Partner. A sales order line is created for each RfQ line quantity, where "Offer Quantity" is selected. If on the RfQ Line Quantity, an offer amount is entered (not 0), that price is used.
+If a magin is entered on RfQ Line Quantity, it overwrites the general margin. The margin is the percentage added to the Best Response Amount.
复制明细Copy Lines from another RfQ
Close RfQClose RfQ and ResponsesClose the RfQ and all it's Responses
Open RequisitionsDetail Open Requisition Information
产生定单Create orders based on Distribution List line itemsPlease note that due to rounding, the total quantity of the order(s) is likely to be higher then the quantity entered.
UnLink Business Partner OrgUnLink Business Partner from an OrganizationUnLink a Business Partner Linked to an Organization (for explicit inter-org documents)
Process Requisition
Asset Delivery MonthReport Asset Deliveries Summary per monthThe report lists the Asset and the deliveries per month for the records selected.
检查文档类型
RfQ Response Print ** Special ** Do not change **
Check CompleteCheck if Response is Complete based on RfQ settings
Manage Activity
Manage Process
Process Confirmation
Create ConfirmationCreate Confirmations for the DocumentThe confirmations generated need to be processed (confirmed) before you can process this document
Create PackageCreate Package for Shipmet
Process RMA
Open Confirmation DetailsOpen Shipment or Receipt Confirmation DetailsThe Report lists the open confirmation lines
Open ConfirmationsOpen Shipment or Receipt ConfirmationsThe report lists the open confirmations
Process ConfirmationProcess Inventory Movement Confirmation
Print Format DetailPrint Format Detail ReportPrint Format with Item details
Reset PasswordReset Passwords for UserYou can change User Passwords and EMail settings. You do not need to know/enter the password, if you are an Administrator.
Create Dunning RunCreate Dunning Run Entries based on the Dunning Level criteria
Inventory Move Print** Special ** Do not change **Create/Copy your own Format and Process
Physical Inventory Print** Special ** Do not change **Create/Copy your own Format and Process
Shipment Confirmation** Special ** Do not change **
Material Receipt DetailsMaterial Receipt Detail InformationThe report provides Material Repecipt Header and Line with locator information.
Shipment DetailsShipment Detail InformationThe report provides Material Shipment Header and Line with locator information. You can use the report to create a Consolidated Picking List.
Role Access UpdateUpdate the access rights of a role or roles of a clientUpdate the access rights of a role or all roles of a client to windows, forms, processes and workflows.
+If run for System, all roles of all clients are updated.
+Note that a role is only updated if it is not marked as manual.
Import ConfirmationsImport ConfirmationsThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Capture + Calculate MeasuresCapture and Calculate MeasuresIf automatic, capture measures - and calculate/update the actual measure.
Calculate MeasuresCalculate the MeasureCalculate/update the actual measure.
VerifyVerify GL Distribution
DeleteDelete Invoice Matching Record
DeleteDelete PO Matching Record
Auto AllocationAutomatic allocation of invoices to paymentsTry to allocate invoices to payments for a business partner or group. You may want to reset existing allocations first.
+The allocation is based on (1) payments entered with reference to invoices (2) payment selections (3) business partner balance (4) matching amount of invoice & payment. Allocation is based on exact amount.
Reset AllocationReset (delete) allocation of invoices to paymentsDelete Allocations for a business partner or business partner group.
Validate WorkflowValidate thet the workflos is correct(limited checking)
Document Value based Workflows*** DO NOT MODIFY ***
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Ref_List_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Ref_List_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9efd85d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Ref_List_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2238 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 机构
+
+
+
+ 客户+机构
+
+
+
+ 仅系统级
+
+
+
+ 全部
+
+
+
+ 列表验证
+ 列表验证
+
+
+ 数据类型
+ 数据类型
+
+
+ 表验证
+ 表验证
+
+
+ SQL
+ SQL
+
+
+ Java
+ Java
+
+
+ Java Script
+ ECMA脚本
+
+
+ 窗口
+
+
+
+ 任务
+
+
+
+ 工作流
+
+
+
+ 程序
+
+
+
+ 错误
+
+
+
+ 信息
+
+
+
+ 菜单
+
+
+
+ 单一记录
+
+
+
+ 维护
+
+
+
+ 交易
+
+
+
+ 只有查询
+
+
+
+ 现场
+ 现场交易汇率
+
+
+ 周期类型
+ 分期转变类型
+
+
+ 标准日历分期
+ Periods with non overlapping calendar days
+
+
+ 调整分期
+ 没有日历天的分期
+
+
+ 帐户
+ 会计科目
+
+
+ 用户定义
+ 用户定义元素
+
+
+ 资产
+ 资产 ( 资产负债表) 帐户
+
+
+ 负债
+ Liability (Balance Sheet) Account
+
+
+ 收入
+ 收入 (P&L) Account
+
+
+ 费用
+ 费用 (P&L) Account
+
+
+ 权益
+ Owner's Equity (Balance Sheet) Account
+
+
+ 备忘录
+ 备忘录 (非资产负债表也未 P&L) Account
+
+
+ 普通
+ Natural sign of the Account Type
+
+
+ 借方
+ 借方余款帐户
+
+
+ 贷方
+ 信用余款帐户
+
+
+ 菜单
+
+
+
+ Element Value (Account, etc.)
+
+
+
+ 产品
+
+
+
+ 主业务伙伴
+
+
+
+ 地方的办公室
+
+
+
+ 办公费应付帐户
+
+
+
+ 植物
+
+
+
+ 小的业务
+
+
+
+ 少数-拥有小的业务
+
+
+
+ 少数-拥有了业务
+
+
+
+ 女人拥有的小业务
+
+
+
+ 女人拥有的业务
+
+
+
+ 转包商
+
+
+
+ 个人
+
+
+
+ 合伙
+
+
+
+ 公司
+
+
+
+ 下载位置
+
+
+
+ 标准成本计算
+ Standard Purchase Order Price Costing
+
+
+ 平均
+ Weighted Average Purchase Order Price Costing
+
+
+ 后进先出
+ 最近出货成本
+
+
+ 先进先出
+ 先进先出
+
+
+ 国际的 GAAP
+ 国际的 GAAP
+
+
+ 美国 GAAP
+ 美国 GAAP
+
+
+ 德国的 HGB
+ 德国的 HGB
+
+
+ 实际
+ 实际过帐
+
+
+ 预算
+ 预算过帐
+
+
+ 债权
+ Encumbrance or Commitment Postings
+
+
+ 统计的
+ 统计的过帐
+
+
+ 本地复制
+ 本地<-
+
+
+ 合并复制
+ 合并<-->
+
+
+ 引用复制
+ 引用复制 ->
+
+
+ 起草
+
+
+
+ 完成
+
+
+
+ 已批准
+
+
+
+ 未核准
+
+
+
+ 空虚
+
+
+
+ 未活动的
+
+
+
+ 取消
+
+
+
+ 关闭
+
+
+
+ 完成
+ Generate documents and complete transaction
+
+
+ 批准
+ 批准该交易
+
+
+ 被拒
+ Reject the approval of the document.
+
+
+ 职位
+ 过帐交易
+
+
+ 空白
+ Set all quantities to zero and complete transaction
+
+
+ 结束
+ Finally close this transaction. It cannot be re-activated.
+
+
+ Reverse - Correction
+ Reverse Transaction (correction) by reversing sign with same date
+
+
+ Reverse - Accrual
+ Reverse by switching Dr Cr with current date
+
+
+ 转帐
+
+
+
+ 重新激活
+ Reverse documents inventory and allow changes; You need to Complete the transaction after the change.
+
+
+ <没有>
+ 没有动作
+
+
+ 未知的
+
+
+
+ 系统+客户
+
+
+
+ 没有
+ 没有汇率
+
+
+ 固定
+ 欧元固定的币种
+
+
+ 平均
+ 平均比率
+
+
+ 公司
+ 公司率
+
+
+ 用户类型
+ 用户率类型
+
+
+ 手工比率
+ 手工比率
+
+
+ 信用定单
+
+
+
+ POS定单
+
+
+
+ 仓库定单
+
+
+
+ 标准定单
+
+
+
+ 提议
+
+
+
+ 报价
+
+
+
+ 美国证券交易所
+
+
+
+ MasterCard
+
+
+
+ 签证
+
+
+
+ 自动柜员机
+
+
+
+ 在定单配送之后
+ 发票为每个定单
+
+
+ 在配送之后
+ 每配送发票
+
+
+ Customer Schedule after Delivery
+ Invoice per Customer Invoice Schedule
+
+
+ 在收款之后
+ 在收到现金之后
+
+
+ 平均ailability
+ As soon as an item becomes available
+
+
+ 定单明细完成
+ As soon as all items of a line become available
+
+
+ 定单完成
+ As soon as all items of an order are available
+
+
+ 立即的
+ 立即的发票
+
+
+ 自提
+
+
+
+ 配送
+
+
+
+ 运输商
+
+
+
+ 已包括运费
+ 已包括运费
+
+
+ 固定价格
+ 固定的运费价格
+
+
+ 计算
+ Calculated based on Product Freight Rule
+
+
+ 明细
+ 在明细水平输入
+
+
+ 高级
+ 高优先权
+
+
+ 中等
+ 中等优先权
+
+
+ 低级
+ 低优先权
+
+
+ Whole Number .00
+ Number w o decimals
+
+
+ 没有圆整
+
+
+
+ Quarter .25 .50 .75
+
+
+
+ Dime .10, .20, .30, ...
+
+
+
+ Nickel .05, .10, .15, ...
+
+
+
+ Ten 10.00, 20.00, ..
+
+
+
+ 最近采购定单价格
+
+
+
+ 维护最大值水平
+
+
+
+ 手工
+
+
+
+ 低于最小量水平定货
+
+
+
+ 星期日
+
+
+
+ 星期一
+
+
+
+ 星期二
+
+
+
+ 星期三
+
+
+
+ 星期四
+
+
+
+ 星期五
+
+
+
+ 星期六
+
+
+
+ 每日的
+
+
+
+ 每周的
+
+
+
+ 每月的
+
+
+
+ 两次每月的
+
+
+
+ 有效分期
+
+
+
+ 关闭的分期
+ Soft close - can be re-opened
+
+
+ 永久关闭分期
+
+
+
+ 打开
+
+
+
+ 关闭
+
+
+
+ 永久关闭
+
+
+
+ 从未打开
+
+
+
+ 草稿
+
+
+
+ 已批准
+
+
+
+ 错误
+
+
+
+ 警告
+
+
+
+ 信息
+
+
+
+ <没有动作>
+
+
+
+ 机构
+ 拥有机构
+
+
+ 帐户
+ 普通帐户
+
+
+ 产品
+ 产品
+
+
+ Bus.Partner
+ 业务伙伴
+
+
+ Trx. Org
+ 交易机构
+
+
+ 来源位置
+ 来源位置
+
+
+ 目标位置
+ 目标位置
+
+
+ 销售区域
+ 销售区域
+
+
+ 项目
+ 项目
+
+
+ 活动
+ 营销活动
+
+
+ 用户 1
+ 用户 1
+
+
+ 用户 2
+ 用户 2
+
+
+ 组织
+
+
+
+ 物料清单
+ 物料清单
+
+
+ 项目
+
+
+
+ 销售区域
+
+
+
+ 产品种类
+
+
+
+ 活动
+
+
+
+ 总帐分类帐
+
+
+
+ 总帐文件
+
+
+
+ 应付款发票
+
+
+
+ 应付帐款
+
+
+
+ 应收款发票
+
+
+
+ 应收帐款
+
+
+
+ 销售定单
+
+
+
+ 客户物料出货
+
+
+
+ 客户归还
+
+
+
+ 供应商收货
+
+
+
+ 供应商归还
+
+
+
+ 出库
+
+
+
+ 库存在
+
+
+
+ 活动
+
+
+
+ 活动
+
+
+
+ 退回材料 **
+ ** 未完全实现 **
+
+
+ 应收款格式发票
+
+
+
+ 物料配送
+
+
+
+ 物料收货
+
+
+
+ 列表价格
+
+
+
+ 标准价格
+
+
+
+ 限制 (采购定单) 价格
+
+
+
+ 物料运动
+
+
+
+ 采购定单
+
+
+
+ 采购请求
+
+
+
+ 先付定单
+
+
+
+ 现金
+
+
+
+ 信用卡
+
+
+
+ 转帐
+
+
+
+ 支票
+
+
+
+ 记帐
+
+
+
+ 月
+
+
+
+ 季
+
+
+
+ 年
+
+
+
+ 过程中
+
+
+
+ Blind list (w o book quantity)
+
+
+
+ Count list (with book quantity)
+
+
+
+ 控制目录
+
+
+
+ 程序
+ 预备品库存
+
+
+ 等候付款
+
+
+
+ 解锁
+ Unlock Transaction (process error)
+
+
+ 物料实际的库存
+
+
+
+ 调拨从
+
+
+
+ 调拨到
+
+
+
+ 报表
+
+
+
+ ASC X12
+
+
+
+ EDIFACT
+
+
+
+ 发电子邮件给 EDI
+
+
+
+ 草稿
+
+
+
+ 已发送
+
+
+
+ 确认
+
+
+
+ 回答
+
+
+
+ 查询
+
+
+
+ 采购定单
+
+
+
+ 应付款信用备忘录
+
+
+
+ 应收款信用备忘录
+
+
+
+ 表单
+ 特别的窗体
+
+
+ 而且
+
+
+
+ 或
+
+
+
+ =
+
+
+
+ >=
+
+
+
+ >
+
+
+
+ <
+
+
+
+ ~
+
+
+
+ <=
+
+
+
+ |<x>|
+
+
+
+ sql
+
+
+
+ 手工
+
+
+
+ 导入
+
+
+
+ 文件
+
+
+
+ 产品
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+
+
+
+ 帐户
+
+
+
+ 总帐余款
+
+
+
+ 交换比率
+
+
+
+ 盘点
+
+
+
+ 固定的位置
+
+
+
+ 逗点分开
+
+
+
+ 定位键分开
+
+
+
+ XML语言
+
+
+
+ 字符串
+
+
+
+ 数字
+
+
+
+ 日期
+
+
+
+ 常数
+
+
+
+ 制造 +
+
+
+
+ 制造 -
+
+
+
+ > 0
+
+
+
+ = 0
+
+
+
+ < 0
+
+
+
+ 非0
+
+
+
+ 匹配
+
+
+
+ 不匹配
+
+
+
+ 不可用的
+
+
+
+ 信用卡
+
+
+
+ 支票
+
+
+
+ ACH
+ 自动票据交换所
+
+
+ 销售
+
+
+
+ 延迟捕获
+
+
+
+ 信用
+
+
+
+ 宣述授权
+
+
+
+ 授权
+
+
+
+ 空白
+
+
+
+ 检查
+
+
+
+ 储蓄
+
+
+
+ 转帐到银行帐户
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+
+
+ 通用费用
+
+
+
+ 通用收据
+
+
+
+ 费用
+
+
+
+ 差额
+
+
+
+ 用餐者
+
+
+
+ 发现
+
+
+
+ 采购卡片
+ 公司采购卡片
+
+
+ 没有
+
+
+
+ 追踪
+
+
+
+ 数据
+
+
+
+ 服务
+
+
+
+ 费用
+
+
+
+ 帐户
+
+
+
+ 帮助
+
+
+
+ 警报
+
+
+
+ 担保
+
+
+
+ 其他
+
+
+
+ 呼叫
+
+
+
+ 电子邮件
+
+
+
+ 结束
+
+
+
+ 邮件
+
+
+
+ Offer Quote
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+
+
+ 定单
+
+
+
+ 贷方
+
+
+
+ 分钟
+
+
+
+ 小时
+
+
+
+ 日
+
+
+
+ 超储的
+
+
+
+ 应付款
+
+
+
+ 预定
+
+
+
+ 定单
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+
+
+ 收货
+
+
+
+ 每周的
+
+
+
+ 每月的
+
+
+
+ 每季的
+
+
+
+ 系统
+
+
+
+ 客户
+
+
+
+ 机构
+
+
+
+ 客户+机构
+
+
+
+ 手工
+ 手工条目
+
+
+ 计算
+
+
+
+ 进步
+
+
+
+ 未过帐
+
+
+
+ 已过帐
+
+
+
+ 未平衡
+
+
+
+ 不可兑换(无汇率)
+
+
+
+ 关闭的分期
+
+
+
+ 过账准备好
+
+
+
+ 无效帐户
+
+
+
+ 银行对帐单
+
+
+
+ 现金簿
+
+
+
+ 付款分配
+
+
+
+ 只有总借方
+
+
+
+ 只有总贷方
+
+
+
+ 总余款
+
+
+
+ 增加
+
+
+
+ 减去
+
+
+
+ 百分比
+
+
+
+ 增加范围
+
+
+
+ 相对分期
+
+
+
+ 计算
+
+
+
+ 表值
+
+
+
+ 来源币种
+
+
+
+ 会计币种
+
+
+
+ 表值
+
+
+
+ 计算
+
+
+
+ 常态
+
+
+
+ 倾斜度
+
+
+
+ 明细
+
+
+
+ 织法
+
+
+
+ 工作台
+
+
+
+ 字典
+ Application Dictionary (synchronized)
+
+
+ Adempiere
+ Adempiere Application (synchronized)
+
+
+ 用户维护
+ User maintained Entity (not synchronized)
+
+
+ 应用
+ Other Applications (not synchronized)
+
+
+ 物料制造
+
+
+
+ 匹配发票
+
+
+
+ 匹配采购定单
+
+
+
+ 提醒的人
+
+
+
+ 转帐
+
+
+
+ 明细
+
+
+
+ 直线的百分比
+
+
+
+ 公式
+
+
+
+ 休息
+
+
+
+ 价目表
+
+
+
+ 北方
+
+
+
+ 东北方
+
+
+
+ 东方
+
+
+
+ 东南方
+
+
+
+ 南方
+
+
+
+ 西南方
+
+
+
+ 西方
+
+
+
+ 西北方
+
+
+
+ 标准成本
+
+
+
+ 平均成本
+
+
+
+ 最近采购定单价格
+
+
+
+ 最近发票价格
+
+
+
+ 价目表
+
+
+
+ 采购定单差异调整
+
+
+
+ Adjust using Invoice Difference
+
+
+
+ 固定的价格
+
+
+
+ 缺省值
+
+
+
+ 领先
+
+
+
+ 拖
+
+
+
+ 块
+
+
+
+ 领先
+
+
+
+ 中心
+
+
+
+ 拖
+
+
+
+ 中心
+
+
+
+ 字段
+
+
+
+ 文本
+
+
+
+ 打印格式
+
+
+
+ 内容
+
+
+
+ 头
+
+
+
+ 脚
+
+
+
+ 没有
+
+
+
+ 图像
+
+
+
+ 饼图
+
+
+
+ 线图
+
+
+
+ 直条图
+
+
+
+ 分期余款
+
+
+
+ 只有分期信用
+
+
+
+ 只有分期借方
+
+
+
+ 项目
+
+
+
+ 服务
+
+
+
+ 资源
+
+
+
+ 费用类型
+
+
+
+ 在线
+
+
+
+ 币种精度
+
+
+
+ 分期量
+
+
+
+ 总量
+
+
+
+ 年余款
+
+
+
+ 只有年信用
+
+
+
+ 只有年借方
+
+
+
+ 年量
+
+
+
+ 标准部件
+
+
+
+ 可选部件
+
+
+
+ 替代方案组 1
+
+
+
+ 替代方案组 2
+
+
+
+ 改变naltve 组 3
+
+
+
+ 替代方案组 4
+
+
+
+ 字段
+
+
+
+ 文本
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+
+
+ 每日的
+
+
+
+ 每周的
+
+
+
+ 每月的
+
+
+
+ 每季的
+
+
+
+ 定单
+
+
+
+ 总帐分类帐
+
+
+
+ 项目
+
+
+
+ Both
+
+
+
+ 销项税
+
+
+
+ 进项税
+
+
+
+ General
+
+
+
+ 资产项目
+
+
+
+ Work Order (Job)
+
+
+
+ 服务(费用) 项目
+
+
+
+ 法国会计规则
+
+
+
+ 定制会计规则
+
+
+
+ Credit Stop
+
+
+
+ Credit Hold
+
+
+
+ Credit Watch
+
+
+
+ No Credit Check
+
+
+
+ Credit OK
+
+
+
+ Work Order +
+
+
+
+ Work Order -
+
+
+
+ Project Issue
+
+
+
+ Obscure Digits but last 4
+
+
+
+ Obscure Digits but first/last 4
+
+
+
+ Obscure AlphaNumeric but first/last 4
+
+
+
+ Obscure AlphaNumeric but last 4
+
+
+
+ Inventory Difference
+
+
+
+ Charge Account
+
+
+
+ Accessing
+ General Access
+
+
+ Reporting
+
+
+
+ Exporting
+
+
+
+ 仅客户级
+
+
+
+ LiFo
+ Last In First Out
+
+
+ FiFo
+ First In First Out
+
+
+ Yearly
+
+
+
+ Year
+
+
+
+ Month
+
+
+
+ Day
+
+
+
+ hour
+
+
+
+ minute
+
+
+
+ second
+
+
+
+ Regular
+
+
+
+ Loop Begin
+
+
+
+ Loop End
+
+
+
+ AND
+
+
+
+ XOR
+
+
+
+ 等待(睡眠)
+
+
+
+ User Choice
+
+
+
+ 子工作流
+
+
+
+ Set Variable
+
+
+
+ 自动
+
+
+
+ 手动
+
+
+
+ User Window
+
+
+
+ 机构
+
+
+
+ 人
+
+
+
+ 角色
+
+
+
+ 系统资源
+
+
+
+ 未启动
+
+
+
+ 运行中
+
+
+
+ 挂起
+
+
+
+ 完毕
+
+
+
+ 取消
+
+
+
+ 中止
+
+
+
+ 进程被创建
+
+
+
+ 状态被改变
+
+
+
+ 异步
+ Fork
+
+
+ 同步
+ Serial
+
+
+ While Loop
+
+
+
+ Repeat Until Loop
+
+
+
+ 用户表单
+
+
+
+ 应用任务
+
+
+
+ 应用报表
+
+
+
+ 应用进程
+
+
+
+ 用户工作台
+
+
+
+ In alternative Group 5
+
+
+
+ In alternative Group 6
+
+
+
+ In alternative Group 7
+
+
+
+ In alternative Group 8
+
+
+
+ In alternative Group 9
+
+
+
+ Released
+
+
+
+ 测试
+
+
+
+ Under Revision
+
+
+
+ Void
+
+
+
+ Re-Create Translation
+
+
+
+ Add Missing Translations
+
+
+
+ Delete Translation
+
+
+
+ Direct Debit
+
+
+
+ Direct Debit
+
+
+
+ 实线
+
+
+
+ 虚线
+
+
+
+ 点线
+
+
+
+ 点划线
+
+
+
+ Web Promotion
+
+
+
+ Quote Total only
+
+
+
+ Quote Selected Lines
+
+
+
+ Quote All Lines
+
+
+
+ Funding - All Bidders help funding a Topic
+
+
+
+ Auction - The highest Bidder wins the Topic
+
+
+
+ Frequency
+
+
+
+ Week Day
+
+
+
+ Month Day
+
+
+
+ Customization
+ Distributed Extensions should have 4 characters
+
+
+ 是
+
+
+
+ 否
+
+
+
+ 文档动作
+
+
+
+ 等待确认
+
+
+
+ 处理完毕
+
+
+
+ !=
+
+
+
+ 供应商确认
+
+
+
+ 客户确认
+
+
+
+ Drop Ship Confirm
+
+
+
+ Ship/Receipt Confirm
+
+
+
+ Pick/QA Confirm
+
+
+
+ Force
+
+
+
+ Alternative
+
+
+
+ Supplemental
+
+
+
+ Not Mandatary
+
+
+
+ Always Mandatory
+
+
+
+ When Shipping
+
+
+
+ Posting Error
+
+
+
+ String (max 40)
+
+
+
+ Number
+
+
+
+ List
+
+
+
+ General
+ General Workflow
+
+
+ Document Process
+
+
+
+ Document Value
+
+
+
+ Wait Complete
+ Wait Condition ok, Complete Docuement
+
+
+ Purchase Order
+
+
+
+ Requisition
+
+
+
+ Re-Open
+
+
+
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Reference_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Reference_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11e3f5f35e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Reference_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+AD_Reference 数据类型数据类型选择
AD_Reference 验证类型Reference Validation Type liste.g. I - Independent
AD_Column ColumName列选择
AD_Reference 值Reference (List and Table) selection(not DataType and Independent)
AD_Table 访问级别Table Access and Sharing Level list
字符串字符串
整数10 Digit numeric
金额有4小数的数字
ID10位数字标识
文本Character String up to 2000 characters
日期Date mm dd yyyy
日期时间有时间的日期
列表引用列表
表表列表
直接访问表直接访问表
是或否检查框
位置Location Address
数字浮点数
二进位的二进位的数据
时间时间
帐户会计科目
RowIDRowID数据类型
颜色把元素涂颜色
按钮Command Button - starts a process
数量量量数据类型
搜索搜索字段
货位储入仓库货位数据类型
图像二进位的图像数据
分配资源分配
备忘录Large Text - Character String up to 2000 characters
产品属性产品属性
TextLongText (Long) - Text > 2000 characters
Costs+PricesCosts + Prices (minimum currency precision, but if exists more)
AD_Validation 规则父类Validation rule Parent selection
AD_Validation 规则类型验证规则类型列表e.g. S - SQL
AD_Message信息选择
AD_Message 类型信息类型列表
AD_Menu 动作菜单动作列表
AD_Menu 父类菜单父类选择
AD_Language语言选择
AD_Window 类型视窗类型列表e.g. M = Multi Single (one uppercase character)
AD_WF_Next 结点下一个工作流结点选择
AD_User用户选择
C_Conversion_Rate 类型汇率类型类型
C_Conversion_Rate 币种Currencies with dynamic exchange rate selection
AD_Org 父类机构父类选择
C_UOM度量单位选择
C_Period 类型分期类型列表
C_Element 类型会计科目类型
C_ElementValue AccountType帐户类型目录
C_ElementValue 帐户符号帐户符号列表
AD_TreeType 类型树类型列表Determines which element to use as the base for the information
X12DE98 Entity Identifier CodeX12DE98 Entity Identifier Code listIdentify organizational entity physical location property or individual list
C_AcctSchema 成本计算方法成本计算方法目录
C_AcctSchema GAAPGeneral Accepted Accounting Principle list
C_BPartner 父类Business Partner Parent selection
All_Posting 类型Posting Type (Actual Budget etc.) list
AD_Table 复制类型复制类型
AD_Sequence 为文件Sequence for Document selection
AD_Client实体选择
AD_OrgOrganization selection, no summary, no 0
All_Document 状态文档状态目录
C_ElementValue帐户选择
C_Location位置选择
C_Accounts - User1User1 选择
All_Document 动作文档动作目录
C_AcctSchema会计模式选择
C_Accounts - User2User2 选择
C_BPartnerBusiness Partner selection (no Summary)
C_Product产品选择
C_Project项目选择
C_Activity活动选择
C_Campaign活动选择
C_Sales 区域销售区域选择
C_Element元素选择
C_DocType SubTypeSO定单类型列出
C_Payment CreditCard 类型C_Payment Credit Card Type list
C_Order InvoiceRule开发票规则列表
C_Order DeliveryRule配送规则列表
C_Order DeliveryViaRule配送经由规则列表
C_Order FreightCostRule运费规则列表
All_PriorityRule优先权刻度目录
M_DiscountPriceList RoundingRule定圆整规则目录的价格
C_Country国家选择
C_Region区域选择
C_Tax税选择
C_BPartner 位置Locations of a Business Partner
M_Product 父类
M_ProductProduct selection, no summary
M_Product 种类
M_Replenish 类型
M_PriceList
星期星期列表
C_InvoiceSchedule InvoiceFrequency
C_Project 父类
C_DocType
M_Product
C_DocType SO
C_BPartner 客户客户选择
AD_Workflow工作流
C_ValidCombinationValid Account combinations
C_PeriodControl 动作
C_PeriodControl状态
GL_Budget 状态
C_SalesRegion 父类
All_ErrorType列出错误的类型
C_AcctSchema ElementTypeElement Types for Accounting ElementsHardcoded 元素打字
C_ElementValue元素值
C_DocType DocBaseType以文件类型作基础
AD_Tree树选择
M_PriceList 版本
M_Movement 类型
AD_User SalesRep销售代表
M_Locator仓库货位
C_BPartner 供应商供应商选择
C_BankAccount 为信用卡
M_DiscountPriceList 基础
All_Payment 规则在 &出自付款选项
C_RevenueRecognition FrequencyFrequency of Revenue Recognition
客户的 M_Warehouse
M_Inventory ReportType
M_PriceList_Version for Client
C_Charge
C_BP_EDI EDI 类型
M_EDI 状态
M_EDI Trx 类型
AD_Find AndOr
AD_Find 操作
AD_Table 过帐过帐表
总帐种类类型
AD_ImpFormat 类型
AD_ImpFormat FormatType
AD_ImpFormat_Row 类型
M_Product BOMProducts that are BOMs and stocked
M_InventoryCount QtyRange
C_Payment AVS
C_Payment 投标类型
C_Payment Trx 类型
C_Bank 帐户类型
C_Cash Trx 类型
R_Request 请求类型
R_Request 下一个动作
R_Request 动作类型
R_Request 频率类型
R_Request 应付款类型
C_BPartner 供应商 Avtive供应商选择
C_Commission DocBasis
C_Commission 频率
AD_Role 用户级别
C_PaymentTerm
PA_Goal
PA_Achievement 父类
PA_Goal 父类
PA_Measure 类型
C_BPartner 供应商或 销售代表供应商或销售代表选择
C_Period按日期排序的会计期间
All_Posted 状态
PA_Report 金额类型
PA_Report 计算类型
PA_Report 列类型
PA_Report 货币类型
PA_ReportColumn
PA_ReportLine
PA_Report 行类型
PA_ReportLine 父类
AD_Color 类型
AD_Column 关键列名
All_Entity 类型Entity Type (Dictionary, ..)
M_Discount 累计级别
M_Discount 类型
AD_Color StartPoint
M_DiscountSchema
M_Product_Costing 来源
AD_Column 名字列选择
C_BPartner 职员Business Partners who are Employee
AD_Print 字段对准
AD_Print 线对准
AD_Print 格式类型
AD_Print 区域
AD_Column 完整的事物只有整数类型
AD_Column YesNoColuns YesNo
AD_PrintFormat
AD_PrintFormat 发票
AD_PrintFormat 定单
AD_PrintFormat 物料出货
AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_Print 曲线图类型
AD_PrintColor
AD_PrintFont
AD_PrintFormat 检查
AD_PrintFormat 未 TableBased
M_Product_ProductType
C_OrderLine定单明细
I_ElementValue 列
C_ElementValue帐户选择
R_MailText邮件文本
C_Period按日期排序的会计期间
AD_Org机构选择
C_BPartner 职员 w 地址Business Partners who are Employee and have addresses
AD_Tab
M_Product BOM 类型
AD_Print 标签线类型
C_Recurring 类型
C_Recurring 频率
AD_Window
相关的 K_Entry
AD_User - 内部职员或销售代表
C_Tax SPPOType
C_ProjectType 分类
C_BPartner SOCreditStatusSales Credit Status
C_Order定单
AD_Field ObscureType
M_Inventory 类型Inventory Type (Difference - Charge)
AD_Table_Access RuleTypeAccessRuleType
M_TransactionAllocation 类型
M_InOutLine
M_InventoryLine
M_ProductionLine
M_Transaction
WF_DurationUnit
WF_Transition Type
WF_Join_Split
WF_ActionSuperset of Menu Action
WF_Start-Finish Mode
WF_Participant 类型
WF_Instance 状态
WF_EventType
WF_SubFlow 执行
WF_LoopType
_PublishStatusPublication Status
AD_Language Maintenance
AD_PrintTableFormat StrokeStroke Type
M_RelatedProduct 类型
C_RfQ QuoteType
B_TopicType AuctionType
AD_User - SupervisorEmployee or SalesRep - or System
AD_Scheduler Type
_YesNo
M_InOutConfirm 类型
C_DocType RMA
AD_Org (all but 0)Organization selection
C_Allocation
M_AttributeSet MandatoryType
M_DiscountSchema not PLNot Price List Discount Schema
M_Attribute Value Type
AD_Language SystemLanguage selection
AD_Workflow TypeWorkflow Type
M_Replenishment Create
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Tab_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Tab_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6346a99234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Tab_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,3200 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 表
+
+ 表定义
+ 表(头)定义
+
+
+ 列
+
+ 表的列定义
+ Defines the columns of a table
+
+
+ 引用
+
+ 引用定义
+ The Reference Tab defines the references that are used to validate data
+
+
+ 表验证
+
+ 表验证
+ The Table Validation Tab defines tables to validate data
+
+
+ 引用列表验证
+
+ 引用列表
+ The List Validation Tab defines lists to validate data
+
+
+ 窗口
+
+ 窗口头定义
+ The Window Tab defines each window in the system.
+
+
+ 页签
+
+ Tab definition within a window holds fields
+ The Tab Tab defines each Tab within a Window. Each Tab contains a discrete selection of fields.
+
+
+ 字段
+
+ Field definitions in tabs in windows
+ The Field Tab defines the Fields displayed within a tab. Changes made to the Field Tab become visible after restart due to caching
+
+
+ 验证
+
+ 验证规则
+ The Validation Rules Tab defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields.
+
+
+ 信息
+
+ Information Error and Menu Messages
+ The Message Tab displays error message text and menu messages
+
+
+ 菜单
+
+ 维护菜单
+ The Menu Tab defines the tree structured menu which will be used for the selected Organization.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+ Menu Translation - May not need to be translated
+ Menu translations are derived from Window, Process, etc. You only need to translate Summary level items.
+
+
+ 语言
+
+ 系统和用户语言
+ If you want to add an additional User Interface language, select "System Language". Otherwise, the system allows you to just translate elements for printing documents.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段翻译
+
+ Menu Translation - May not need to be translated
+ Fields are automatically translated, if centrally maintained. You only need to translate not centrally maintained Fields.
+
+
+ 页签翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 窗口翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 用户
+
+ 用户
+ The User Tab defines the log in for Users who have access to the system.
+
+
+ 角色
+
+ 定义职责角色
+ Define the role and add the client and organizations the role has access to. You can give users access to this role and modify the access of this role to windows, forms, processes and reports as well as tasks. <br>
+If the Role User Level is Manual, the assigned acces rights are not automatically updated (e.g. if a role has a restricted number of Windows Processes it can access).
+
+
+ 用户任务
+
+ 有这个角色的用户
+ The User Assignment Tab displays Users who have been defined for this Role.
+
+
+ 用户角色
+
+ 用户角色
+ The User Roles Tab define the Roles each user may have. The Roles will determine what windows, tasks, processes and workflows that a User has access to.
+
+
+ 结点
+
+ 定义工作流结点
+ The Node Tab defines each Node, Activity or step in this Workflow.<br>
+The action (actibity) type determines the execution: "Route" may be used in routing control conditions. "None" identifies manual execution.
+
+
+ 结点翻译
+
+ 结点翻译
+
+
+
+ 下一个结点
+
+ 下一个结点
+ The Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow.
+
+
+ 上一结点
+
+
+
+
+
+ 任务翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 汇率
+
+ Define currency conversion rates
+ The Conversion Rate Tab defines the rates to use when converting a source currency to an accounting or reporting currency.
+
+
+ 日历
+
+ 定义你的日历
+ The Calendar Tab defines each calendar that will be used by an Organization.
+
+
+ 年
+
+ 定义日历年
+ The Year Window is used to define each year for the specified calendar.
+
+
+ 分期
+
+ 定义日历期数
+ The Period Tab defines a Period No, Name and Start Date for each Calendar Year. Each period begins on the defined Start Date and ends one day prior to the next period's Start Date.
+
+
+ 非工作日
+
+ 定义非工作天
+ The Non Business Days Tab defines those days to exclude when calculating the due date for given payment terms. For example, if an invoice terms was Net 10 days and the Invoice Date was 2 17 2000 the due date would be 2 27 2000. If 2 27 2000 was defined as a non business day then the due date on the Invoice would be 2 28 2000.
+
+
+ 元素值
+
+ 定义元素值
+ The Element Value Tab defines the individual valid values for the Element. The values must conform to the format defined. If the Element is an Account Type then the Account Classification (Asset, Liability etc) and posting controls are also defined
+
+
+ 度量单位
+
+ 定义度量单位
+ The Unit of Measure Tab defines a non monetary Unit of Measure.
+
+
+ 换算
+
+ Define standard Unit of Measure Conversion
+ The Conversion Tab defines the rates for converting a Unit of Measure. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here.
+Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly).
+
+
+ 国家
+
+ 定义国家
+ The Country Tab defines any country in which you do business. Values entered here are referenced in location records for Business Partners.
+
+
+ 区域
+
+ 定义区域
+ The Region Tab defines a Region within a Country. This tab is enabled only if the Has Region checkbox is selected for the Country.
+
+
+ 机构
+ All not manually maintained Roles will automatically have access to the new Organziation.
+You need restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.
+ 定义机构
+ The Organization Tab is used to define an Organization. Each Organization has a Key and Name and optionally a Description.
+When adding a new organization, you must re-login to be able to access the new organization.
+
+
+ 客户
+ Create a new client via "Initial Client Setup". You can only change information here! You need re-login and restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.
+ 实体客户
+ The Client Definition Tab defines a unique client.
+Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" (System Administrator Role) to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure would not have been set up.
+
+
+ 序列
+
+ 序列定义
+ The Sequence Tab defines the numeric sequencing to use for documents. These can also include a alpha suffix and or prefix.
+
+
+ 工作流
+
+ 定义工作流
+ The Workflow Tab defines Workflows in the system.
+
+
+ 工作流翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 任务
+
+ 工作
+ The Task Tab defines the unique tasks that will be used.
+
+
+ 货币
+
+ 定义货币
+ The Currency Tab defines any currency you will transact with or report in.
+
+
+ 测试
+
+
+
+
+
+ 科目类型
+
+ 会计科目定义
+ The Element Tab defines the Name, Description and Format for an Element. Additionally, a Type of Account or User Defined is selected. Each Account Schema must have an Account Element type. The User Defined Elements are optional.
+
+
+ 位置
+
+ 定义位置
+ The Location Tab defines the location of an Organization.
+
+
+ 选项
+
+ Maintain System Client Org and User Preferences
+
+
+
+ 项目(服务)
+
+ 定义服务项目
+ The Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project. Note that when the project Type is changed, the Phases and Tasks are re-created.
+
+
+ 总帐种类
+
+ Define General Ledger Categories
+ The GL Category Tab defines optional identifiers for a document or journal. Each Category may be used on a document, manual journal or import
+
+
+ 批
+
+ 通用分类帐分类帐批次
+ The GL Journal Batch Tab defines the control parameters for a Journal Batch. A Batch can consist of multiple Journals.
+
+
+ 分类帐
+
+ 通用分类帐分类帐
+ The GL Journal Tab defines the control parameters for a single GL Journal.
+
+
+ 明细
+
+ 通用分类帐分类帐明细
+ The GL Journal Line Tab defines the individual debit and credit transactions that comprise a journal.
+
+
+ 文档定义
+
+ 定义一个文件类型
+ The Document Definition Tab defines the processing parameters and controls for the document.
+
+
+ 客户信息
+ You need re-login and restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.
+ 客户信息
+ The Client Info Tab defines the details for each client. The accounting rules and high level defaults are defined here. The Calendar is used to determine if a period is open or closed.
+
+
+ 结构信息
+ You need re-login and restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.
+
+ Organization Detail Information
+ The Organization Info Tab is used to define an Organization's address, DUNS number and Tax Identification number
+
+
+ 引用翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 列表翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 附件
+
+ 附件
+ The Attachment tab displays the attributes of an attachment.
+
+
+ 税
+
+ 税定义
+ The Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example, Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies.
+If you have multiple taxes, create a summary level tax with the approximate total tax rate and the actual tax rates pointing to the summary level tax as their parent. When entering the order or invoice lines, the tax is estimated, the correct tax is calculated when the document is processed. The tax is always calculated from the line net amount. If one tax has a the tax basis the line net amount and another tax, you need to adjust the percentage to result in the correct amount.
+
+
+ 税种类
+
+ 税种类
+ The Tax Category Tab is used to define and maintain Tax Categories. Each Product is associated with a Tax Category. This facilitates adapting to changes in taxation.
+
+
+ 仓库
+
+ 仓库
+ The Warehouse Tab defines each Warehouse that is used to store products.
+
+
+ 货位
+
+ 货位
+ The Locator Tab defines any Locators for that Warehouse.
+
+
+ 存储
+
+
+
+
+
+ 产品
+
+ 定义产品
+ The Product Tab defines each product and identifies it for use in price lists and orders. The Location is the default location when receiving the stored product.
+
+
+ 替代
+
+ 定义替代
+ The Substitute Tab defines products which may be used as a replacement for the selected product.
+
+
+ 补货
+
+ 定义采购报表
+ The Replenishment Tab defines the type of replenishment quantities. This is used for automated ordering.
+
+
+ 价格
+
+ 订价的产品
+ The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in.
+
+
+ 付款条款
+
+ 定义付款条款
+ The Payment Term Tab defines the different payments terms that you offer to your Business Partners when paying invoices and also those terms which your Vendors offer you for payment of your invoices. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
+
+
+ 运输商
+
+ 运输商
+ The Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization.
+
+
+ 定单
+
+ 定单
+ The Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an Order
+
+
+ 定单明细
+
+ 定单明细
+ The Order Line Tab defines the individual line items that comprise an Order.
+
+
+ 产品分类
+
+ 定义产品分类
+ The Product Category defines unique groupings of products. Product categories can be used in building price lists.
+
+
+ 价目表
+
+ 定义价目表
+ Price lists determine currency of the document as well as tax treatment.
+
+
+ 产品价格
+
+ 维护产品价格
+ The Price List Tab displays the prices for a product based on the selected price list.
+
+
+ 发票排程
+
+ 定义发票排程
+ The Invoice Schedule Tab defines the frequency for which batch invoices will be generated for a Business Partner.
+
+
+ 汇率
+
+ Define Currency Conversion Rates
+ The Conversion Rates tab is used to define conversion rates to be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Conversion rates can be defined for multiple rate types. They can also be effective for a defined range of dates.
+
+
+ 会计模式
+
+ Define your Account Schema Structure
+ The Accounting Schema Tab defines the controls used for accounting. Each Organization will select an Accounting Schema to use.
+
+
+ 通用分类帐
+
+ 总帐帐户
+ The General Ledger Tab defines error and balance handling to use as well as the necessary accounts for posting to General Ledger.
+
+
+ 战役
+
+ 营销战役
+ The Marketing Campaign Tab defines the parameters for a Campaign. These include a start and end date as well as the amount of any invoices that have been processed which reference this campaign.
+
+
+ 渠道
+
+ 分配渠道
+ The Marketing Channel Tab defines the different methods or processes through which customers are obtained.
+
+
+ 元素
+
+ 元素
+ The Element Tab defines each system level element.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 会计期控制
+
+ 定义分期控制
+ The Period Control Tab displays the status of a Period (Never Opened, Opened, Closed).
+
+
+ 销售区域
+
+ 销售区域
+ The Sales Region Tab defines the different regions where you do business. Sales Regions can be used when generating reports or calculating commissions.
+
+
+ 组合
+
+ 有效的帐户组合
+ The Account Combination Tab defines and displays valid account combination. An Alias can be defined to facilitate document entry.
+
+
+ 预算
+
+ The GL Budget Tab defines a General Ledger Budget
+ The GL Budgets are used to define the anticipated costs of doing business. They are used in reporting as a comparison to actual amounts.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 会计
+ The Accounting Tab defines the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ Define Accounting Parameters
+ The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this product.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 定义项目会计
+ The Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized.
+
+
+ 客户会计
+
+ 定义客户会计
+ The Customer Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced on an accounts receivable transaction.
+
+
+ 供应商会计
+
+ 定义供应商会计
+ The Vendor Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced in an accounts payable transaction.
+
+
+ 职员会计
+
+ 定义职员会计
+ The Employee Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced on a expense reimbursement.
+
+
+ 城市
+
+ 定义城市
+ The Cities Tab defines Cities within a Country or Region. Cities entered here are not referenced when entering the address.
+
+
+ 帐户模式科目
+
+ Define the elements of your Account Key
+ The Account Schema Element Tab defines the elements that comprise the account key. A name is defined which will display in documents. Also the order of the elements and if they are balanced and mandatory are indicated.
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+
+ 业务伙伴
+ The Business Partner Tab defines any Entity with whom an organization transacts.
+
+
+ 位置
+
+ 定义位置
+ The Location Tab defines the physical location of a business partner. A business partner may have multiple location records.
+
+
+ 客户
+
+ 定义客户参数
+ The Customer Tab defines a Business Partner who is a customer of this organization. If the Customer check box is selected then the necessary fields will display.
+
+
+ 供应商
+
+ 定义供应商参数
+ The Vendor Tab defines a Business Partner that is a Vendor for this Organization. If the Vendor check box is selected the necessary fields will display.
+
+
+ 职员
+
+ 定义职员参数
+ The Employee Tab defines a Business Partner who is an Employee of this organization. If the Employee is also a Sales Representative then the check box should be selected.
+
+
+ 银行帐户
+
+ 定义银行帐户
+ The Define Bank Account Tab defines the banking information for this business partner. This data is used for processing payments and remittances.
+
+
+ 银行
+
+ 维护银行
+ The Bank Tab defines a bank that is used by an organization or business partner. Each Bank is given an identifying Name, Address, Routing No and Swift Code
+
+
+ 帐户
+
+ 维护帐户
+ The Account Tab is used to define one or more accounts for a Bank. Each account has a unique Account No and Currency.
+
+
+ 扣留
+
+ 定义扣留
+ The Withholding Tab defines any withholding information for this business partner.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+ 翻译
+ The Translation Tab defines a Document Type in an alternate language.
+
+
+ 催讨
+
+ 维护催讨规则
+ The Dunning Tab defines the parameters for a dunning level.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+ 定义翻译
+ The Translation Tab defines the translation to an alternate language
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 定单税
+
+ 定单税
+ The Order Tax Tab displays the tax amount for an Order based on the lines entered.
+
+
+ 费用
+
+ 费用
+ The Charge Tab defines the unique charges that may be associated with a document.
+
+
+ 版本
+
+ 维护价目表版本
+ Price lists are automatically created based on Product Purchasing Information and the Vendor Category Discount.
+The other alternative is to copy them from existing pricelists and the re-calculate them.
+You can also re-calculate the pricelist by referencing no pricelist or referencing the same pricelist. If no base price list is selected, the Procuct Purchase records are used as reference.
+
+
+
+ 采购
+
+ 采购
+ The Purchasing Tab define the pricing and rules ( pack quantity, UPC, minimum order quantity) for each product.
+
+
+ 扣留
+
+ 扣留规则
+ The Withholding Rules Tab define the rules governing the withholding of amounts.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+
+
+
+
+ 树
+
+ 树
+ The Tree Tab defines a Tree which will be displayed.
+
+
+ 报表&程序
+
+ 定义报表 &程序
+ The Report and Process Tab defines each report and process run in the system.
+
+
+ 参数
+
+ 报表参数
+ The Report Parameter Tab defines any parameters required to execute a report or process.
+
+
+ 参数翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 活动
+
+ Activity for Activity Based Costing
+
+
+
+ 缺省值
+
+ 缺省帐户
+ The Defaults Tab displays the Default accounts for an Accounting Schema. These values will display when a new document is opened. The user can override these defaults within the document.
+
+
+ 成本计算
+
+ 定义成本计算
+ 成本计算定位键定义
+
+
+ 盘点
+
+ 定义盘点
+ The Inventory Count Tab defines the parameters for a manual count and adjustment of inventory. When creating the inventory count list automatically, only the actual stored products are included. The exception is when you select the equals 0 (=0) option, then zero on hand records of all stocked products is created for that location.
+
+
+ 盘点明细
+
+ 盘点明细
+ The Inventory Count Line defines the counts of the individual products in inventory.
+
+
+ 物料出货
+
+ Shipments and Customer Returns
+ The Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments to a Customer or Returns from a Customer.
+
+
+ 物料出货明细
+
+ 物料出货明细
+ The Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
+
+
+ 调拨
+
+ 定义调拨
+ The Move Tab defines and identifies the movement of an item or items in inventory.
+
+
+ 调拨明细
+
+ 定义调拨明细
+ The Move Line Tab defines the product and quantity to be moved and the location it is moving from and to.
+
+
+ 产品交易
+
+ Transactions for stored Products
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+ 客户发票
+ The Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated for a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts receivable.
+
+
+ 级别
+
+ 维护催讨级别
+ The Dunning Level Tab defines the timing and frequency of the dunning notices.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+ 催讨级别的翻译
+
+
+
+ 发票明细
+
+ 客户发票明细
+ The Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
+
+
+ 发票税
+
+ 客户发票税
+ The Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines.
+
+
+ 收入确认
+
+ 收入确认
+ The Revenue Recognition Tab defines the intervals at which revenue will be recognized. You can also base the revenue recognition on provided Service Levels.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+ 度量单位翻译
+
+
+
+ 永续盘点
+
+
+
+
+
+ 供应商
+
+ 供应商
+ The Vendor Tab displays the Vendors. A Vendor is selected and all products for that Vendor will be displayed.
+
+
+ 产品明细
+
+ 产品明细
+ The Product Details Tab allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor.
+
+
+ 称谓
+
+ 定义称谓
+ The Greeting Tab defines the manner in which you will address business partners on documents.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表视图
+
+ 定义报表视图
+ The Define Report View defines the views used in report generation
+
+
+ 交易
+
+ Transactions for stored Products
+ The Transaction Tab displays the transactions that have been processed for this product.
+
+
+ 发票
+
+ Vendor Invoice
+ The Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated by a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts payable.
+
+
+ 发票明细
+
+ 供应商发票明细
+ The Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
+
+
+ 发票税
+
+ 供应商发票税
+ The Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines.
+
+
+
+ 采购定单明细
+
+ 定单明细
+ The Order Line Tab defines the individual items in an order.
+
+
+ 采购定单
+
+ 定单
+ The Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an order. The field values defined will determine how the Order Lines are processed.
+
+
+ 定单税
+
+ 定单税
+ The Order Tax Tab displays the tax associated with the Order Lines.
+
+
+ 物料收货
+
+ Enter Receipts and Vendor Returns
+ The Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments from a Vendor or Returns to a Vendor.
+
+
+ 收货明细
+
+ 物料出货明细
+ The Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
+
+
+ EDI 定义
+
+ 维护 EDI 定义
+
+
+
+ EDI 交易
+
+
+
+
+
+ EDI 日志
+
+
+
+
+
+ 表单
+
+ 特别的窗体
+ The Forms Tab defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 窗口访问权限
+
+ 窗口访问
+ The Window Access Tab defines the Windows and type of access that this Role is granted.
+
+
+ 程序访问权限
+
+ 程序访问
+ The Process Access Tab defines the Processes and type of access that this Role is granted.
+
+
+ 表单访问权限
+
+ 表单访问
+ The Form Access Tab defines the Forms and type of access that this Role is granted.
+
+
+ 工作流访问权限
+
+ 工作流访问
+ The Workflow Access Tab defines the Workflows and type of access that this Role is granted.
+
+
+ 报表访问权限
+
+ 报表访问
+ The Report Access Tab determines who can access a report or process
+
+
+ 访问权限
+
+ 表单访问
+ The Forms Access Tab defines the access rules for this form
+
+
+ 访问权限
+
+ 任务访问权限
+ The Task Access Tab defines the Roles that will have access to this task and the type of access each Role is granted.
+
+
+ 访问权限
+
+ 窗口访问权限
+ The Window Access Tab defines the Roles which have access to this Window.
+
+
+ 访问权限
+
+ 工作流访问权限
+ The Workflow Access Tab defines the Roles who have access to this Workflow.
+
+
+ 任务访问权限
+
+ 工作访问权限
+ The Task Access Tab defines the Task and type of access that this Role is granted.
+
+
+ 错误消息
+
+ 错误消息
+ The Error Message Tab displays error messages that have been generated. They can be deleted with an automated clean up process.
+
+
+ 导入格式
+
+
+
+
+
+ 格式字段
+
+ Maintain Format Fields
+ Define the individual field based on the table definition. Please note that you have to make sure that a Constant has the correct SQL data type (i.e. if it is a 'string', you need to enclose it like 'this').
+<p>Product mapping (for details see documentation):
+<pre>
+H_Item =>值
+H_ItemDesc => Name Description
+H_ItemDefn =>帮助
+H_ItemType =>ProductCategory
+H_PartnrID =>业务伙伴的价值
+H_Commodity1 =>供应商产品号
+H_Commodity2 =>SKU
+H_ItemClass => Classification (A,B,C..)
+V_OperAmt_T_Cur =>币种
+V_OperAmt_T =>价格
+<pre>
+
+
+ 物料清单
+
+ Bill of Material product lines
+ The Bill of Materials tab defines those products that are generated from other products. A Bill of Material (BOM) is one or more Products or BOMs.可用库存:
+- Stored BOMs have to be created via "Production"
+- The available quantity of a non-stored BOMs is dynamically calculated
+- The attribute "Stored" is defined in the "Product" tab价格:
+- BOMs must be listed in Pricelists
+- If the price is 0.00, the price is dynamically calculated打印:
+- Usually, only the BOM information is printed
+- For invoices, delivery slips and pick lists, you have the option to print the details
+- In the details, the quantity is listed - and the price, if this is dynamically calculated
+
+
+
+ 存储
+
+
+
+
+
+ 制造
+
+ 制造
+ The Production Header Tab defines a unique production plan
+
+
+ 制造计划
+
+ 制造计划
+ The Production Plan Tab defines the items used and generated in a production.
+
+
+ 制造明细
+
+ 制造明细
+ The Production Line Tab displays the actual movements in and out of inventory generated by a Production Plan.
+
+
+ 业务伙伴组
+
+ Business Partner Groups for Reporting Accounting Defaults
+ The Business Partner Group Tab allow for the association of business partners for reporting and accounting defaults.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 定义会计
+ The Accounting Tab defines the default accounts for any business partner that references this group. These default values can be modified for each business partner if required.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 会计参数
+ The Accounting Tab defines default accounting parameters. Any product that uses a product category can inherit its default accounting parameters.
+
+
+ 通知
+
+ 系统通知
+ The Notice Tab provides a method of viewing messages that are generated by this system when performing processes.
+
+
+ 付款处理器
+
+ 处理器为在线付款
+ The Electronic Payments Tab is used to define the parameters for the processing of electronic payments.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 维护会计数据
+ The Accounting Tab is used to define the accounts used for transactions with this Bank.
+
+
+ 银行对帐单
+
+ 银行对帐单
+ The Bank Statement Tab defines the Bank Statement to be reconciled.
+
+
+ 对帐单明细
+
+ 对帐单明细
+ The Statement Line Tab defines the individual line items on the Bank Statement. They can be entered manually or generated from payments entered.
+
+
+ 付款
+
+ 付款
+ The Payment Tab defines a payment made by a Business Partner. If it is for a single invoice it can be allocated directly to that invoice using this screen.
+You can also apply over under payments:<br>
+You have an over-payment, if you received more money than due for a single invoice. Instead of writing the difference off (i.e. would be a gain), you can leave the amount unallocated and use it for later invoices or credit memos. Please note that the Amount is the payment amount, so you need to enter the over-payment as a negative amount.<br>
+You can also receive a partial payment (under-payment). If you decide not to write off the remaining invoice amount, enter the under-payment as a positive amount.
+
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 费用会计
+ The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a charge or charges.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 组织会计
+ The Organization Accounting Tab defines the default accounting parameters to be used by this Organization.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 会计
+ The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters to be used for transactions referencing this Tax Rate.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 扣留会计
+ The Withholding Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters for Withholding.
+
+
+ 客户属性
+
+ 定义习惯属性
+ The Custom Attribute Tab defines additional attributes or information for a product or entity.
+
+
+ 现金簿
+
+ 维护现金簿
+ The Cashbook Tab defines a unique cashbook for an organization.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 现金簿会计
+ The Cashbook Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters for transaction involving a cashbook.
+
+
+ 现金簿
+
+ 现金簿
+ The Cash Journal Tab defines the parameters for this journal.
+
+
+ 现金明细
+
+ 现金明细
+ The Cash Line Tab defines the individual lines for this journal.
+
+
+ 付款批次
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段组
+
+ System Admin use only. Field Groups allow for grouping of fields within a window
+
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 请求
+
+ 定义请求
+ The Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner.
+
+
+ 请求处理器
+
+ 请求处理器
+ The Request Processor Tab allows you to define processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes. If no other user is found, the items are assigned to the supervisor.
+
+
+ 邮件模板
+
+
+
+
+
+ 动作历史
+
+ 动作历史
+ The Action History Tab displays any actions which have been taken for a Request.
+
+
+ 配置
+
+ 取消付款分配
+ The Reverse Allocation Tab defines the Payment Allocation to be reversed.
+
+
+ 机构访问权限
+
+ 维护机构访问权限
+ Add the client organizations the user has access to.
+
+
+ 付款选择
+
+ 定义付款
+ The Payment Selection Tab defines the bank account and date of the payments to be made. You also create the payments here.
+
+
+ 付款选择明细
+
+ 付款选择明细
+ The Payment Selection Line Tab defines the individual invoices an organization is paying to a Vendor with this payment.
+
+
+ 报表视图列
+
+ 报表视图列
+ The Report View Column Tab defines any columns which will be overridden in the generation of the select SQL
+
+
+ 佣金
+
+ 定义佣金规则
+ Define when to pay a commission to whom. For each period, you start the calculation of the commission after the transaction for that period are completed or closed.
+
+
+ 佣金明细
+
+ Define your commission calculation rule
+ Define the selection criteria for paying the commission. If you do not enter restricting parameters (e.g. for specific Business Partner (Groups) or Product (Categories), etc. all transactions for the period will be used to calculate the commission.
+
+After converting from the transaction to the commission currency,
+the formula for calculating the commission is:
+
+(Converted Amount - Subtract Amount) * Amount Multiplier
++ (Actual Quantity - Subtract Quantity) * Quantity Multiplier
+
+You can choose, that only positive amounts (Converted Amount - Subtract Amount) and positive quantities (Actual Quantity - Subtract Quantity) are used in the calculation.
+
+
+ 项目周期
+
+ 定义项目周期
+ Define the currency that projects Project are reported. The projects themselves could be in a different currency.
+
+
+ 周期时期
+
+ Link Cycle Step with Project Phases
+ Link similar Project Phases to a Cycle Step
+
+
+
+ 明细
+
+ 定义项目明细
+ The Project Lines Tab is used to define the lines (products and or services) associated with this Project. This is an alternative to Project Phases. You would use lines, if you do not want to use a Project Type template with phases.
+
+
+ 佣金运行
+
+ 佣金一分期竞选
+ Commission run for a period defined in the Commission window.
+
+
+ 佣金金额
+
+ 佣金明细总计
+ For each commission line, a line is generated. You can overwrite the amount and quantity to modify the commission amount, but the suggested way is creating additional Commission Detail lines. Please be aware that manual changes will not reconcile with the Commission Details.
+
+
+ 在列中用
+
+ 在列中用
+ The Used in Column Tab defines the table and column this element resides in.
+
+
+ 佣金明细
+
+ 佣金明细数据
+ You may alter the amount and quantity of the detail records, but the suggested way is to add new correcting lines.
+The amounts are converted from the transaction currency to the Commission Currency (defined in the Commission window) using the start date and the spot exchange rate.
+
+
+ 经营颜色
+
+ Color for Performance Analysis
+ The Performance Color Tab allows you to alter the system default colors to indicate a performance level.
+
+
+ 经营目标
+
+ 经营目标
+ The Performance Goal Tab defines specific goals for performance.
+
+
+ 经营度量计算
+
+ Maintain your Performance Measure Calculation
+ The Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated. Please test the statement in SQL*Plus first.
+The select statement needs to return a single value!
+Any restrictions for Date range, Organizations, Business Partners, Products should be done via the "Performance Measure" window. This is the generic calculation.
+As this tends to be somewhat technical, the system has a few examples predefined.
+
+
+ 经营成果
+
+ 经营成果
+ The Performance Achievement Tab defines the Tasks to be achieved. The performance is measured by the percentage of reached achievements.
+
+
+ 度量
+
+ 经营度量
+ The Performance Measure Tab defines the date range and method to be used for measuring performance.
+
+
+ 财务报表
+
+
+
+
+
+ 报表列组合
+
+ Maintain Financial Report Column Sets
+ Column Sets are the combination of Columns to be included in a Financial Report
+
+
+ 报表列
+
+ Maintain Financial Report Column
+ A column represents a column in a Financial Report
+
+
+ 报表行组合
+
+ Maintain Financial Report Line Set
+
+
+
+ 报表行
+
+ Maintain Financial Report Line
+
+
+
+ 报表来源
+
+ Maintain Segment Values of Report Line Source
+
+
+
+ 收入确认计划
+
+ 看收入验证计划
+ The Revenue Recognition plan is generated then invoicing a product with revenue recognition. With Revenue Recognition, the amount is posted to the Unrecognized revenue and over time or based on Service Level booked to Earned Revenue.
+
+
+ 收入确认运行
+
+ View Revenue Recognition Run History
+
+
+
+ 服务水平
+
+ 视图服务水平
+ The service level is automatically created when creating an invoice with products using revenue recognition based on service levels.
+
+
+ 服务水平明细
+
+ 维护服务消除
+ Add new service level lines to change the recognized amount
+
+
+ 查找
+
+
+
+
+
+ 物料交易
+
+
+
+
+
+ 打印表单
+
+ Maintain Print Form (Invoices, Checks, ..) information
+ The selection determines what Print Format is used to print a particular Form for your Organization.
+
+
+ 银行帐户文件
+
+ Maintain Bank Account Documents
+ In this tab, you define the documents used for this bank account. You define your check and other payment document (sequence) number as well as format.
+
+
+ 系统颜色
+
+ System color for backgrounds and indicators
+
+
+
+ 桌面
+
+ Desktop is a collection of Workbenches
+ Desktop is a collection of Workbenches
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作台
+
+ 桌面上的工作台
+
+
+
+ 图像
+
+ 图像联编
+
+
+
+ 窗口定制
+
+
+
+
+
+ 页签定制
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段定制
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作台
+
+ Workbenches are a collection of Windows
+
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 窗口
+
+ 工作台窗口
+
+
+
+ 路由
+
+ 请求工作路明细排定
+ Define the sequence of keywords and to whom the web and mail requests should be routed to.
+
+
+ 请求
+
+ 定义请求
+ The Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner.
+
+
+ 动作历史
+
+ 动作历史
+ The Action History Tab displays any actions which have been taken for a Request.
+
+
+ 折扣模式
+
+ 批发折扣模式
+ Trade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
+
+
+ 折扣明细
+
+ Trade Discount Price List Lines
+ Pricelists are created based on Product Purchase and Category Discounts.
+The parameters listed here allow to copy and calculate pricelists.<BR>计算:
+<UL>
+<李>Copy and convert price from referenced price list
+<李>结果加号额外费
+<李>结果减折扣
+<李>if resulting price is less than the original limit price plus min Margin, use this price (only if Margin is not zero)
+<李>if resulting price is more than the original limit price plus max Margin, use this price (only if Margin us not zero)
+<李>把产生的价格弄圆
+<UL>
+<B>公式<B>是<BR>
+NewPrice = (Convert(BasePrice) + Surcharge) * (100-Discount) 100;<BR>是否 MinMargin<> 0 then NewPrice = Max (NewPrice, Convert(OrigLimitPrice) + MinMargin);<BR>是否 MaxMargin<> 0 then NewPrice = Min (NewPrice, Convert(OrigLimitPrice) + MaxMargin);<BR>
+ <BR>
+<B>例子:<B>(假定同种币种)<BR>
+Original Prices: List=300, Standard=250, Limit=200;<BR>
+New List Price: Base=List, Surcharge=0, Discount=0, Round
+
+
+ 折扣休息
+
+ Trade discount based on breaks (steps)
+
+
+
+ 已分配产品
+
+ Products assigned to Product Category
+
+
+
+ 匹配发票
+
+ 视图匹配发票
+
+
+
+ 匹配采购定单
+
+ 视图匹配采购定单
+
+
+
+ 费用类型
+
+ 维护费用报表类型
+
+
+
+ 费用产品
+
+ Product definition of Expense Type
+
+
+
+ 费用报表
+
+ 时间和费用报表
+ Enter the time and expenses for the Employee or Contractor (Business Partner). <br>
+The price list determines the default costs of the expenses, products or resource to be reimbursed. In that sense, it is a "Purchase Price" list. The Warehouse is used to correct the inventory of items invoiced to customers (i.e. if not invoiced, the inventory is not adjusted).<br>
+Please note that the Business Partner <b>必须<b> be an Employee with an Address and Contact!
+
+
+ 报表行
+
+ 时间和费用报表行
+ Enter the expense items and billable or non-billable hours. If you enter a non-zero amount in Invoiced Amount, that amount will be used for billing the customer - otherwise the price on the current sales price list of the customer.
+
+
+ 资源
+
+ 维护资源
+
+
+
+ 分配
+
+ 资源分配
+ 任务的历史
+
+
+ 不可用
+
+ 资源不可用
+ Dates, when the resource is not available (e.g. vacation)
+
+
+ 资源产品
+
+ Maintain Product information of Resource
+ The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the Resource and don't change it in the product.
+
+
+ 资源类型
+
+ 维护资源类型
+ Maintain Resource types and their principal availability.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 定义帐户参数
+ The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this Expense Type. Not all accounts apply.
+
+
+ 价格
+
+ 费用型价格
+ The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in.
+
+
+ 价格
+
+ 资源价格
+ The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a resource is contained in.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 定义帐户参数
+ The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this resource. Not all accounts apply to resources.
+
+
+ 打印颜色
+
+ 维护打印颜色
+ 打印用的颜色
+
+
+ 打印字体
+
+ 维护打印字体
+ 打印用的字体
+
+
+ 打印格式
+
+ 维护打印格式
+ The print format determines how data is rendered for print.
+
+
+ 格式项目
+
+ 打印格式项目
+ Item in the print format maintaining layout information
+
+
+ 打印纸
+
+ 维护打印纸
+ Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins.
+The Validation Code contains the Media Size name. The names of the media sizes correspond to those in the IPP 1.1 RFC 2911 - http: www.ietf.org rfc rfc2911.txt
+
+
+ 显示次序
+
+ Display Order of the Print Format Items
+
+
+
+ 排序次序
+
+ Sort Order of the Print Format Items
+
+
+
+ 字段序列
+
+ Sequence if the Fields in a Tab
+
+
+
+ 客户
+
+ Business Partner (Customers) to be invoiced
+
+
+
+ 报表行
+
+ Time and Expense Report Line (not invoiced)
+ View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense line where the expense lines have no orders yet. (Sales Orders are created).
+
+
+ 项翻译
+
+ 打印格式翻译
+
+
+
+ 统计图
+
+ 定义曲线图被包括在内
+
+
+
+ 打印表格式
+
+ 定义报表表格式
+ The Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. If you leave the entries empty, the default colors and fonts are used:<br>
+Fonts are based on the Font used in the Report; Page Header and Table Header will be bold, the Function Font is Bold-Italic, the Footer Font is two points smaller, the Parameter Font is Italic.
+
+
+ 已准备付款
+
+ View Generated Payment after creating the Payments
+
+
+
+ 请求类型
+
+ Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..)
+ Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
+
+
+ 关心点区域
+
+ 关心点区域或主题
+ Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
+
+
+ 关心点区域
+
+ Business Partner Contact Interest Area
+ Interest Area can be used for Marketing Campaigns
+
+
+ 系统
+
+ 系统定义
+ Common System Definition. Do NOT create additional records!!
+
+
+ 导入业务伙伴
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入产品
+
+ 导入产品
+ Before importing, Adempiere checks the Unit of Measure (default if not set), the Product Category (default if not set), the Business Partner, the Currency (defaults to accounting currency if not set), the Product Type (only Items and Services), the uniqueness of UPC, Key and uniqueness and existence of the Vendor Product No.<br>
+Adempiere tries to map to existing products, if the UPC, the Key and the Vendor Product No matches (in this sequence). If the imported record could be matched, product field values will only be overwritten, if the corresponding Import field is explicitly defined. Example: the Product Category will only be overwritten if explicitly set in the Import.
+
+
+ 导入帐户
+
+
+
+
+
+ 导入报表行组合
+
+
+
+
+
+ 已挑选语言
+
+ 选择你的语言
+
+
+
+ 元素翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 信息翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 视窗翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 翻译处理
+
+
+
+
+
+ 资产
+
+ Asset used internally or by customers
+ An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
+
+
+ 配送
+
+ 配送或有效
+ Record of delivery or availability
+
+
+ 资产分类
+
+ 群体的资产
+ The group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
+
+
+ 训练
+
+ 重复的训练
+ The training may have multiple actual classes. New Classes are created here.
+
+
+ 类
+
+ The actual training class instance
+ 一个预定的类
+
+
+ Employee, Vendor
+
+ Business Partner to be reimbursed
+ Select the business partner to be reimbursed.
+
+
+ 报表行
+
+ Time and Expense Report Line (not reimbursed)
+ View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense header where the expense lines were not invoiced yet.
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 每日的余款
+
+ View daily accounting balances
+
+
+
+ 付款排程
+
+ 发票付款排程
+
+
+
+ 属性组合
+
+ Maintain Product Attribute Set
+ Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.
+
+
+ 属性
+
+ 产品属性
+ Product Attribute like Color, Size, etc.
+
+
+ 属性值
+
+ 产品属性值
+ Individual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)
+
+
+ 批
+
+ 产品批定义
+ The individual Lot of a Product
+
+
+ 批控制
+
+ 产品批控制
+ Definition to create Lot numbers for Products
+
+
+ 序列号控制
+
+ 产品序号控制
+ Definition to create Serial numbers for Products
+
+
+ 属性使用
+
+ Attributes Used for the Product Attribute Set
+ Attributes and Attribute Values used for the product
+
+
+ 属性搜索
+
+ 通常的搜索属性
+ Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
+
+
+ 已分配属性
+
+ Attributes assigned to this search attribute
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+
+
+
+
+ 包括明细
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标签
+
+ 打印标签
+ Maintain the Format for printing Labels
+
+
+ 明细
+
+ 打印标签线
+ Maintain Format of the line on a Label
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+ 打印标签行翻译
+ Maintain the translation for Label Line formats
+
+
+ 会话审计
+
+ 用户会话列表
+ History of Online or Web Sessions
+
+
+ 类型
+
+ 项目类型
+ Type of the project with optional phases and tasks of the project with standard performance information
+
+
+ 标准阶段
+
+ 维护标准的项目阶段
+ Standard Phase of the project with performance information
+
+
+ 阶段
+
+ 实际的项目阶段
+ Actual Phase of the Project with Status information - generated from Phase of Project Type.
+
+
+ 重新开始
+
+ 重新开始文件
+ Maintain Recurring Documents. The Date Next Run determines the Document (and Accounting Date) of the generated documents.
+
+
+ 运行
+
+ 重新开始文件运行
+ History of Recurring Document Generation
+
+
+ 库存
+
+ 导入库存
+ Validate and Import Inventory Transactions
+
+
+ 表访问
+
+ 维护表访问
+ If listed here, the Role can(not) access all data of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality.
+<br>If you Include Access to a table and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access).
+<br>If you Exclude Access to a table and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise no access).
+<br>Please note that table access rules here are in addition to the Data Access Levels defined for a Table and the User Level defined for a Role. These rules are evaulated first and you only need to define the exceptions to these rules here.
+<p>
+Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. Be aware that if you use Include rules, that you need to include also several supporting entiries. As an alternative, grant access only to functionality required.
+
+
+ 记录访问
+
+ 维护记录访问
+ If listed here, the Role can(not) access the data records of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality
+
+
+ 列访问
+
+ 维护列访问
+ If listed here, the Role can(not) access the column of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality
+
+
+ 角色
+
+ Role with Data Access Restriction
+ Select Role for with Data Access Restrictions
+
+
+ 广告
+
+ 网络广告
+ 网络上的广告
+
+
+ 变动审计
+
+ 数据改变
+ 数据变化的日志
+
+
+ 变动审计
+
+ 数据变化的日志
+ 数据变化的日志
+
+
+ 成本类型
+
+ 成本的类型
+
+
+
+ 任务
+
+ 实际项目任务
+ A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work.
+
+
+ 步骤
+
+ 项目周期步骤
+ The Cycle Step determines the logical sequence of events within your cycle. It is the common of similar Project Phases making different project types comparable.
+
+
+ 工作
+
+ 项目任务模板
+ 标准项目工作
+
+
+ 计划成本
+
+ 资源的已计划成本
+ Planned (budgeted) Costs of the Resource
+
+
+ 时间类型
+
+ 时间的类型记录
+ Differentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities)
+
+
+ 联系人
+
+ Maintain User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact
+ The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
+
+
+ 点击
+
+ 点击计数
+
+
+
+ 个人点击
+
+
+
+
+
+ 计数
+
+ 网络柜台计数
+
+
+
+ 个人计数
+
+
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+ 选择发票
+ Select from invoices not fully paid.
+
+
+ 付款排程
+
+ 维护付款排程
+
+
+
+ 排程
+
+ 付款排程
+
+
+
+ 警报
+
+ Adempiere警报
+ Adempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
+
+
+ 警报规则
+
+ Definition of the alert element
+
+
+
+ 警报接受者
+
+ 警告的接受者
+
+
+
+ 银行对帐单
+
+ 导入银行对帐单
+
+
+
+ 通用分类帐
+
+ 导入指挥分类帐
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+ 导入发票
+
+
+
+ 付款
+
+ 导入付款
+
+
+
+ 定单
+
+ 导入定单
+
+
+
+ 运费
+
+ 运费比率
+ 运输商运费比率
+
+
+ 运费分类
+
+ 运费分类
+ Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
+
+
+ 业务伙伴维度
+
+ Maintain Business Partner Accounting Dimension Tree
+ Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
+
+
+
+ 产品维度
+
+ Maintain Product Accounting Dimension Tree
+ Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
+
+
+
+ 活动维度
+
+ Maintain Acitivity Accounting Dimension Tree
+ Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
+
+
+
+ 项目维度
+
+ Maintain Project Accounting Dimension Tree
+ Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
+
+
+
+ 机构维度
+
+ Maintain Organizationt Accounting Dimension Tree
+ Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
+
+
+
+ 销售地区维度
+
+ Maintain Sales Region Accounting Dimension Tree
+ Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
+
+
+
+ 复制目标
+
+ 数据复制目标
+ Data Replication Target Details. Maintained on the central server. Make sure that the IP range is unique for every remote system - Otherwise you will loose data!!
+
+
+ 复制运行
+
+ 数据复制运行
+ 历史性的信息
+
+
+ 运行日志
+
+ 数据复制运行日志
+ 明细信息
+
+
+ 复制策略
+
+ 数据复制策略
+ The Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not syncronize Application Dictionary items.
+
+
+ 复制表
+
+ Data Replication Strategy Table Info
+ Determines how the table is replicated. You have full access to Local tables, Reference tables are on Remote systems and are read-only. The data of Merge tables on Remote systems is copied to the central system.
+
+
+ 战役维度
+
+ Maintain Marketing Campaign Accounting Dimension Tree
+ Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
+
+
+
+ 页签翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 引用列表翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 字段组翻译
+
+ Please note, that most of the fields translations are derived from Element!
+ Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation. You need only to translate Fields, which are not centrally maintained.
+
+
+ 表单翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 任务翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作流翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 工作流结点翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 菜单翻译
+
+ Please note, that most of the menu translations are derived from Window Form .. translation!
+ Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation.
+
+
+ 订购
+
+
+
+
+
+ 项目(定单)
+
+ Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work Orders
+ The Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project.
+
+
+ 会计
+
+ 定义项目会计
+ The Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized.
+
+
+ 分类
+
+ Maintain Knoweledge Categories and Values
+ Set up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
+
+
+ 分类值
+
+ The value of the category is a keyword
+ The value of the category is a keyword
+
+
+ 类型
+
+ 知识类型
+ Area of knowlege - A Type has multiple Topics
+
+
+ 主题
+
+ 知识主题
+ 主题或讨论线索
+
+
+ 条目
+
+ 知识条目
+ The searchable Knowledge Entry
+
+
+ 种类
+
+ 知识种类
+ Assiged Category - Value for the Knowlede Entry
+
+
+ 相关
+
+ Related Knowlege Entry
+ Related Knowlege Entry for this Knowledge Entry
+
+
+ 意见
+
+ 知识条目意见
+ Comment regarding a knowledge entry
+
+
+ 知识来源
+
+ 知识条目的来源
+ The Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
+
+
+ 知识同义字
+
+ 知识关键字同义字
+ Search Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ 选择业务伙伴
+
+ 业务伙伴选择
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴定单
+
+ 业务伙伴定单
+
+
+
+ 物料出货业务伙伴
+
+ 业务伙伴物料出货
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴发票
+
+ 业务伙伴发票
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴付款
+
+ 业务伙伴付款
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴资产
+
+ 业务伙伴资产
+
+
+
+ 业务伙伴请求
+
+ 业务伙伴请求
+
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+
+
+
+
+ Issues
+
+ Issues to the Project
+ The lab lists the Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock.
+
+
+ 打印机
+
+ 定义标签打印机
+
+
+
+ Function
+
+ Label Printer Function
+
+
+
+ 注册
+
+ 系统注册
+ 系统注册信息
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+
+ 产品的关于业务伙伴的特定信息
+ Note that some information is for reference only!
+
+
+ 公司代理
+
+ 销售代表选择
+
+
+
+ 订单
+
+ All Orders where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
+
+
+
+ 定单明细
+
+ All Order Lines where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
+
+
+
+ 发票
+
+ All Invoices where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
+
+
+
+ 发票明细
+
+ All Invoice Liness where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
+
+
+
+ Accounting
+
+ Currency Accounting
+ The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a currency. Please nore that if not defined, the default accounts of the Accounting Schema are used!
+
+
+ 汇率
+
+ Maintain Currency Conversion Rate Type
+ The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
+
+
+ 银行对账单加载器
+
+ Definition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX)
+ The loader definition privides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX. The required parameters depend on the actual statement loader class
+
+
+ 导入汇率
+
+ Import Currency Conversion Rate
+
+
+
+ 用户替换
+
+ Substitute of the user
+ A user who can act for this user.
+
+
+ Process
+
+ Actual Workflow Process Instance
+ Instance of a workflow execution
+
+
+ 活动
+
+ Workflow Activity
+ The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
+
+
+ 活动
+
+ Workflow Activities
+ The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
+
+
+ 参数
+
+ Workflow Node Parameter
+ Parameter for the execution of the Workflow Node
+
+
+ 职责
+
+ 工作流执行职责
+ The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
+
+
+ 阻塞
+
+ Workflow Transaction Execution Block
+ A workflow execution block is optional and allows all work to be performed in a single transaction. If one step (node activity) fails, the entire work is rolled back.
+
+
+ 数据
+
+ Workflow Process Context
+ Context information of the workflow process and activity
+
+
+ 结果
+
+ Result of the Workflow Process Activity
+ Activity Result of the execution of the Workflow Process Instrance
+
+
+ 事件
+
+ Workflow Process Activity Event Audit Information
+ History of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity
+
+
+ 属性
+
+ Asset Registration Attribute
+ Define the individual values for the Asset Registration
+
+
+ 注册
+
+ Asset User Registration
+ User Registration of an Asset
+
+
+ 值
+
+ Registration Values
+ Indivifual values of Registration Attribute
+
+
+ 银行对账单匹配器
+
+ Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
+ An algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements. The class need to implement the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface
+
+
+ 支付
+
+ View Payment Information
+
+
+
+ 机构类型
+
+ 机构类型对你的所有机构进行分类
+ Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes
+
+
+ 定时任务进程
+
+ Schedule processes
+ Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously
+
+
+ 参数
+
+ Scheduler Parameter
+ Provide parameter for scheduled process
+
+
+ 日志
+
+ 定时任务日志
+ Result of the execution of the Scheduler
+
+
+ Workflow Processor
+
+ Workflow Processor Server
+ Workflow Processor Server
+
+
+ Log
+
+ Workflow Processor Log
+ Result of the execution of the Workflow Processor
+
+
+ 拍卖主题
+
+ Topic of the Auction
+ Description of the item to sell or create/fund.
+
+
+ 议价
+
+ View bids for a Topic
+ You can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
+
+
+ Offer
+
+ Offer for a Topic
+ You can create an offer for a topic.
+
+
+ Bid Funds
+
+ Buyer Funds for Bid on Topic
+ Committed or Uncommited funds for Bids
+
+
+ Offer Funds
+
+ Seller Funds from Offers on Topics
+ Committed or Uncommited funds from Offers
+
+
+ 主题类型
+
+ Auction Topic Type
+ The Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
+
+
+ 类型分类
+
+ Auction Topic Type Category
+ For an Auction Topic Type, define the different Categories used.
+
+
+ Comments
+
+ Make a comment to a Bid Topic
+ Everyone can give comments concerning a Bid Topic - e.g. Questions, Suggestions
+
+
+ 卖方
+
+ Aution Seller Information
+ Information about a participant in an Auction as a Seller
+
+
+ Funds
+
+ Seller Funds from Offers on Topics
+ Available Funds (for Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds from Offers
+
+
+ Offer
+
+ Offer for a Topic
+ You can create an offer for a topic.
+
+
+ 买方
+
+ Aution Buyer Information
+ Information about a participant in an Auction as a Buyer
+
+
+ Funds
+
+ Buyer Funds available for Bids on Topics
+ Available Funds (Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds for Bids
+
+
+ 议价
+
+ Bid for a Topic
+ You can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
+
+
+ Accounting Processor
+
+ Maintain Accounting Processor/Server Parameters
+ Accounting Processor/Server Parameters
+
+
+ Log
+
+ Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor
+ Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor
+
+
+ Relation
+
+ Business Partner Relation
+ Business Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices. If the Location of the Business partner is not defined, the rule applies to all location of that Business Partner
+
+
+ RfQ
+
+ Request for Quotation
+ Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
+
+
+ Response
+
+ RfQ Response
+ Request for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
+
+
+ 明细
+
+ RfQ Line
+ Request for Quotation Line
+
+
+ Response Line
+
+ RfQ Response Line
+ Request for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor
+
+
+ 数量
+
+ RfQ Line Quantity
+ Request for Quotation Line Quantity - You may request a quotation for different quantities
+
+
+ Response Quantity
+
+ RfQ Line Quantity Response
+ Request for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor
+
+
+ 主题
+
+ Request for Quotation Topic
+ A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
+
+
+ Subscriber
+
+ Request for Quotation Topic Subscriber
+ Subcriber to invite to respond to RfQs
+
+
+ Subscription
+
+ Subscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
+
+
+
+ Delivery
+
+ Optional Delivery Record for a Subscription
+ Record of deliveries for a subscription
+
+
+ Subscription Type
+
+ Type of subscription
+ Subscription type and renewal frequency
+
+
+ Distribution List
+
+ Distribution Lists allow to distribute products to a selected list of partners
+ Distribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
+
+
+ Distribution Line
+
+ Distribution List Line with Business Partner and Quantity/Percentage
+ The distribution can be based on Ratio, fixed quantity or both.
+If the ratio and quantity is not 0, the quantity is calculated based on the ratio, but with the Quantity as a minimum.
+
+
+ 包装
+
+ Shipment Package
+ A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be tracked.
+
+
+ Package Line
+
+ The detail content of the Package
+ Link to the shipment line
+
+
+ RMA
+
+ Return Material Authorization
+ A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
+
+
+ RMA Line
+
+ Return Material Authorization Line
+ Detail information about the returned goods
+
+
+ Related
+
+ Related Product
+ Related Product - e.g. for promotions
+
+
+ Processor
+
+ Alert Processor
+
+
+
+ Log
+
+ Alert Processor Log
+
+
+
+ Dunning Run
+
+
+
+
+
+ Entry
+
+
+
+
+
+ Line
+
+
+
+
+
+ 分配机构
+
+ User Assigment to Organization
+ Assign Users to Organizations
+
+
+ 分配机构
+
+ User Assigment to Organization
+ Assign Users to Organizations
+
+
+ Log
+
+
+
+
+
+ Scheduler Recipient
+
+ Recipient of the Scheduler Notification
+ You can send the notifications to users or roles
+
+
+ Tax ZIP
+
+ Tax Postal/ZIP
+ For local tax, you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes or ZIPs
+
+
+ Requisition
+
+ Material Requisition
+
+
+
+ Requisition Line
+
+ Material Requisition Line
+
+
+
+ Note
+
+ Personal Note
+
+
+
+ 条件
+
+ Workflow Node Transition Condition
+ Optional restriction of transition of one node to the next
+
+
+ Distribution
+
+ General Ledger Distribution
+ If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines. The distribution must be valid to be used.
+
+
+ Line
+
+ General Ledger Distribution Line
+ If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines.
+
+
+ Distribution Run
+
+ Distribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partners
+ Distribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
+
+
+ Line
+
+ Distribution Run Lines define Distribution List, the Product and Quantiries
+ The order amount is based on the greater of the minimums of the product or distribution list and the quantity based on the ratio.
+
+
+ Product Assignment
+
+ Assignment of Atrributes to Products
+ Determines, which attributes are assigned to a product
+
+
+ Access Log
+
+ Log of Access to data or resources
+ Logging needs to be explicitly enabled / written.
+
+
+ 柜台文档
+
+ Maintain Counter Document Types
+ When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
+If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping.
+You can define conter documents for all organizations (of the original transaction) or for a specific organization.
+
+
+ Forecast
+
+ Material Forecast
+ Material Forecast
+
+
+ Line
+
+ Forecast Line
+ Forecast of Product Qyantity by Period
+
+
+ Demand
+
+ Material Demand
+ Material Demand can be based on Forecast, Requisitions, Open Orders
+
+
+ Line
+
+ Material Demand Line
+ Demand for a product in a period
+
+
+ Detail
+
+ Material Demand Line Source Detail
+ Source Link for Material Demand Lines
+
+
+ 确认
+
+ Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
+ Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
+
+
+ Line
+
+ Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line
+ Confirmation details
+
+
+ RMA Type
+
+ Return Material Authorization Type
+ Maintain the types of RMA
+
+
+ Allocation
+
+ View and Reverse Allocation
+ The Reverse Allocation Tab defines the Payment Allocation to be reversed.
+
+
+ Unposted Documents
+
+ View unposted Documents
+
+
+
+ Process Audit
+
+ Audit Process use
+
+
+
+ 参数审计
+
+ Audit Process Parameter Values
+
+
+
+ Log
+
+ Process Log
+
+
+
+ 确认
+
+ Confirm Inventory Moves
+ The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.
+
+
+ 明细
+
+ Confirm Inventory Move Lines
+
+
+
+ Confirmation Lines
+
+ Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines
+ Import Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+
+ Select Business Partner
+ Select the business partner for the service level agreement
+
+
+ SLA 目标
+
+ Service Level Agreement Goal
+ Individual Goal for the SLA criteria for the Business Partner
+
+
+ SLA 度量
+
+ Service Level Agreement Measure
+ View/Maintain the individual actual value / measure for the business partner service level agreement goal
+
+
+ SLA 准则
+
+ Service Level Agreement Criteria
+ Define a criteria to measure service level agreements (e.g. Quality, Delivery meets Promised date, ..). If you define a process class, it need to implement org.compiere.sla.SLACriteria (see example)
+
+
+ 翻译
+
+ 表翻译
+
+
+
+ Restriction
+
+ Include Subscriber Only for certain products or product categories
+ Enter the products / product categories for which the subscriber should be included. If no product / category is entered, the subscriber is requested to answer requests for all lines in a RfQ
+
+
+ 价目表模式
+
+ Price List Schema
+ Price List schema defines calculation rules for price lists
+
+
+ POS终端
+
+ Point of Sales Terminal
+ The POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
+
+
+ POS 键盘图
+
+ POS Function Key Layout
+ POS Function Key Layout
+
+
+ POS 功能键
+
+ POS Function Key
+ POS Function Key Assignment
+
+
+ SLA 目标
+
+ Service Level Agreement Goal
+ Individual Goal for the SLA criteria for the Business Partner
+
+
+ SLA 度量
+
+ Service Level Agreement Measure
+ View/Maintain the individual actual value / measure for the business partner service level agreement goal
+
+
+ 列翻译
+
+ 列翻译
+ Do not translate - overwritten / translated automatically
+
+
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Table_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Table_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bed022d3a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Table_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Task_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Task_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5009485057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Task_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+Java版本Displays the version of the default Java VMThe java version used by the application might be different.
数据库导出导出 (保存) 数据库Run this command from the server
数据库移动转移数据库Run this command from the server
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_WF_Node_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_WF_Node_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a002019dfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_WF_Node_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+会计模式项目作为帐户段To enable accounting reporting of projects, create and enable a project segment in the account elements.
系统元素翻译系统元素System Elements are used to centrally define field labels, description and help. When translating an Element, the appropriate information of Fields in Windows, Parameters and Reports are translated (overwritten)
信息翻译信息Translate the messages used in Windows, Forms and Processes
叁考翻译叁考References are used as prefedined selection lists. You only need to translate the List Elements !!
视窗 &定位键翻译窗口和定位键Translate the Name, Description and Help for Windows and Tabs. Most of the Fields are already translated, if they are centrally maintained.
表单翻译表格Forms are special Windows and you need to translate its name, description and Help.
报表&程序Translate Reports and ProcessesTranslate the Name, Description and Help for Processes and Reports. You don't need to translate the Parameters, if they are centrally maintained.
用户Define Sales Representative as UserUsers can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. Select the Business Partner you just set up. This enables the user to be treated as sales rep in the system.
业务伙伴 Set up Sales Representative as Business PartnerSet up the sales representative as Employee and Sales Representative in the Employee tab. Also set up the Vendor part, if you want to create payments.
工作流翻译任务流程Translate Name, Description and Help of Workflows and their Nodes. You only need to translate the List Elements !!
检查客户设置Check Client setup for RequestsYou need to have a mail server and an email address from which the requets an notifications are sent. Optionally, if you define a mail user and password, requests are read from the mail users's folder and imported into the system.
检查用户Check users for Request processingPlease ensure that users have a email address and supervisor assigned.
检查业务伙伴Check Business Partners for Request processingYou can send EMails to businbess partners. Make sure, that the business partners and or the Contacts have email addresses.
Verify completed RequisitionJust a test case for a manual interaction.Enter and maintain Material Requisitions
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Window_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Window_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d6985b494
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Window_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1125 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 表和列
+ 维护表和列
+ The Table and Column Window defines all tables with their columns
+
+
+ 引用
+ 维护系统引用
+ The Reference Window defines each field type and its parameters. This window is for System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 窗口, 页签 &字段
+ 维护窗口, 页签 &字段
+ The Window, Tab & Field Window defines the presentation of tables and columns within each window.
+
+
+ 验证规则
+ Maintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fields
+ The Validation Rules Window defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields. This window is for System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 消息
+ 维护信息和错误消息
+ The Message Window defines the Message Text and Message Tips for each system generated message. It is for System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 菜单
+ 维护菜单
+ The Maintain Menu Window defines the Menu which will display. It is for System Admin use only. The menu items that each user will see depends upon the security defined.
+
+
+ 语言
+ 维护语言
+ The Language Window allows you to define multiple parallel language for users. This allows users to access the same data but have the windows, tabs and fields appear in different languages.
+If a language is a System Language, you can change the User Interface to this language (after translation). Otherwise the language is only used for printing documents.
+
+For the language code, we suggest using the Java convention of country and language (e.g. fr_CN - Canadian French).
+
+Verify the translation creates missing translation records. Start this process after creating a new language.
+
+
+ 已匹配发票
+ 视图匹配发票
+
+
+
+ 用户
+ 维护系统的用户
+ The User Window allows you to define each User of the system. Users can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles.
+
+
+ 客户
+ 维护客户
+ The Client is the highest level of an independent business entity. Each Client will have one or more Organizations reporting to it. Each Client defines the accounting parameters (Accounting Schema, Tree definition, Non Monetary UOM's).
+Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure would not have been set up.
+
+
+ 机构
+ 维护机构
+ The Organization Window allows you to define and maintain Organizational entities. An Organization is often a legal entity or sub-unit for which documents and transactions are processed
+
+
+ 角色
+ 维护用户的职责
+ The Role Window allows you to define the different roles that users of this system will have. Roles control access to windows, tasks, reports, etc. For a client an Administrator and User role are predefined. You may add additional roles to control access for specific functionality or data.
+You can add users to the role.
+
+
+ 文档序列
+ Maintain System and Document Sequences
+ The Sequence Window defines how document numbers will be sequenced.
+Change the way document numbers are generated. You may add a prefix or a suffix or change the current number.
+
+
+ 工作流
+ 维护工作流
+ The Workflow Window defines Workflows in the system, the access level for the Workflow and the Nodes or Steps within the Workflow.
+
+
+ 任务
+ 维护任务
+ The Maintain Tasks window defines the different tasks used in workflows and the access level for those tasks.
+
+
+ 货币
+ 维护货币
+ The Currency Window defines any currency which will be used in documents or reporting. You would define used currencies on System level and add currencies on Client level only for statistical currencies (e.g. for instable currencies)
+
+
+ 汇率
+ 维护货币换算比率
+ The Conversion Rates window is used to define the conversion rates that will be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another
+
+
+ 日历年和分期
+ Maintain Calendars Years Periods
+ 定义用于期间控制和报表的日历。你也可以定义非标准的日历（例如： 业务年有7月到6月）
+
+
+ 会计科目
+ 维护会计科目
+ The Account Element Window is used to define and maintain the Accounting Element and User Defined Elements.
+One of the account segments is your natural account segment (Chart of Account). You may add a new account element for parallel reporting or for user defined accounting segments.
+
+
+ 度量单位
+ 维护度量单位
+ The Unit of Measure Window is used to define non monetary units of measure. It also defines if conversion between units of measure are allowed and how they are to be performed. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here.
+Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly).
+
+
+ 位置
+ 维护位置地址
+ The Location Window defines the address data within the system. This window is for System Admin only. Users would access location entries using the location button or tab on the appropriate window (i.e Order Entry or Business Partner)
+
+
+ 国家、省、市
+ 维护国家、省、市
+ The Countries, Regions and Cities Window defines the different entities that can be used in any address field. It defines the format of the address as well as associating Regions with Countries and Cities with Regions or Countries.
+<p>You would define Countries usually only on System level.
+
+
+ 业务伙伴
+ 维护业务伙伴
+ The Business Partner window allows you do define any party with whom you transact. This includes customers, vendors and employees. Prior to entering or importing products, you must define your vendors. Prior to generating Orders you must define your customers. This window holds all information about your business partner and the values entered will be used to generate all document transactions
+
+
+ 会计模式
+ Maintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login
+ The Accounting Schema Window defines an accounting method and the elements that will comprise an account structure. Create and activate elements for detailed accounting for Business Partners, Products, Locations, etc.
+Review and change the GL and Default accounts. The actual accounts used in transactions depend on the executing organization; Most of the information is derived from the context.
+
+
+
+ 测试
+ 测试屏幕
+
+
+
+ 附件
+ 维护附件
+ For System Maintenance Only. The Maintain Attachments window is used for diagnostic purposes to display the attributes of an attachment.
+
+
+ 选项
+ 维护系统级 客户级 机构级和用户级的选项
+ System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 项目(服务)
+ 维护服务项目
+ The Project Window is used to define the projects which will be tracked via documents.
+
+
+ 总帐分类
+ Maintain General Ledger Categories
+ The GL Category Window allows you to define categories to be used in journals. These categories provide a method of optionally grouping and reporting on journals.
+
+
+ 总帐分类帐
+ Enter and change Manual Journal Entries
+ The GL Journal Window allows you to enter and modify manual journal entries
+
+
+ 活动(ABC)
+ Maintain Activities for Activity Based Costing
+ The Activity Based Costing Window defines the different activities for which you want to capture costs.
+
+
+ 文档类型
+ 维护文件类型
+ The Document Type Window defines any document to be used in the system. Each document type provides the basis for processing of each document and controls the printed name and document sequence used.
+
+
+ 税率
+ Maintain Taxes and their Rates
+ The Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example, Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies.
+
+
+ 税分类
+ 维护税分类
+ The Tax Category Window is used to enter and maintain Tax Categories. Each product is associated with a tax category which facilitates reacting changing tax rates.
+
+
+ 仓库&货位
+ Maintain Warehouses and Locators
+ The Warehouse and Locators Window defines each Warehouse, any Locators for that Warehouse and the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse.
+
+
+ 产品
+ 维护产品
+ The Product Window defines all products used by an organization. These products include those sold to customers, used in the manufacture of products sold to customers and products purchased by an organization.
+
+
+ 付款条款
+ 维护付款条款
+ The Payment Terms Window defines the different payment terms that you offer your customers and that are offered to you by your vendors. Each invoice must contain a Payment Term. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
+
+
+ 运输商
+ 维护运输商
+ The Shipper Window defines the different shipping provides used by an Organization. When a delivery method of Shipper is used on an Order a predefined Shipper must be selected.
+
+
+ 销售定单
+ 输入而且改变销售定单
+ The Order Window allows you to enter and modify Sales Orders.
+
+
+ 产品种类
+ 维护产品种类
+ The Product Category allows you to define different groups of products. These groups can be used in generating Price Lists, defining margins and for easily assigning different accounting parameters for products.
+
+
+ 价目表
+ 维护产品价目表
+ The Price List Window allows you to generate product price lists for your Business Partners. Price lists determine currency and tax treatment. Price list versions allow to maintain parallel lists for different date ranges. The most current pricelist version is used based on the document date.
+<BR>
+All pricelists have three prices: List, Standard and Limit
+<BR>
+First step is to create a base price list. You can manually add products and enter the prices or create them automatically. The base price list is often the purchase price list with list price ('official' retail price), the standard price (your purchase price). The limit price can be used to check your final purchase costs after discounts, rebates, etc.
+<BR>
+Pricelists can be calculated and copied. To speed up the calculation, the parameters are stored an used when creating a new price list version.
+
+
+ 发票排程
+ 维护开发票排程
+ The Invoice Schedule Window defines the frequency and cut off dates for generating summary invoices. If a customer requires a single invoice for multiple shipments you would define the appropriate invoice schedule and associate it with the Customer.
+
+
+ 营销战役
+ 维护营销战役
+ The Marketing Campaign Window defines the start and end date for a campaign. It also gives a running balance of the invoice amounts which referred to this campaign.
+
+
+ 营销渠道
+ 维护营销引导
+ The Marketing Channel Window defines the different channels used in Marketing Campaigns
+
+
+ 元素
+ 维护字段元素
+ The System Element Window is the Central Repository for Field Names Descriptions and Help Comments
+
+
+ 销售区域
+ 维护销售区域
+ The Sales Region Window defines the different regions where you do business. You can generate reports based on Sales Regions
+
+
+ 帐户组合
+ Maintain Valid Account Combinations
+ The Account Combination Window defines and displays valid account combinations.
+
+
+ 总帐预算
+ Maintain General Ledger Budgets
+
+
+
+ 银行
+ 维护银行
+ The Bank Window is used to define the banks and accounts associated with an organization or business partner
+
+
+ 催讨
+ 维护催讨级别
+ The Dunning Window defines the parameters that will be used when generating Dunning Letters. Each customer can be associated with a Dunning Code.
+
+
+ 扣留(1099)
+ Maintain Withholding Certificates
+ The Withholding Window defines the rule used for calculating withholding amounts.
+
+
+ 费用
+ 维护费用
+ The Charges Window defines the different charges that may be incurred. These can include Bank Charges, Vendor Charges and Handling Charges.
+
+
+ 会计分录查询
+ 查询会计分录
+ Query the detail accounting transactions
+
+
+ 树
+ 维护树定义
+ The Tree and Node Image Window defines the descriptors and images that will be used when a Tree is displayed.
+
+
+ 报表&程序
+ 维护报表 &程序
+ 报表 & Process Window is used to define the parameters and access rules for every Report and Process within the system. This window is for System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 发票(客户)
+ 客户发票条目
+ The Customer Invoice Window allows you to display and enter invoices for a customer. Invoices can also be generated from Sales Orders or Delivery documents.
+
+
+ 盘点
+ 输入实际的库存
+ The Physical Inventory Window allows you to generate inventory count lists. These counts can then be processed which will update the actual inventory with the new counts.
+
+
+ 物料出货(客户)
+ Customer Inventory Shipments Customer Returns
+ The Shipment Window defines shipments made or to be made to a customer. They are generated from an Customer Order. The Shipment Document will generate the Customer Invoice.
+
+
+ 调拨
+ 调拨
+ The Inventory Move Window allows you to move inventory from one location or warehouse to another. After the appropriate lines are entered selecting the 'Process Movements' button will adjust the inventory.
+
+
+ 导入业务伙伴
+ 导入业务伙伴
+ The Import Business Partner Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
+
+
+ 收入确认
+ 收入确认规则
+ The Revenue Recognition Window defines the intervals at which revenue will be recognized. Alternatively, the revenue recognition may be linked to service levels provided.
+
+
+ 永续盘点
+ Maintain Perpetual Inventory Rules
+ The Perpetual Inventory defines the rules to be applied when generating Physical Inventory counts.
+
+
+ 供应商明细
+ 维护供应商明细
+ The Vendor Details Window allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor.
+
+
+ 称呼
+ 维护问候
+ The Greeting Window defines a greeting that is then associated with a Business Partner or Business Partner Contact.
+
+
+ 报表视图
+ 维护报表视图
+ The Report View Window defines the views used when generating reports. This window is for System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 采购定单
+ 处理采购定单
+ The Purchase Order Window defines a purchase order for an organization. When a Purchase Order has been entered you can generate a Shipment Document or Invoice from this Purchase Order
+
+
+ 发票(供应商)
+ 供应商发票条目
+ The Vendor Invoice Window allows you to display and enter Invoices from a Vendor. Vendor Invoices can also be generated from Purchase Orders or Delivery Receipts.
+
+
+ 物料收货
+ 供应商物料出货
+ The Vendor Shipment Window defines the receipt of product or material from a Vendor. The Shipment may be manually entered or may be generated from a Purchase Order or Vendor Invoice.
+
+
+ EDI 定义
+ 维护 EDI 定义
+ The EDI Definition Window defines the parameters to be used when processing EDI Transactions
+
+
+ EDI 交易
+
+
+
+
+ 表单
+ 特别的窗体
+ The Forms Window defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 错误消息
+ 显示错误消息
+ The Error Message Window displays all error messages generated. This is for System Admin use only. The records must be manually deleted.
+
+
+ 导入载入程序格式
+ Maintain Import Loader Formats
+ The Import Loader Format Window is used for defining the file layout for product information which will be imported.
+
+
+ 轮胎存储
+ 维护轮胎的存储
+
+
+
+ 制造
+ Production based on Bill of Materials
+ The Production Window defines those plan and inventory movements that occur when a product is created from a bill of materials
+
+
+ 业务伙伴组
+ Maintain Business Partner Groups
+ The Business Partner Group window allows you to define the accounting parameters at a group level. If you define the accounting parameters for a group any Business Partner entered using this group will have these accounting parameters automatically populated. You can then make any modifications necessary at the Business Partner level.
+
+
+ 通知
+ 查看系统通知
+ The system creates messages while performing processes. In this window you can view them.
+
+
+ 银行对帐单
+ 银行对帐单处理
+ The Process Bank Statements window allows you to reconcile your Bank Statements. You can either enter the line items from the statement in the Statement Line tab or select the 'Create From' button to automatically generate the statement from all unreconciled payments to this bank account. Once you have completed reconciling, select the 'Process Statement' button to mark the payments as reconciled and update the appropriate GL accounts.
+
+
+ 付款
+ 付款处理
+ The Process Payments Window allows you to enter payments that have been received for invoices. If the payment is for a single invoice then it can be processed here. If it is for multiple invoices or is a partial payment then it should be processed in the Payment Allocation Window.
+
+
+ 定制属性
+ 维护实体的定制属性
+ This is a System only Window. Customer Attributes allow the entry of additional information to an entity.
+
+
+ 现金簿
+ 维护现金簿
+ The Cashbook Window defines the bank and account against which cash transactions will be processed.
+
+
+ 现金簿
+ 现金交易
+ The Cash Journal Window is used to record disbursements from and receipts to Petty Cash
+
+
+ 字段组
+ 定义字段组
+ The Field Group Window allows you to define subsections in a tab. For System Admin use only.
+
+
+ 请求
+ 你的请求上的工作
+ The Request Window is used to define and track any request assigned to you.
+
+
+ 请求处理器
+ 定义请求处理器
+ The Request Processor Window allows you to define different processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes
+
+
+ 邮件模板
+ 维护邮件模板
+
+
+
+ 取消付款分配
+ 取消付款分配
+ The Reverse Allocation Window allows you to reverse a payment allocation
+
+
+ 付款选择
+ 为付款挑选出发票
+ The Payment Selection Window allows you to select and process the invoices you want to pay.
+(a) You can create a Payment Selection and select the invoices manually or generate the suggestions based on criteria. You can change the amount to be paid or delete invoices, you do not want to pay.
+
+(b) If you are happy with the Payment Selection, you create the payments.
+
+(c) You print or export your payments in the Window Payment Print Export
+
+
+ 佣金
+ Maintain Commissions and Royalties
+ Define how and when you want the commissions to be calculated and to whom to pay it.
+The Commissions Window allows you define how commissions and royalties will be paid. You can pay multiple commissions for the same order or invoice (e.g. to the person entering the transaction, to the person responsible for sale of the product (category) and or business partner (group).
+
+
+ 项目周期
+ 维护项目循环
+ The Project Cycle Window defines the steps associated with a specific Project.
+You may want to define several Project cycles to differentiate the different types of projects. Project cycles may use all or a subset of the used Project Status (e.g. Your opportunity project cycle may include the steps from prospect to contract - the service cycle may include steps from installation to customer acceptance.
+
+
+ 佣金运行
+ 检查而且修正佣金
+ The Commission Run Window displays the results of processing commissions. When the Generate Commission process is selected from the Commissions Window, the results are displayed here. If the result is satisfactory, generate an AP invoice to pay the commission.
+
+
+ 绩效颜色
+ Color used for Performance Analysis
+ The Performance Color Window allows you to define the color schema to be used to indicate current performance. The system has predefined Red (below 50%), Yellow (below 100%) and green above 100. If you want to define your own color schema, do it here.
+
+
+ 绩效目标
+ 定义绩效目标
+ The Performance Goal Window allows you to define performance goals
+
+
+ 绩效度量计算
+ Define how you calculate your performance measures
+ Please test the statement in SQL*Plus first.
+The select statement needs to return a single value!
+Any restrictions for Date range, Organizations, Business Partners, Products should be done via the "Performance Measure" window. This is the generic calculation.
+As this tends to be somewhat technical, the system has a few examples predefined.
+
+
+
+ 绩效成果
+ Define Performance Achievements
+ The Performance Achievement Window allows you to define Tasks to be achieved. The performance is measured by the percentage of reached achievements.
+
+
+ 绩效度量
+ Define your Performance Measures
+ The Performance Measure Window allows you to define the rules and restrictions for performance measurement. You can, for example, restrict performance measurement to sales for a certain product category for a defined time frame.
+
+
+ 财务报表
+ 维护财务报表
+ Financial Reports are the combination of a Report Column Set and Line Set.
+
+
+ 报表列组合
+ Maintain Financial Report Column Sets
+ The Report Column Set defines what data is printed in the columns of a report.
+
+
+ 报表行组合
+ Maintain Financial Report Line Sets
+ The Line Set determines, which lines are printed in a Financial Report
+
+
+ 服务级别
+ 维护服务级别
+ Service Levels are generated when an invoice with products based on revenue recognition rules are generated. You need to update the actual service level by adding an additional line.
+
+
+ 查找(间接使用)
+ 查找对话框(间接使用)
+
+
+
+ 物料交易(间接使用)
+ 物料交易(建议使用)
+
+
+
+ 打印表单
+ Maintain Print Form (Invoices, Checks, ..)
+ Define the documents you use for this Client. Note that the check format is defined in the Bank (Account) Window.
+
+
+ 系统颜色
+ 维护系统颜色
+ System colors are used for background and indicators
+
+
+ 桌面
+ 维护桌面
+ Desktop is a collection of Workbenches
+
+
+ 系统图像
+ 维护图像和图标
+
+
+
+ 已匹配采购定单
+ 视图匹配采购定单
+
+
+
+ 用户窗口
+ Define User Window Customization
+ 设定
+
+
+ 工作台
+ 维护工作台
+ Workbenches are a collection of Windows
+
+
+ 所有请求
+ 所有请求上的视图和任务
+ This Request window is used to view all available requests
+
+
+ 折扣模式
+ Maintain Trade Discount Schema
+ Trade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
+
+
+ 费用类型
+ 维护费用报表类型
+
+
+
+ 费用报表
+ 时间和费用报表
+ The time and expense report allows you to capture time spent on a project, billable time and to claim expenses.
+
+
+ 资源
+ 维护资源
+ Maintain your Resources. The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the Resource and don't change it in the product.
+
+
+ 资源类型
+ 维护资源类型
+ Maintain Resource types and their principal availability.
+
+
+ 打印颜色
+ 维护打印颜色
+ 打印用的颜色
+
+
+ 打印字体
+ 维护打印字体
+ 打印用的字体
+
+
+ 打印格式
+ 维护打印格式
+ The print format determines how data is rendered for print.
+
+
+ 打印纸
+ 维护打印纸
+ Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins
+
+
+ 费用(待开票)
+ View expenses and charges not invoiced to customers
+ Before invoicing to customers, check the expense lines to be invoiced
+
+
+ 打印表格式
+ 定义报表表格式
+ The Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed
+
+
+ 请求类型
+ 维护请求类型
+ Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
+
+
+ 关心点区域
+ 关心点区域或主题
+ Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
+
+
+ 系统
+ 系统定义
+ Common System Definition - Only one Record - Please no not add additional records.
+
+
+ 导入产品
+ 导入产品
+ The Import Products Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
+
+
+ 导入帐户
+ 导入普通的帐户值
+ The Import Natural Account Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
+
+
+ 导入报表行组合
+ 导入报表行组合
+ The Import Report Line Set Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
+
+
+ 系统翻译检查
+ Check System Language Translations
+ Verify your language translations for selected entities. You should use Translation Export Import for effective translation. This window allows you to check the translation of the main translation entities.
+
+
+ 资产
+ Asset used internally or by customers
+ An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
+
+
+ 资产分类
+ 群体的资产
+ The group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
+
+
+ 培训
+ 重复的培训
+ The training may have multiple actual classes
+
+
+ 费用(未偿还)
+ View expenses and charges not reimbursed
+ Before reimbursing expenses, check the open expense items
+
+
+ 会计分录平衡
+ Query Accounting Daily Balances
+ 问每日的帐户余款
+
+
+ 属性组合
+ Maintain Product Attribute Set
+ Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.
+
+
+ 批
+ 产品批定义
+ The individual Lot of a Product
+
+
+ 批控制
+ 产品批控制
+ Definition to create Lot numbers for Products
+
+
+ 序列号控制
+ 产品序号控制
+ Definition to create Serial numbers for Products
+
+
+ 属性
+ 产品属性
+ Product Attribute like Color, Size, etc.
+
+
+ 属性搜索
+ 通常的属性搜索
+ Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
+
+
+ 费用发票
+ Payables expense invoices - This is Alpha Functionality
+ Enter expense invoices from your vendors
+
+
+ 打印标签
+ 打印标签格式
+ Maintain Format to print Labels
+
+
+ 期间
+ 列出用户会话
+ History of Online or Web Sessions
+
+
+ 项目类型
+ Maintain Project Type and Phase
+ Maintain Project Types and their Phases with standard performance information
+
+
+ 重新开始
+ 重新开始文件
+ Create new documents based on existing one
+
+
+ 导入库存
+ 导入库存交易
+ Validate and Import Inventory Transactions
+
+
+ 角色访问
+ 维护数据存取规则
+ Maintain Data Access Roles of Roles Responsibilties
+
+
+ 广告
+ 网络广告
+ Maintain Advertisements on the Web
+
+
+ 变动审计
+ 数据变动的日志
+ 数据变动的日志
+
+
+ 成本类型
+ 维护成本类型
+
+
+
+ 时间类型
+ 维护时间记录的类型
+ Maintain different types of time for reporting
+
+
+ 点击
+ 维护网络点击
+
+
+
+ 柜台
+ 网络柜台
+
+
+
+ 发票付款排程
+ Maintain Invoice Payment Schedule
+ Maintain Payment Schedule of unpaid invoices
+
+
+ 警报
+ Adempiere警报
+ Adempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
+
+
+ 导入银行对帐单
+ 导入银行对帐单
+
+
+
+ 导入总帐分类帐
+ Import General Ledger Journals
+
+
+
+ 导入发票
+ 导入发票
+
+
+
+ 导入付款
+ 导入付款
+
+
+
+ 导入定单
+ 导入定单
+
+
+
+ 运费种类
+ 维护运费种类
+ Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
+
+
+ 会计维度
+ Maintain Non-Account Dimension Trees
+ Maintain Trees of non account segment trees. Account segment trees (as well as user defined dimensions) are mainatained in the Account Element window. Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all manfatory values!
+
+
+
+ 复制
+ Maintain Data Replication Targets
+ Data Replication Target Details. Set up your system completely on the central system, before setting up the replication. Define the Replication target here and export the database and import it on the remote system.<p>
+Before(!) entering transactions, Start the Replication Run to set up the remote system.
+
+
+ 复制策略
+ 维护数据复制策略
+ The Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not syncronize Application Dictionary items.
+
+
+ 项目(定单)
+ Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work Orders
+ The Project Window is used to define the projects which will be tracked via documents.
+
+
+ 知识分类
+ Maintain Knoweledge Categories and Values
+ Set up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
+
+
+ 知识库
+ 维护知识库
+ Maintain Type, Topics, Entries and theit Comments, Categories, Related Entries
+
+
+ 知识来源
+ 知识条目的来源
+ The Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
+
+
+ 知识同义字
+ 知识关键字同义字
+ Search Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
+
+
+ 业务伙伴信息
+ Document Information of Business Partners
+
+
+
+ 标签打印机
+ 维护标签打印机
+
+
+
+ 代理信息
+ 公司代理(销售代表)信息
+ This window allows you to view Company agent related information
+
+
+ 未过账文档
+ 未过账文档
+ View unposted documents
+
+
+ 货币类型
+ 维护货币换算率类型
+ The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
+
+
+ 导入货币汇率
+ 导入货币汇率
+ The rates are imported after validation of currencies and conversion rate type as well as rates. The multiply rate is used. If a reciprocal rate is to be created, the divide rate is used.
+
+
+ 工作流处理过程
+ 监视工作流处理过程
+ View and Maintain Workflow Process Instance Information
+
+
+ 工作流活动(全部)
+ 所有工作流活动
+ Maintain all Workflow activities
+
+
+ 工作流职责
+ 工作流执行的职责
+ The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
+
+
+ Registration Attributes
+ Asset Registration Attributes
+ Define the individual values for the Asset Registration
+
+
+ Registration
+ User Asset Registration
+ User Registration of an Asset
+
+
+ 银行对账单匹配
+ Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
+ An algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements
+
+
+ 支付批次
+ Process Payment Patches for EFT
+ Electronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
+
+
+ 机构类型
+ 维护机构类型
+ Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes
+
+
+ 计划安排
+ Maintain Schedule Processes and Logs
+ Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously
+
+
+ Workflow Processor
+ Maintain Workflow Processor and Logs
+ Workflow Processor Server Parameters
+
+
+ 议价主题
+ Topic with Bids and Offers
+ Manage Topics and veiw Bids and Offers
+
+
+ 拍卖主题类型
+ Maintain Auction Topic Type and Categories
+ The Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
+
+
+ 拍卖卖方
+ Maintain Auction Seller Information
+ A seller is a User in the system participating in Auctions
+
+
+ 拍卖买方
+ Maintain Auction Buyer Information
+ A buyer is a User in the system participating in Auctions
+
+
+ Accounting Processor
+ Maintain Accounting Processor and Logs
+ Accounting Processor/Server Parameters and Logs
+
+
+ Alert Processor
+ Maintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and Logs
+ Alert Processor/Server Parameter
+
+
+ 伙伴关系
+ 维护业务伙伴关系
+ Business Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices.
+
+
+ RfQ主题
+ Maintain RfQ Topics and Subscribers
+ A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
+
+
+ RfQ
+ Manage Request for Quotations
+ Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
+
+
+ Subscription
+ Maintain Subscriptions and Deliveries
+ Subscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
+
+
+ Subscription Type
+ Maintain Subscription Types
+ Subscription type and renewal frequency
+
+
+ Distribution List
+ Maintain Distribution Lists
+ Distribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
+
+
+ 包装
+ 送货包装管理
+ A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be tracked.
+
+
+ RMA
+ Manage Return Material Authorization
+ A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
+
+
+ 催讨Run
+
+
+
+
+ Requisition
+ Material Requisition
+ Enter and maintain Material Requisitions
+
+
+ GL Distribution
+ General Ledger Distribution
+ If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines. The distribution must be valid to be used.
+
+
+ RfQ Response
+ Manage RfQ Responses
+
+
+
+ Distribution Run
+ Distribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partners
+ Distribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
+
+
+ 访问纪录
+ 数据、资源的访问纪录
+ Logging needs to be explicitly enabled / written.
+
+
+ 柜台文档
+ Maintain Counter Document Types
+ When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
+If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping.
+If not defined, the first matching document type is used (e.g. AR Invoice - first AP Invoice document type)
+
+
+ 预测
+ 维护物料预测
+ Material Forecast
+
+
+ 物料需求
+ 维护物料需求
+ Material Demand can be based on Forecast, Requisitions, Open Orders
+
+
+ Ship/Receipt Confirm
+ Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
+ Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
+
+
+ RMA 类型
+ Return Material Authorization Type
+ Maintain the types of RMA
+
+
+ 过程审计
+ Audit process use
+ Process Instance Information
+
+
+ Move Confirmation
+ Confirm Inventory Moves
+ The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.. If there is a difference quantity, a Physical Inventory is created for the source (from) warehouse. If there is a scrapped quantity, a Physical Inventory is created for the target (to) warehouse.
+
+
+ Import Confirmations
+ Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines
+ Import Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations
+
+
+ SLA 准则
+ Service Level Agreement Criteria
+ Define a criteria to measure service level agreements (e.g. Quality, Delivery meets Promised date, ..)
+
+
+ 伙伴SLA
+ Service Level Agreement
+ Maintain Service Level Agreements for Business Partners
+
+
+ 价目表模式
+ Maintain Price List Schema
+ Price List schema defines calculation rules for price lists
+
+
+ POS终端
+ Maintain your Point of Sales Terminal
+ The POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
+
+
+ POS键盘图
+ POS Function Key Layout
+
+
+
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Workbench_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Workbench_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..762efc351f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Workbench_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+销售
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/AD_Workflow_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/AD_Workflow_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc66893ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/AD_Workflow_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+
+项目设置及使用设置项目和项目报表Projects allow to monitor the status and progress of sales opportunities, service projects and investment projects. A Project is a process that is undertaken which can involve multiple steps or phases and require resources from more than one area.
语言设置设置系统的新语言并翻译元素Define a new language as a system language.
初始化客户设置检查Review of system level setup of a new ClientThis workflow reviews the system setup of a new client as performed by the automatic Initial Client Setup.
+You may want to check also the following Workflows:
+- Accounting Setup
+- Business Partner Setup
+- Product Setup
+- Price list Setup
+- Warehouse Setup
+- Tax Setup
+
会计设置Review and change Accounting SetupThis workflow allows you to review and change your Accounting Rules.
业务伙伴设置设置业务伙伴规则This workflow defines the Business Partners and the supporting rules.
产品设置建立产品Define your products manually. You should verify the settings especially if you import your products.
价目表设置定义价目表及折扣You define your price lists after entering or importing your products
复制设置数据复制的设置Data Replication allows you to synchronize data of remote instances with a central office. All actions are initialized from the central office.<p>
+<b>中央的系统:<b><br>
+- setup system with all organizations, roles, etc.<br>
+- run the migration to make sure that it is up-to-date<br>
+- export the central system
+<p>
+<b>远程系统:<b>
+- install the exact version as Central System<br>
+- import data from Central System in the remote locations
+<p>
+<b>中央的系统:<b>
+- Define Replication per Remote<br>
+- Make sure that the ID range is unique per remote - otherwise you will loose transactions!<br>
+- Initially Start the Replication Run to setup Remote
+<p>** 输入交易 **
+<p>
+<b>中央的系统:<b><br>
+- Start the Replication Run when required
+
税设置设置税计算Setup the tax calculation for products, services and charges
销售设置设置销售Setting up Sales Representatives, Commissions as well as Marketing Channels and Campaigns.
经营度量设置Setup your Performance MeasurementThis workflow guides you through setting up your performance measurement based on Key Performance Indicators, Balanced Scorecard, etc.
+
+Most important: Do your analysis first!
+- What are your goals and how do you measure it?
+
+When you are setting up the system, you do it in reverse:
+First you define how you measure it and last you define the goals for the measurements.
+You have three ways measuring performance:
+- via quantifiable measures (e.g. sales of $3 million in Q1)
+- via manual measures
+- via achievements (tasks)
+
+The system converts the measures into percentages (based on the target and achieved measure - or number of total and reached achievements)
请求设置Set up the client to process requests
Requisition Setup
Process Requisition
处理定单处理定单标准流程
处理送货单处理送货单标准流程
处理发票处理发票标准流程
Process_Cash(Standard Process Cash)
处理付款单处理付款单标准流程
Process_Jouranl(Standard Process Journal)
Process_JournalBatch(Standard Process Jornal Batch)
Process RMA(Standard Process_RMA)
Process_InOutConfirm(Standard Process Confirmation)
Process_Allocation(Standard Process Allocation)
Process_TimeExpense(Standard Process Time Expense)
Process_Inventory(Standard Process Inventory)
Process_Movement(Standard Process Movement)
Process_MovementConfirm(Standard Process Movement Confirmation)
Process_BankStatement(Standard Process Bank Statement)
Business Partner ApprovalExample Document based workflowWhen a new Business Partner is created, it is forwarded for review and credit check.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_Country_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_Country_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00783ade68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_Country_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+美国美利坚合众国州
德国
法国France
比利时
Nederlands
西班牙
Switzerland
奥地利Österreich
加拿大Province
阿富汗Afghanistan
阿尔巴尼亚Albania
AlgeriaAlgeria
American SamoaAmerican Samoa
AndorraAndorra
AngolaAngola
AnguillaAnguilla
AntarcticaAntarctica
Antigua And BarbudaAntigua And Barbuda
阿根廷Argentina
ArmeniaArmenia
ArubaAruba
澳大利亚AustraliaState
AzerbaijanAzerbaijan
BahamasBahamas
BahrainBahrain
BangladeshBangladesh
BarbadosBarbados
BelarusBelarus
BelizeBelize
BeninBenin
BermudaBermuda
BhutanBhutan
玻利维亚Bolivia
Bosnia And HerzegovinaBosnia And Herzegovina
BotswanaBotswana
Bouvet IslandBouvet Island
巴西Brazil
British Indian Ocean TerritoryBritish Indian Ocean Territory
Brunei DarussalamBrunei Darussalam
BulgariaBulgaria
Burkina FasoBurkina Faso
BurundiBurundi
CambodiaCambodia
喀麦隆Cameroon
Cape VerdeCape Verde
Cayman IslandsCayman Islands
中非共和国Central African Republic
ChadChad
智利Chile
中国China
Christmas IslandChristmas Island
Cocos (keeling) IslandsCocos (keeling) Islands
哥伦比亚Colombia
ComorosComoros
刚果Congo
Congo The Democratic Republic Of TheCongo The Democratic Republic Of The
Cook IslandsCook Islands
Costa RicaCosta Rica
Cote D'ivoireCote D'ivoire
CroatiaCroatia
古巴Cuba
CyprusCyprus
捷克Czech Republic
丹麦Denmark
DjiboutiDjibouti
DominicaDominica
Dominican RepublicDominican Republic
EcuadorEcuador
埃及Egypt
El SalvadorEl Salvador
Equatorial GuineaEquatorial Guinea
EritreaEritrea
EstoniaEstonia
EthiopiaEthiopia
Falkland Islands (malvinas)Falkland Islands (malvinas)
Faroe IslandsFaroe Islands
FijiFiji
芬兰Finland
French GuianaFrench Guiana
French PolynesiaFrench Polynesia
French Southern TerritoriesFrench Southern Territories
GabonGabon
GambiaGambia
GeorgiaGeorgia
GhanaGhana
GibraltarGibraltar
希腊Greece
GreenlandGreenland
GrenadaGrenada
GuadeloupeGuadeloupe
GuamGuam
GuatemalaGuatemala
GuineaGuinea
Guinea-bissauGuinea-bissau
GuyanaGuyana
HaitiHaiti
Heard Island And Mcdonald IslandsHeard Island And Mcdonald Islands
Holy See (vatican City State)Holy See (vatican City State)
HondurasHonduras
香港Hong Kong
匈牙利Hungary
冰岛Iceland
印度India
印度尼西亚Indonesia
Iran Islamic Republic OfIran Islamic Republic Of
伊拉克Iraq
IrelandIreland
以色列Israel
意大利Italy
JamaicaJamaica
日本JapanRegion
约旦Jordan
KazakhstanKazakhstan
KenyaKenya
KiribatiKiribati
朝鲜Korea Democratic People's Republic Of
韩国Korea Republic Of
科威特Kuwait
KyrgyzstanKyrgyzstan
Lao People's Democratic RepublicLao People's Democratic Republic
LatviaLatvia
LebanonLebanon
LesothoLesotho
LiberiaLiberia
Libyan Arab JamahiriyaLibyan Arab Jamahiriya
LiechtensteinLiechtenstein
LithuaniaLithuania
LuxembourgLuxembourg
澳门Macao
Macedonia Former Yugoslav Republic OfMacedonia Former Yugoslav Republic Of
MadagascarMadagascar
MalawiMalawi
马来西亚Malaysia
马尔代夫Maldives
MaliMali
MaltaMalta
Marshall IslandsMarshall Islands
MartiniqueMartinique
MauritaniaMauritania
MauritiusMauritius
MayotteMayotte
墨西哥Mexico
Micronesia Federated States OfMicronesia Federated States Of
Moldova Republic OfMoldova Republic Of
MonacoMonaco
蒙古Mongolia
MontserratMontserrat
MoroccoMorocco
莫桑比克Mozambique
MyanmarMyanmar
纳米比亚Namibia
NauruNauru
尼泊尔Nepal
Netherlands AntillesNetherlands Antilles
New CaledoniaNew Caledonia
新西兰New Zealand
NicaraguaNicaragua
NigerNiger
NigeriaNigeria
NiueNiue
Norfolk IslandNorfolk Island
Northern Mariana IslandsNorthern Mariana Islands
挪威Norway
OmanOman
巴基斯坦Pakistan
PalauPalau
Palestinian Territory OccupiedPalestinian Territory Occupied
PanamaPanama
Papua New GuineaPapua New Guinea
ParaguayParaguay
秘鲁Peru
菲律宾Philippines
PitcairnPitcairn
波兰Poland
保加利亚Portugal
Puerto RicoPuerto Rico
卡塔尔Qatar
ReunionReunion
罗马尼亚Romania
俄罗斯Russian Federation
RwandaRwanda
Saint HelenaSaint Helena
Saint Kitts And NevisSaint Kitts And Nevis
Saint LuciaSaint Lucia
Saint Pierre And MiquelonSaint Pierre And Miquelon
Saint Vincent And The GrenadinesSaint Vincent And The Grenadines
SamoaSamoa
San MarinoSan Marino
Sao Tome And PrincipeSao Tome And Principe
沙特阿拉伯Saudi Arabia
SenegalSenegal
SeychellesSeychelles
Sierra LeoneSierra Leone
新加坡Singapore
SlovakiaSlovakia
SloveniaSlovenia
Solomon IslandsSolomon Islands
SomaliaSomalia
南非South Africa
South Georgia And The South Sandwich IslandsSouth Georgia And The South Sandwich Islands
斯里兰卡Sri Lanka
苏丹Sudan
苏里南Suriname
Svalbard And Jan MayenSvalbard And Jan Mayen
SwazilandSwaziland
瑞典Sweden
Syrian Arab RepublicSyrian Arab Republic
中国台湾Taiwan
TajikistanTajikistan
Tanzania United Republic OfTanzania United Republic Of
泰国Thailand
Timor-lesteTimor-leste
TogoTogo
TokelauTokelau
TongaTonga
Trinidad And TobagoTrinidad And Tobago
TunisiaTunisia
土耳其Turkey
TurkmenistanTurkmenistan
Turks And Caicos IslandsTurks And Caicos Islands
TuvaluTuvalu
UgandaUganda
乌克兰Ukraine
阿联酋United Arab Emirates
英国United Kingdom
United States Minor Outlying IslandsUnited States Minor Outlying Islands
乌拉圭Uruguay
UzbekistanUzbekistan
VanuatuVanuatu
VenezuelaVenezuela
越南Viet Nam
Virgin Islands BritishVirgin Islands British
Virgin Islands U.s.Virgin Islands U.s.
Wallis And FutunaWallis And Futuna
Western SaharaWestern Sahara
也门Yemen
YugoslaviaYugoslavia
赞比亚Zambia
津巴布韦Zimbabwe
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_Currency_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_Currency_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58b9011796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_Currency_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+美元$
欧元E
德国马克DM
奥地利先令Sch
比利时法郎BFr
芬兰马克FM
爱尔兰镑I£
里拉L
Dutch GilderFl
Portugese EscudoEs
Spannish PesetoPts
法国法郎Fr
日元¥
英镑£
瑞士法郎SFr
加元C$
阿根廷比索$
澳元$
新西兰元$
Liberian Dollar$
墨西哥比索$
Peso Uruguayo$U
Armenian Dram
Kwanza
Azerbaijanian Manat
Boliviano
Franc Congolais
Czech Koruna
Lari
Iranian Rial
Lithuanian Litus
Moldovan Leu
菲律宾比索
Zloty
俄罗斯卢布
苏丹第那尔
Somoni
Manat
Timor Escudo
Hryvnia
Uzbekistan Sum
Cyprus Pound£C
Egyptian Pound£E
Falkland Islands Pound£F
Gibraltar Pound£G
Saint Helena Pound£S
Syrian Pound£S
Cedi¢
El Salvador Colon¢
AfghaniAf
Aruban GuilderAf.
BalboaB
Brunei DollarB$
Bahamian DollarB$
Bahraini DinarBD
Bermudian DollarBd$
Barbados DollarBds$
Belarussian RubleBR
Ethiopian BirrBr
BolivarBs
BahtBt
Belize DollarBZ$
Cordoba OroC$
Cape Verde EscudoC.V.Esc.
Comoro FrancCF
CFA Franc BCEAOCFAF
CFA Franc BEACCFAF
CFP FrancCFPF
Chilean PesoCh$
Cayman Islands DollarCI$
Colombian PesoCol$
RielCR
Cuban PesoCu$
DalasiD
DongD
Algerian DinarDA
DobraDb
Djibouti FrancDF
UAE DirhamDh
Moroccan DirhamDH
Yugoslavian DinarDin
Danish KroneDkr
East Caribbean DollarEC$
Fiji DollarF$
Burundi FrancFBu
Malagasy FrancFMG
ForintFt
GourdeG
Guyana DollarG$
Hong Kong DollarHK$
Croatian KunaHRK
Iraqi DinarID
Iceland KronaIKr
Jamaican DollarJ$
Jordanian DinarJD
KyatK
KinaK
Kenyan ShillingK Sh
Kuwaiti DinarKD
Convertible MarksKM
KipKN
NakfaKR
LekL
LempiraL
LeuL
LilangeniL
Libyan DinarLD
LeoneLe
Maltese LiraLm
Latvian LatsLs
LevLv
Mauritius RupeeMau Rs
KwachaMK
DenarMKD
MeticalMt
Netherlands Antillian GuilderNAf.
KroonNfa
New Israeli SheqelNIS
Norwegian KroneNKr
Nepalese RupeeNRs
New Taiwan DollarNT$
PulaP
PatacaP
QuetzalQ
Qatari RialQR
RandR
Brazilian RealR$
Dominican PesoRD$
RufiyaaRf
Rwanda FrancRF
Malaysian RinggitRM
Rial OmaniRO
RupiahRp
印度卢比Rs
巴基斯坦卢比Rs
新加坡元S$
Nuevo SolS/.
Suriname GuilderSf.
Solomon Islands DollarSI$
Swedish KronaSk
Slovak KorunaSk
Sri Lanka RupeeSLRs
TolarSlT
Somali ShillingSo. Sh.
Seychelles RupeeSR
Saudi RiyalSRls
Swiss FrancSFr
Pa’angaT$
Tunisian DinarTD
TakaTk
Turkish LiraTL
Tanzanian ShillingTSh
Trinidad and Tobago DollarTT$
TugrikTug
OuguiyaUM
Uganda ShillingUSh
VatuVT
WonW
TalaWS$
人民币元Y
Yemeni RialYRls
Zimbabwe DollarZ$
KwachaZK
Costa Rican Colon
Guinea Franc
Guinea-Bissau Peso
Som
North Korean Won
Tenge
Lebanese Pound
Naira
Guarani
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_DocType_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_DocType_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d54d002b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_DocType_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+** 新建 **** 新建 **** 没有发票 **
总帐分类帐分类帐
应收款发票发票Document Type Note for general and promotional text.
间接的应收款发票发票Document Type Note for general and promotional text.
应收款信用备忘录具有备忘录
应收帐款收货
物料出货送货单
间接的物料出货送货单
物料收货供应商配送
应付款发票供应商发票
应付款 CreditMemo供应商信用备忘录
应付帐款供应商付款
采购定单采购定单
采购请求采购请求
报价报价
提议提议
先付定单先付定单
退回材料回行的物质授权
标准定单定单证实
信用定单定单证实
仓库定单定单证实
POS定单定单证实
Project IssueProject Issue
付款分配Payment Allocation
发票匹配Match Invoice
物料生产Material Production
GL DocumentGL Document
现金分类账Cash Journal
匹配采购订单Match PO
物料移动Material Movement
物料实盘Material Physical Inventory
AR Pro Forma InvoiceAR Pro Forma Invoice
Bank StatementBank Statement
MM Receipt with ConfirmationVendor Delivery
MM Shipment with PickDelivery Note
MM Customer ReturnReturn Material
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_DunningLevel_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_DunningLevel_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31c39fd360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_DunningLevel_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+StatementPlease review your statement and submit due payments.
催缴信请立即支付如下发票。
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_ElementValue_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_ElementValue_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b540ba7364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_ElementValue_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+应付的树农场应付的树农场
排除在外收入
版权收入
未实现的收入We have invoiced, but not delivered yet
未已开票收入We delivered but have not invoiced yet
销售折扣
业务折扣Granted Trade discounts (corrects Product Revenue)
付款折扣费用Granted early payment discount to customers
促销打折
销售成本
产品成本销售成本
商品采购Default Product or Service costs (I.e. not on inventory)
服务采购
第二采购
已包括运费
退回
归还费用
对供应商的退回
库存成本
库存收缩Physical Inventory Gain Loss
Inventory Write Down Below Cost
库存调整Inventory Actual Accounting Value Adjustment
库存估价Difference to (lower cost) or market
成本差额
发票价格差额Difference between product cost and invoice price (IPV)
采购价格不一致Difference between purchase price and standard costs (PPV)
成本折扣
业务折扣收到Received Trade Discounts (corrects Product expense)
付款折扣收入Granted early payment discount from vendors
费用
薪资帐册费用
薪水
假期薪资
假期薪资拥有者
病人薪资拥有者
Retirement (Pension, Proft Sharing, 401k)
FICA 税拥有者
Federal State Unemployment
Federal State Unemployment Owners
Health Insurance Premium Owners
Health Insurance Employee Contribution
Health Insurance Cobra Payments
Workers Compensation Insurance
无力保险额外费用
Disability Insurance Premium Owners
Disability Insurance Employee Contribution
人寿保险额外费用
人寿保险额外费用拥有者
Life Insurance Employee Contribution
其他利益费用
职员赋予 &有气势
Staff Picnic (100% Deductible)
薪资帐册处理费用
Occupancy 花费
租用费用
公用程序
其他 Occupancy 成本
广告
媒体广告
Catalog, Newsletter
事件
网络主机租贷
其他广告 &促销
供应商广告津贴
电话
手机
网络收费
合法的费用
会计费用
库存确认费用
静止的 &补给
静止的 & Supplies - Office Use
Janitorial 补给
数据处理供应
数据处理出租
外部计算机服务
折旧费用
建筑物折旧
Leasehold Improvement Depreciation
家具折旧
固定物折旧
设备折旧
Data Processing Equipment Depreciation
软件折旧
出差
Business Travel - Auto Reimbursement
资产
现金
支票帐户银行资产
转帐中支票在经过中银行交易
未确认支票收款Receipts from unidentified customer
未分配支票收款Received, unallocated payments
支票帐户 2
储蓄帐户
库存现金
小额现金现金帐簿资产
小额现金在-转帐现金帐簿转帐
应收帐户
应收帐款(业务)应收帐户
存款不足支票退回应收帐款
坏帐补贴应收帐款
未已开票应收帐款We delivered but have not invoiced yet
转帐中的信用卡
In Transit A R Amex
In Transit A R Master Card
In Transit A R Visa
不良信用补贴应收帐款
可接受的供应商津贴
可接受的贷款
贷款可接受的职员
贷款可接受的其他人
预付款
供应商预付款Prepayments for future expense
职员费用预付款预付费用
Tax credit A RTax to be re-imbursed - before tax declaration
税应收帐款Tax to receive based on tax declaration
其它应收
投资
美国政府义务
免税的安全
其他投资
库存
Prepaid Expenses, Deposits &其他流动资产
先付的费用
先付的保险
先付的租金
先付的兴趣
先付的其他人
存款
存款租金
存放公用程序
存放其他人
其他流动资产
其他流动资产
土地和建筑物
土地
建筑物
登陆进步
建筑物进步
借贷的进步
Furniture, Fixtures &设备
Fixtures=家具=固定物
固定物
设备
交通工具
数据处理设备
软件
项目资产已产生资产
项目 WIP在建工程资产
Building Accumulated Depreciation
Land Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Building Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Furniture Accumulated Depreciation
Fixtures Accumulated Depreciation
Equipment Accumulated Depreciation
Vehicles Accumulated Depreciation
Data Processing Equipment Accumulated Depreciation
其他资产
无形资产
Amortizable 资产
客户列出
其他无形资产
累积了 Amorization
其他资产
负债
应付帐户
业务应付帐户
未开发票收货Received products services from vendors, but not invoiced
服务应付帐户Accounts Payables for non-product revenue
付款选择Selected A P invoices for payment
应付的客户
Merchandise Credits Unredeemed
未履行的已核准礼物
特别的定单存放
邮购存放
税应付帐款
税应付款Tax to be paid - before tax declaration
应负债Tax to be paid based on tax declaration
扣留(税)Withholding for 1099 or Quality Guarantee
扣留(其它)
公司间应付帐户Default Payables account for intercompany trx
应计费用
应计薪资
薪资帐册 Withholdings
联邦的税扣留
FICA 扣留
国家医疗保健制度扣留
州税扣留
地方性的税扣留
401k&报废金扣留
添饰扣留
各种的扣留
应计薪资税
Federal Unemployment Empolyers Contribution
State Unemployment Employers Contribution
销售税收集
Accrued Retirement Plan Expense
应计其他费用
短期义务
Current Portion of Long Term Debt
长期负债
抵押贷款
Loan from Owner Stockholder
其他长期义务
权益
资本
Capital Common Stock
Capital in excess of Par on Common Stock
Capital in excess of Par on Preferred Stock
所得
存取
未分配利润Year end processing to balance account (Income Summary)
销售
维修收入
直接劳动
Purchase price variance OffsetOffset Account for Purchase price variance (PPV)
从事拥有者
病人薪资
FICA 税
健康保险额外费用
关节广告
电话和沟通
专业人士服务
其他人商议的费用
数据处理
数据处理其他费用
Building Improvement Depreciation
交通工具折旧
Business Travel - Plane Train Taxi
Business Travel - Hotel
业务用餐 &娱乐
职员会议食物
职员费用缺省职员费用
出差其他费用
保险
业务保险
未动产保险
交通工具保险
其他保险
付款处理器花费
信用卡服务收费
银行服务收费银行费用
其他付款服务收费
会费 &订购
协会全体会员费用
订购费用
办公室费用
办公室费用
过帐中 &Shipping
邮资费用
Customer Postage Fees Received
海运费用
税和执照
库存&使用税
不动产税
业务许可 &费用
教育
教育旅行
教育一餐 &娱乐
教育其他人
办公室设备租用
库存设备租金
修理 &维护
建筑物修理 &维护
Furniture, Equipment Repairs &维护
软件维护
交通工具修理 &维护
修理 &其他维护
其他人操作费用
收集费用
Petty Cash Over Short小额现金差额
招募花费
交通工具费用
分期偿还费用
Franchise Fee Royalty Fees
各种的费用
Default Suspense AccountsTemporary accounts - balance should be zero
缺省帐户Default Account (if no other account is defined) V1.1
暂记平衡Difference to make journal balance in source currency - needs to be solved
暂记错误Import did not find account - needs to be solved
现金帐簿费用Default other expense for petty cash transactions
现金帐簿收据Default other revenue for petty cash transactions
收费费用缺省其他费用
收费收入e缺省其他收入
其他收入
关心点收入银行利息收入
Divident 收入
出租收入
销售税佣金
币种增益
银行估价增益Foreign currency bank account gain
银行结算增益Difference between payment and bank account currency
Unrealized 增益Difference between foreign currency receivables payables and current rate
资本收益收入
固定的资产销售增益
其他收入
其他费用
关心点费用银行利息费用
Mortage利息费用
Charitable 贡献
币种损失
银行估价损失Foreign currency bank account loss
Unrealized 损失Difference between foreign currency receivables payables and current rate
已实现损失Difference between invoice and payment currency
币种平衡Rounding difference to make journal balance in accounting currency
资本收益损失
固定资产销售损失
其他费用
所得税 &汇总
州所得税
地方性的所得税
成本计算
Profit Center Costing Distribution
项目成本计算分配
债务会计
采购定单债权
采购定单债务
销售定单未来收入
In Transit A R ATM Cards
应收贷款
税应收帐款
I公司间应收Default Receivables account for intercompany trx
产品资产产品库存帐户
项目资产
累计折旧
Leasehold Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Software Accumulated Depreciation
友善
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
业务应付帐户应付帐户
客户预付款Prepayments for future revenue
FICA 雇主贡献
应计使用税
应付的流动票据
长期义务
Current Portion of Long Term Debt
优先股
Dividents
交易收入Default Product or Service revenue
客户包裹费用
税费用支付给供应商销售税
教育课程费用
设备租金
设备租金其他人
数据处理修理 &维护
坏账销帐Receivables write-off - bad debt
处罚
已实现收益Difference between invoice and payment currency
未保险意外事件损失
银行结算损失Difference between payment and bank account currency
联邦的所得税
收入汇总Year end processing to balance account (Retained Earnings)
薪水
登陆进步折旧
应收帐款(业务)
执照 & Fees - Other
通用业务库存库存帐户
Medicare Employers Contribution
Commissions PaidCommissions Paid
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_Greeting_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_Greeting_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df748df6f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_Greeting_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+先生先生
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_PaymentTerm_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_PaymentTerm_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e7877ba9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_PaymentTerm_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+30天全额
全额
10天内2% 30天内全额2% discount if paid in 10 days, net due in 30 daysPayment Term Note: Long Term Contracts are eligible for payment discounts.
30 Days Net
当即付50% -30天内 50%DocumentNote
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_TaxCategory_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_TaxCategory_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7103c509a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_TaxCategory_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+标准
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_Tax_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_Tax_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f7afae8dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_Tax_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 标准
+
+
+
+
+ CT 销售
+
+ 6% CT
+
+
+ GST
+ 加拿大人联邦的销售税
+ GST
+
+
+ PST
+ 加拿大的州税
+ PST
+
+
+ GST PST
+ 联邦的加拿大人 &州税
+ Tax
+
+
+ 免税
+ Used when Business Partners are exempt from tax
+
+
+
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/C_UOM_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/C_UOM_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..beeefda286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/C_UOM_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+每个个
小时时
日日
分钟(lowest unit for resorce assigments)分钟
工作日8 小时D
星期w
月30 天m
工作月20 天M
年y
6-Pack6Pk
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/zh_CN/M_Product_Trl_zh_CN.xml b/data/zh_CN/M_Product_Trl_zh_CN.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7099b20ede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/zh_CN/M_Product_Trl_zh_CN.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+
+标准
橡树Oak Trees may grow quite a bit.
榆树
草种子容器
种植服务
玫瑰花丛
杜鹃花
冬青树
李子树
旅行成本
玛丽顾问
庭院椅子
庭院桌子
庭院太阳伞
50# 肥料
10# 护盖物
锄头 4 ft
竹制除草耙
金属除草耙
除草机
移植
草坪播种机
草坪修剪机
庭院组合家具
种植方法
T恤衫 - 红色大号
T恤衫 - 绿色大号
\ No newline at end of file